Aquasonic catalogue

PRODUCT CATALOGUE

44Years ServicingAquaculture & Aquarium Industries

Caring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic LifeCaring for Aquatic Life

To All of Aquasonic’s Valued Customers

As you can see from the front cover, this latest edition of our catalogue coincides with our 44th year of business which is still under original ownership.

To have a successful business we needed to start at the beginning, to learn about all aspects of fi sh & fi sh keeping. Aquasonic, although registered as a company in 1976 really began back in 1968 when snorkelling & skin diving were just becoming a popular past time.

In those days we collected our own marine aquarium fi sh from the Great Barrier Reef right down the NSW coast, Norfolk Island and many places off the coast of Darwin. These fi sh were then sold in our two retail aquarium shops and also exported to many countries and interna-tional public aquariums.

During this time, formulations of products commenced both for the aquarium & aquaculture markets. It evolved over time from complete aquaculture systems to retail shop fi ltration. Our specialised sales staff has the perfect balance of “hands on experience” combined with relevant tertiary qualifi cations to continue the quality service that our customers & suppliers have come to expect.

This catalogue is full of interesting products, some new, whilst others we have been stocking for many years. If you require more information on products or services, please contact our friendly and knowledgeable sales staff. If there is an item that you require that is not in the catalogue, again please ask and we will try to locate it for you.

We are constantly sourcing new products both from within Australia and also overseas to keep you up to date with the latest trends in methods & technology. Aquasonic also has a sub-sidiary company called Abstract Plastics where we supply acrylic, pvc, hdpe, lexan and many other types of plastics. We can supply acrylic in full sheet or full tube or alternatively cut to your own preferred size. We can also produce signage for your vehicle, boat or shop front, as well as posters for your own use or advertising.

I would like to sincerely thank all of Aquasonic’s customers for your continuing support. We are here to assist and provide you with expert advice on products and services, no matter how big or small your operation.

Thank you to my staff for their continued support and dedication to Aquasonic.

Sincerely,

Susan Carson (Owner/Director)

OUR COMPANY

• Family owned & operated

• Manufacturing ,importing & exporting

• Employing 25 people

• Unique products

• Quali! ed consultants

• Over 5000 products available

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHEMICALS, CONDITIONERS & ADDITIVES 7 - 34

AERATION 35 - 48

FILTRATION 49 - 68

WATER PUMPS 69 - 72

TANKS AND TRANSPORT 73 - 74

PLUMBING, FITTINGS & SWITCHES ETC 75 - 80

OZONE & OXYGEN CONCENTRATORS 81 - 84

CLEANING & MAINTENANCE 85 - 86

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT 87 - 100

LABORATORY & MISCELLANEOUS 101 - 104

HATCHERY, FEEDS & FEEDERS 105 - 116

MESH, NETS AND NETTING 117 - 120

HEATING & COOLING 121 - 124

BACTERIA 125 - 126

LIGHTING 127 - 128

GLOSSARY 129 - 130

INDEX 131 - 139

8

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

WATER PURIFIERS WATER PURIFIER• Neutralizes chlorine and chloramines. • Use in the treatment of municipal town water.

• Suitable for fresh and salt water aquariums. • Add 1mL per 10 litres of new aquarium water.

CODE SIZE CTN FW000 50mL 40 FW020 100ml 30 FW040 250ml 30 FW060 1L 9 FW080 5L 2 FW100 20L Drum

EXTRA POWER WATER PURIFIER• Neutralizes excessive quantities of chlorine and complexes heavy metals. • Contains

mould inhibitors. • Suitable for fresh and salt water aquariums. • Add 1mL per 10 litres of new

aquarium water.


CHLORMON• Neutralizes ammonia, chlorine and chloramines. • Detoxi! es ammonia use in ! sh transport

water and eliminates ammonia as it is produced. • Safe for invertebrates and use with marine

salt. • 5mL per 20 litres.

CODE SIZE CTN FW032 100ml 30 FW052 250ml 30 FW072 1L 9 FW092 5L 2 FW112 20L Drum FW116 200L Drum

FRESHWATER RANGE PROTECH• Provides slime coat and vitamin supplements after a water change, transport or handling.

• Contains Vitamins B1, B2, B6, B12, E, and A. • A great general vitamin supplement. • Excel-

lent for use after handling. • 1mL per 20 litres for general use.

CODE SIZE CTN PT100 100ml 30 PT250 250ml 30 PT1L 1L 9 PT5L 5L 2 PT20L 20L Drum

ALGICIDE• Safe broad purpose algae treatment in freshwater aquariums. • Will not affect aquarium

plants or ! sh. • Very economical. • Quick, easy algae control. • Add 1mL per 20 litres of

aquarium water.

CODE SIZE CTN FW025 100ml 30 FW045 250ml 30 FW065 1L 9

MAGNA CLEAR• For cloudy or dirty water in outdoor ponds. • Excellent for ! sh bowls with no ! ltration.

• A coagulant and a " occulant. • Crystal clear water. • Use 1mL per 20 litres.

CODE SIZE CTN FW022 100ml 30 FW042 250ml 30 FW062 1L 9 FW082 5L 2 FW102 20L Drum

W• Ne

• Su

C FW FW FW FW FW FW

E•

mo

aq

C FW FW FW FW FW FW

metals. • Conta

dd 1mL per 10 litr

monia use in ! sh

brates and use w

ge, transport or h

tamin suppleme

ill not affect aqu

1mL per 20 litres

owls with no ! ltrat

20 litres.

9

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia BIO-START• For starting up new aquariums without putting ! sh at risk. • Bio-Start can be added to a

new aquarium ideally along with inoculation of either freshwater or marine strains. • Develops

nitrifying bacteria by adding ammonia based compounds as a feed source to build numbers

of nitri! ers. • Food for nitrifying bacteria. • Add 1mL per 20 litres each day for 7 days.

CODE SIZE CTN FW023 100ml 30 FW043 250ml 30 FW063 1L 9 FW083 5L 2 FW103 20L Drum

FRY STARTER• Excellent as a ! rst food for newly hatched fry. • Contains a variety of sizes of micro particles

suitable for both egg layers and livebearers. • Large selection of ingredients, which stay in

suspension longer. Better food, great for fussy eaters. • Feed newly hatched fry at least 3

times daily. • 3 or 4 drops may be sufficient dependent on aquarium size and fry numbers.


PLANT FOOD RANGEPLANT FOOD• Contains chelated nutrients, formulated to match optimum natural conditions. • Formulation

resists breakdown. • Does not contain phosphates. • For promoting aquatic plant growth.

• Add 1 mL per 10 litres of water.

CODE SIZE CTN NH291 100ml 30 NH292 250ml 30 NH293 1L 9 NH294 5L 2 NH295 20L Drum

DAILY-GRO• Supplies iron plus a full range of trace elements essential for aquatic plant growth.

• Daily treatment optimizes plant growth. • Use in conjunction with BASIC-GRO.

• Daily food for aquatic plants. • 1 drop per 50 litres each day.

CODE SIZE CTN NH340 15ml - NH341 50ml 40 NH342 100ml 30 NH343 250ml 30

BASIC-GRO• Establishes the essential basic nutrients required for aquatic plant growth. • Should be used

in conjunction with DAILY-GRO in order to maintain optimum quantities of essential nutri-

ents. • Does not contain phosphates. • Add 1 mL per 10 litres of water.


HYDROGROW• Easy to use, tablet form, complete plant food. • Tablets dissolve slowly over several days

releasing nutrients in the process. • Gives the full spectrum of plant requirements. • Best

placed in the gravel where they will slowly dissolve. • For luxurious plant growth. • 1 tablet per

60 litres each week.

CODE SIZE CTN FW009 50 Tablets 40 FW029 250 Tablets 48 FW049 500 Tablets 24 FW069 1Kg 9 FW089 5Kg Bucket FW109 20Kg Bucket

icro particles

ich stay in

at least 3

numbers.

Formulation

t growth.

wth.

hould be used

ential nutri-

veral days

s. • Best

• 1 tablet per

CODE SIZE CTN NH344 1L 9 NH345 5L 2 NH346 20L Drum

10

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

WATER CONDITIONERS AMAZON WATER CONDITIONER• Recreates natural conditions in an aquarium. • Improves the colours of soft water species,

induces spawning. • Increases spawn numbers, enhances plant growth and helps keep ! sh

healthy. • For tropical and soft water aquariums. • 2mL per 10 litres of aquarium water.


BLACKWATER CONCENTRATE• Contains disease inhibitors. • Helps to induce spawning and allow ! sh to show better

colours. • Recreates the natural habitat of blackwater rivers. • Creating natural tropical water

conditions. • Use 10mL per 20 litres of aquarium water.


HARDNESS UP• A calcium solution to raise hardness of aquarium water. • Maintains speci! c levels recom-

mended for different species of ! sh. • Diseases are inhibited, breeding prospects are en-

hanced. • Increases calcium hardness. • 1mL per 10 litres of aquarium water.


GOLDFISH WATER CONDITIONER• Contains a mixture of 9 salts and natural minerals, providing trace elements, fungal and

bacterial inhibitors. • Add when starting up or doing a water change. • Brings out natural

vibrant colours of ! sh and improves health and well being. • Add one level teaspoon (5gms

approx) per 10 litres of water (500g treats 1000L). • Raises general hardness by 120ppm,

salinity 225ppm and TDS by 390ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN NH220 50gm 40 NH230 250gm 48 NH240 500gm(bag) 24

TROPICAL WATER CONDITIONER• Contains a mixture of 9 salts and natural minerals. • Contains trace elements, fungal and

bacterial inhibitors. • Add when starting up or doing a water change. • Add one level teaspoon

(5gms approx) per 15 litres of water. • gH raises by 80ppm, salinity by 130ppm and TDS by

300ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN NH221 50gm 40 NH231 250gm 48 NH241 500gm(bag) 24

LIVEBEARER WATER CONDITIONER• Guards against fungus and bacterial infections. • Supplies natural salts and humic acids,

recreating natural conditions. • Allows water changes and ! sh to be moved with safety.

• Use one level teaspoon (5gms approx) per 5 litres of water. • gH raised by 80ppm, salinity

by 130ppm TDS by 300ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN NH233 250gm 48 NH243 500gm 24 NH253 1kg 16 NH263 10Kg Bucket NH273 20Kg Bucket

CODE SIZE CTN NH251 1kg 16 NH261 10Kg Bucket NH271 20Kg Bucket

CODE SIZE CTN NH250 1kg 16 NH260 10Kg Bucket NH270 20Kg Bucket

G• Co

ba

vi

ap

sa

C C C NH NH NH NH

T• Co

ba

(5

30

C C C NH NH NH

LGu

re

• Us

by

C C C C C NH NH NH NH NH

w better

tropical water

evels recom-

ects are en-

fungal and

ut natural

poon (5gms

y 120ppm,

, fungal and

level teaspoon

and TDS by

umic acids,

h safety.

80ppm, salinity

11

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia RIFT LAKE WATER CONDITIONER• It’s still the original and the best and now copied by others. • Contains 11 salts to raise hard-

ness by 300ppm, salinity by 80ppm and a pH of 7.0 will rise to 8.0. TDS by 630ppm. • Add

one level teaspoon (5gms approx) per 7 litres of water.

CODE SIZE CTN NH232 250gm 48 NH242 500gm 24 NH252 1kg 16 NH262 10Kg Bucket NH272 20Kg Bucket

AQUARIUM SALT• An effective tool in ! sh maintenance. • Used for disease control and/or treatment bath or in

general applications. • Scoop included (20 gm)

• Gold! sh 1gm/1L - 20gm/20L. • Tropical 1gm/2L - 20gm/40L.

CODE SIZE CTN NH310 500gm Bag 40 NH312 500gm Jar 24 NH313 1Kg Jar 16 NH311 25Kg Box 1

• Bulk quantities available

“ REEF NATURE” RANGE MARINE START• Chemically induces nitrifying bacteria into a ! lter system by creating ammonia and then

nitrite conditions that lead to the development of nitrifying bacteria. • Start up a new marine

aquarium without putting precious live stock at risk. • Safe biological induction. • Add 1mL per

20 litres each day for seven days.

CODE SIZE CTN RN124 100ml 30 RN144 250ml 30 RN164 1L 9 RN184 5L 2 RN204 20L Drum

BIO-VIT• Contains vitamins and amino acids essential for growth, reproduction, protein metabolism

and general well being of marine life. • Formulated to provide these vitamins and amino acids

on a weekly basis. • Use 1mL per 50L each week. • For new aquariums add 1mL per 10 litres

of aquarium water.


BIO-TRACE• A trace element supplement for marine aquariums. • Contains a selection of easily deplet-

able chemicals found in natural seawater. • Replaces essential elements. • 1mL per 50 litres

each week.


REEFOAM• A liquid foaming agent for protein skimmers. • Increases cleaning ability of skimmers, result-

ing in cleaner water. • Will not affect tank inhabitants or water parameters. • Use 5mL per 40

litres of aquarium water


ment bath or in

ia and then

a new marine

n. • Add 1mL per

n metabolism

and amino acids

1mL per 10 litres

easily deplet-

1mL per 50 litres

skimmers, result-

Use 5mL per 40

12

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

SEAFOOD• A premium liquid coral and invertebrate food, containing a smorgasbord of food particles

that stay in suspension for a long period of time. • No harmful preservatives. • 5mL per 200

litres of aquarium water.


CALCIUM-SUP• Marine invertebrates require calcium to build their skeletons. • Used to raise the calcium

level of a reef system, quickly and safely. • 5mL per 20 litres of aquarium water will raise the

calcium level by approximately 50ppm.


STRONTIUM-SUP• Assists in the calci! cation process of hard corals and coralline algae. • Strontium supplies

may be quickly depleted by hard corals, coralline algae and even gorgonian type corals.

• Promotes coral growth • 1mL per 50 litres each week.


IODINE-SUP• Essential for the symbiotic algae (zooanthelie) in soft corals and anemones. • Regular addi-

tion of iodine is vital. • Essential for soft corals. • Use 1mL per 50 litres each week.


MAC-ALGAE-SUP• Supplies iron in a chelated form. • Supplies nutrients necessary for the growth and develop-

ment of macro and micro algae in marine aquariums. • No phosphates or nitrates. • Add 1mL

per 50 litres each week.

CODE SIZE CTN RN120 100 30 RN140 250 30 RN160 IL 9 RN180 5L 2

PH ADJUSTERS PH - UP• For raising pH. • Pure grade sodium bicarbonate. Works instantly. • 1 teaspoon per 70 litres

CODE SIZE CTN TK503 Vial TK505 120gm 28 TK507 250gm 48 TK509 1Kg 16 TK509B 10Kg Bucket TK511 25Kg Carton

Also available in bulk quantities.

sed to raise the

arium water will

gae. • Strontium

gorgonian type co

anemones. • Reg

itres each week.

for the growth and

ates or nitrates.

• 1 teaspoon per

C TK TK TK TK TK TK TK

AlAl

13

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia CARBONATE HARDNESS GENERATOR• Provides a spectrum of kH generators. • A powder to increase the carbonate hardness level.

• Bulk sizes available. • Raises and balances pH. • 40g/1000L raises the kH value of water by

approx 20ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN TKP604 250gm 48 TKP605 1Kg 16 TKP606 10Kg Bucket TKP607 20Kg 1-4Buckets TKP608 20Kg 5-9Buckets TKP609 20Kg 10-19Buckets TKP610 20Kg 20+Buckets

KH - UP TABLETS• Carbonate Hardness Generator in tablet form. • For pH control. • 1 tablet raises carbonate

hardness of 60 litres by 20ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN TK603 20 tab 40 TK600 100 tab 48 TK601 200 tab 24 TK604 1Kg 16 TK602 5Kg Bucket TK605 20Kg Bucket

MARINE PH BUFFER• Formulated for marine and cichlid applications. • Restores the pH values and replaces the

alkalinity reserve. • 1 tablet per 100 litres

CODE SIZE CTN TK700 25 tab 40 TK701 150 tab 48 TK702 300 tab 24 TK705 1Kg 16

PH - DOWN• For reducing pH. • Pure grade chemical that works instantly. • Contains phosphates.

• 1 teaspoon per 70 litres.

CODE SIZE CTN TK504 Vial TK506 120gm 28 TK508 250gm 48 TK510 1Kg 16 TK510B 10kg Bucket TK512 25kg Carton

Also available in bulk quantities.

ESI-LOW• Lowers pH in fresh or marine systems. • Quick adjustment for freshwater or marine.

• 1mL/50L. More or less may be required according to individual situations.

CODE SIZE CTN TK710 100ml 30 TK711 250ml 30 TK712 1L 9 TK713 5L 2 TK714 20L Drum

PH LOWER• Has built-in buffers to help maintain the pH at a prescribed level. • No phosphates. • Dose

rates 1-5mLs per 20L depending on pH value starting point.

CODE SIZE CTN TK610 100ml 30 TK611 250ml 30 TK612 1L 9 TK613 5L 2 TK614 20L Drum

let raises carbona

es and replaces

s phosphates.

ter or marine.

ions.

phosphates. • Do

14

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

NEUTRALIZER BLOCK• A block that slowly dissolves over a 10 to 14 day period. • Combats acids which lower pH.

• Releases vitamin B1 for healthy ! sh. • One block for a 150 litre aquarium. • For both tropical

and cold water aquariums.

CODE SIZE CTN FB600 35g 25

NOTE: Lowering pH can be an e� ective method of reducing the toxicity of ammonia & nitrate. Aquasonic recommends Esi-Low, pH Lower or pH Down for this application.

AQUASONIC OCEAN NATURE

“synthetic SEA SALT”KNOWLEDGEAquasonic has been manufacturing “ Ocean Nature” sea salt in Australia for 35 years. “Ocean

Nature” is used by universities, hobbyists, environmental laboratories, research institutes, live

seafood holding systems, public aquariums, retail outlets and quarantine & holding facilities.

PURITY“Ocean Nature” is a balanced formulation & is blended by a unique processing technique with

each batch being scienti! cally tested. An intricate part of the success of “Ocean Nature” sea

salt is the sourcing of the minor & major components of the highest purity.

The most important contemplation in culturing marine life is consideration of the uncontami-

nated environment in which marine life evolved. The complete spectrum of elements found in

the oceans has been re" ected in the manufacture of “Ocean Nature”

Immediate Use

“Ocean Nature” dissolves quickly & is ready to use within minutes of mixing. The dehydrated

mixture provides excellent value to the user, excess water having been extracted from various

salts during the manufacturing process. This process also provides a stable acceptable pH

level upon mixing, allowing for immediate use.

SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF “OCEAN NATURE” Australian made by Aquasonic

No phosphates - No nitrates

Dissolves very quickly

Ready for use within minutes

Complete spectrum of trace elements as found in natural sea water

Can be used with all marine ! sh & the most delicate invertebrates

Readily available

CODE SIZES VOLUME BOX

OF WATER QTY

PRODUCED ON320 2kg 60 L 12Bags ON321 4kg 120 L 6Bags ON322 10kg 300 L 1 Bucket ON324 20kg 600 L 1 Bag ON324B 20kg 1Bucket ON325 20kg 10-24 boxes ON326 20kg 25-49 boxes ON327 20kg 50+ boxes ON328 20kg 250+ boxes ON330 4 Pt Mix 30,000 L ON4P 4 Pt Mix 10 tonne 100,000 L

“Proven for 35 years”

ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON

NONO

15

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia

MEDICATIONS FUNGONEX ( FRESHWATER ONLY )• Effective treatment of fungal infections in freshwater ! sh. • Use when ! sh show signs of

fungal infections especially where ! n or tail rot is evident.

• Add 5mL per 20 litres. • Repeat treatment after 3 days.


ICHONEX ( FRESHWATER ONLY )• Treatment of whitespot ( Ichthyophirius Multi! llis) disease. • Does not stain.

• Treat at the rate of 5mL per 40 litres on ! rst day and on days 2 & 3 at 1/2 of the initial rate

(2.5mL/40L).

• To maximize result, 1/2 the daily dosage, adding it to the tank twice (morning and night).


BACTONEX ( FRESHWATER & MARINE )• Preventative antiseptic treatment for bacterial, fungal and protozoal infections in fresh and

salt water ! sh. • Use at water change time and when adding new ! sh.

• Use 10mL per 40 litres. • Repeat after 5 days if necessary.


FORMALIN MALACHITE SOLUTION ( FRESHWATER ONLY )• Assists in the treatment of whitespot, ectoparasites on skin and gills, fungus and turbid or

cloudy skin and slimey skin disease. • Copper free.

• Fish only treatment, not suitable for invertebrates. • Use 1mL per 40 litres of aquarium water

each day for 4 days.

CODE SIZE CTN PL120 100ml 30 PL124 250ml 30 PL121 1L 9

METHYLENE BLUE ( FRESHWATER&MARINE )• Treatment and control for mild fungus infections and fungus on eggs.

• Use 5mL per 20 litres of aquarium water each day for 4 days.

CODE SIZE CTN PL080 100ml 30 PL084 250ml 30 PL081 1L 9

PARAGONE ( FRESHWATER & MARINE )• Tablets aid in the control of most external ! sh parasites including ! sh lice, gill " ukes and

anchor worms.

• Use 1 tablet per 40 litres of water and repeat the dose 7 days later. • During treatment it is

best to keep the water temperature around 25°C and to maintain pH between 6 and 7.

• Observe ! sh during treatment for stress.

• May adversely effect plecostomus, bristle nose type cat! sh and silver dollars.

CODE SIZE CTN PL040 25 tabs 30 PL041 100 tabs 30 PL042 300 tabs 9

ain.

/2 of the initial ra

orning and night

ections in fresh a

LY )ungus and turbid

es of aquarium w

ice, gill " ukes and

During treatment i

ween 6 and 7.

ollars.

16

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

BIO-TET ( FRESHWATER & MARINE )• Broad spectrum antibiotic for the treatment of infectious diseases in freshwater and saltwa-

ter ! sh. • Convenient tablet form which dissolves slowly for maximum effectiveness.

• Prolonged use may affect helpful bacteria " ora in biological ! lters. • Useful for the treatment

of red slime in marine aquariums. • Use 1 tablet per 20 litres of aquarium water.

CODE SIZE CTN Pl020 25 tabs 30 Pl021 100 tabs 30 Pl022 300 tabs 9

VERTONEX ( MARINE ONLY )• For the treatment of whitespot in ! sh where corals and invertebrates are present. • Use 3mL

per 70 litres of aquarium water daily for 4 days. • Corals and anemones may withdraw during

treatment. • Clams & mussels should be removed during treatment.

CODE SIZE CTN RN127 100ml 30 RN147 250ml 30 RN167 1L 9

OODONEX ( MARINE ONLY )• For the treatment of oodinium and whitespot in marine aquarium ! sh. • Do not use with

corals and invertebrates. • Remove carbon ! lters when applying treatment. • Use 3mL per 50

litres of aquarium water each for 4 days.

CODE SIZE CTN RN126 100ml 30 RN146 250ml 30 RN166 1L 9

BRIGHTWELL AQUATICS AQUARIUM SALT NEOMARINE - PRECISION SALT BLEND FOR REEF AQUARIA• Formulated from natural sea water chemistry.

• Mixes to 1.025 (Natural sea water ratios).

• Composed of ACS and USP grade ingredients of only the highest quality and purity.

• Manufactured in Brightwell Aquatics own production facility, not outsourced, to maintain the

highest level of quality and consistent formulation.

• Provides all major elements, all non-conservative minor and trace elements, and ele-

ments known to be utilized in the production of biological pigments (biochromes) in precise

seawater ratios. (All conservative seawater elements known to not be utilized by biological

processes are not included and deemed to be not essential to the survival of marine inhabit-

ants).

• Elements are provided by individual salts (no seawater evaporate is used); this enables

Brightwell Aquatics to maintain a consistent formulation and appearance to the ! nished salt

mix at all times.

• Each ingredient is measured using an extremely accurate process, and blended in a clean

and dry environment. This promotes uniformity of particle size and homogeneity throughout

each individual container of NeoMarine. Small batches are made and lot numbered to main-

tain the highest standards of quality control.

• Contains no detectable ammonia, nitrate, phosphate, or organic substances at standard

speci! c gravity. It dissolves completely to create crystal clear water.

• Extensively tested over a multi year period with 100% success on all manner of marine in-

vertebrates, ! shes and desirable algae. Numerous species of ! sh, corals and mollusks have

reproduced freely when maintained in water prepared with this salt blend.

• Formulated for all marine organisms, not just ! sh or reef inhabitants.

CODE SIZE CTN NMAR16 makes 61 litres packaged in pre lined box 1 NMAR50 makes 189 litres packaged in stand up resealable bag 4 NMAR150 makes 568 litres packaged in gasketed resealable bucket 1 NMAR300 makes 1,136 litres packaged in heavy-wall corrugated box For inhouse use only 1 NMAR2000 makes 7,571 litres packaged in open-head reusable drum For inhouse use only 1 NMAR5000 makes 18,925 litres packaged in a bulk sack For inhouse use only 1

B• Br

te

• Pr

of

C C C C Pl Pl Pl

17

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia

NEOMARINE KALIBRATE - PRECISION SALT PRE-MIX• Precision reef salt pre-mix formulation based on Brightwell Aquatics NeoMarine Reef Salt.

• Provides an economical alternative to complete salt blends for aquarists maintaining large

marine aquarium systems without sacri! cing the aspect of quality that is synonymous with

NeoMarine; well suited to zoos and museum exhibits, educational and research institution

systems and private large scale aquaria, demanding a precision marine salt blend with

consideration given to budget limitations.

• When mixed with the appropriate amount of sodium chloride, the resulting solution presents

natural seawater ratios of all major elements, as well as all non-conservative minor and

trace elements.

• Requires mixing of 43gms NeoMarine Kalibrate pre-mix with 91gms of non iodized sodium

chloride (supplied by the user) per 3.785 litres of water to obtain a speci! c gravity of 1.025

with a pH of 8.3 and alkalinity of 7.5 dKH.

• May be mixed at different ratios of Kalibrate to sodium chloride (NaCl) to alter alkalinity and

concentrations of elements as desired (e.g. the ratio of Kalibrate: NaCl may be increased

for enhanced concentrations of magnesium, calcium, potassium, strontium etc while still

maintaining their relative ratios).

• May be added to inexpensive salt blends or salt blends with insufficient levels of major and

minor elements (excluding sodium chloride) to enhance concentration of important ele-

ments.

Precision Salt Pre-Mix requires NaCl (user supplied)

CODE SIZE CTN NKAL50 makes 189 litres 1 NKAL150 makes 568 litres 1 NKAL450 makes 1,703 litres 1 NKAL900 makes 3,407 litres for inhouse use only 1 NKAL6000 makes 22,712 litres for inhouse use only 1 NKAL15000 makes 56,781 litres for inhouse use only 1

pH & ALKALINITY ALKALIN 8.3• Concentrated kH buffer supplement for all marine ! sh and reef aquaria. • Helps increase pH

stability in an aquarium by raising alkalinity. • Provides a strong source of carbonates.

• Over 50% stronger than most competing products. • Free of phosphate, silicate and organic

material. • Add product at the maximum rate of 5 mL per 110 litres daily until the desired alka-

linity is attained. • Continued addition raises pH to 8.3 at which point pH remains unchanged

& alkalinity alone increases.

CODE SIZE CTN ALK250 250ml 12 ALK500 500ml 12 ALK2 2L 4 ALK20 20L 1

ALKALIN 8.3P• Highly-effective alkalinity-increasing (”buffer”) powdered blend. • Increases pH stability in an

aquarium by raising the alkalinity. • Provides a strong source of carbonates, which make up

the majority by weight of aragonite. • Dissolve 2 grams (~½ teaspoon) of product in 240mL of

H2o ! rst then add product to 75 litres of aquarium H2o. • Add every other day or as needed

to maintain the alkalinity within a range of 7 - 12 dKH.

CODE SIZE CTN ALKP250 250g 12 ALKP500 500g 12 ALK1000 1kg 6 ALK4 4kg 1 ALK20 20kg 1

PH+• Increases pH in marine and reef aquaria. • Composed of puri! ed water and ultra-high purity

materials. • Formulated by a marine scientist. • Add this product at the maximum dosage of 5

mL per 75 litres per 24-hours at the same time each day.

CODE SIZE CTN PHP250 250ml 12 PHP500 500ml 12 PHP2 2L 4 PHP20 20L 1

18

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

REEF BUILDING LIQUID REEF• Complete source of the elements and molecules that are used by corals, clams and other reef building

invertebrates. • Provides calcium, strontium, magnesium and potassium in approximately the same ratio

in which they occur in aragonite. • Very strong source of carbonates. • Increases alkalinity to help stabi-

lise pH. • Add 5 mL (1 capful) of product per 225 litres of aquarium water every other day or as needed

to maintain the calcium concentration within a range of 412 - 450 ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN LRF250 250ml 12 LRF500 500ml 12 LRF2L 2L 3 LRF20L 20L 1

ELEMENTAL• Complete source of the elements and molecules directly used by corals, clams and other reef-building

invertebrates and organisms to create skeletal material and growth. • Provides calcium, strontium,

magnesium and potassium. • Very strong source of carbonates. • Dissolve 2 grams (~½ teaspoon) of

product per 75 litres of aquarium water in 245mL of fresh water. • Stir immediately prior to use and add

every other day to provide important elements to reef-building organisms.

CODE SIZE CTN ELEM200 200g 12 ELEM400 400g 12 ELEM800 800g 6 ELEM3.2 3.2kg 1 ELEM20 20kg 1

REEF CODE A• The calcium-bearing component of a two-part method for dosing calcium and carbonates the sub-

stances largely responsible for increasing alkalinity ”buffering capacity” in the same ratio found in

natural seawater. • Ionically-balanced with respect to natural seawater concentrations of calcium and

carbonates when used in equal amounts with Reef Code B. • Add 5mL (1 capful) of product per 75 litres

of aquarium water every other day or as needed to maintain the calcium concentration within a range of

412 - 450 ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN RCA250 250ml 12 RCA500 500ml 12 RCA2L 2L 4 RCA20L 20L 1

REEF CODE B• The carbonate-bearing component of a two-part method for dosing calcium and carbonates.

• Ionically-balanced with respect to natural seawater concentrations of calcium and carbonates when

used in equal amounts with Reef Code A. • Bene" ts reef-building organisms such as corals, clams etc.

• Add 5mL (1 capful) of product per 75 litres of aquarium water every other day or as needed to main-

tain the alkalinity within a range of 7 - 12 dKH.

CODE SIZE CTN RCB250 250ml 12 RCB500 500ml 12 RCB2L 2L 4 RCB20L 20L 1

REEF CODE A-P• The calcium bearing component of a two-part method for dosing calcium and carbonates, in the same

ratio as found in natural seawater. • Bene" ts reef-building organisms such as corals, clams, calcareous

algae etc. • Simpli" es calcium and alkalinity maintenance. • Economical for particularly large systems.

• Contains no phosphate, silicate, or organic material.

• Formulated by a marine scientist.

CODE SIZE CTN RCAP250 250g 12 RCAP500 500g 12 RCAP1000 1kg 6 RCAP4KG 4kg 1 RCAP20KG 20kg 1

REEF CODE B-P• The alkalinity-bearing component of a two-part method for dosing calcium and carbonates (the

substances largely responsible for increasing alkalinity (“buffering capacity”) in the same ratio as found

in natural seawater. • Bene" ts reef-building organisms such as corals, clams, calcareous algae, etc. •

Simpli" es calcium and alkalinity maintenance; economical for particularly large systems. • Contains no

phosphate, silicate, or organic material. • Formulated by a marine scientist.

CODE SIZE CTN RCBP250 250g 12 RCBP500 500g 12 RCBP1000 1kg RCBP4KG 4kg RCBP20KG 20kg

19

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

liaVITAMINS VITAMARIN-C• Highly-concentrated vitamin-C solution. • Buffered; will not impact pH when used as directed.

• Associated with improved tissue growth and with aiding the immune system.

• Intended to provide bene! ts to all aquarium inhabitants. • Well-suited to use in coral propagation.

• Composed of puri! ed water and ultra-high purity ingredients. • Begin by adding 2 mL (approximately

16 drops) per 75 litres of water weekly for the ! rst four weeks of use.

CODE SIZE CTN VTC125 125ml 12 VTC250 250ml 12 VTC500 500ml 12

VITAMARIN-F • Full-spectrum vitamin supplement formulated to bene! t freshwater ! shes and motile invertebrates.

• Provides a full-complement of water and fat-soluble vitamins in ratios found to improve overall health

and coloration. • Useful when preparing ! shes for spawning; also bene! ts parents caring for their brood.

• Requires no refrigeration. • Composed of puri! ed water and ultra-high purity materials.

CODE SIZE CTN VTF125 125ml 12

VITAMARIN-M• Full-spectrum vitamin supplement formulated to bene! t marine ! shes, corals and other invertebrates.

• Provides a full-complement of vitamins. • Requires no refrigeration. • Composed of puri! ed water and

ultra-high purity materials. • Formulated by a marine scientist.

• Add 2 mL (approximately 16 drops) per 75 litres of water weekly for the ! rst four weeks of use.

CODE SIZE CTN VTM125 125ml 12 VTM250 250ml 12 VTM500 500ml 12

MAJOR ELEMENTS: SOLUTIONS MAGNESION• Highly concentrated ionic magnesium solution. • Helps regulate the balance between calcium and

carbonates in aquarium water. • Contains no unwanted organic material eg EDTA, gluconate or polyglu-

conate. • Add 5 ml (1 capful) of product per 90 litres of aquarium water every other day or as needed to

maintain the magnesium concentration within a range of 1,290 - 1,320 ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN MAG250 250ml 12 MAG500 500ml 12 MAG2L 2L 4 MAG20L 20L 1

CALCION• Highly concentrated ionic calcium solution. • 110,000 ppm ionic calcium. • Contains no unwanted

organic material eg EDTA. • Free of phosphate, silicate and organic material.

• Over 50% stronger than most competing products. • Add 5 mL (1 capful) of product per 175 litres of

aquarium water every other day or as needed to maintain the calcium concentration within a range of

412 - 450 ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN CAL250 250ml 12 CAL500 500ml 12 CAL2L 2L 4 CAL20L 20L 1

POTASSION• Highly concentrated ionic potassium solution. • 80,000 ppm, considerably stronger and more economi-

cal than competing potassium products. • May be used to combat potassium depletion. • Add 5mL per

225 litres of aquarium water every other day or as needed to maintain the potassium concentration with

a range of 390-410 ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN PTS250 250ml 12 PTS500 500ml 12 PTS2L 2L 4 PTS20L 20L 1

20

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

STRONTION• Highly-concentrated ionic strontium solution. • Incorporated by corals, clams and other reef-building

invertebrates into aragonite, the mineral that is secreted as skeletal material. • Contains no unwanted

organic material such as EDTA, gluconate, or polygluconate. • Free of phosphate, silicate and organic

material. • Add 5 ml (1 capful) of product per 75 litres of aquarium water every other day or as needed

to maintain the strontium concentration within a range of 8 - 12 ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN STR250 250ml 12 STR500 500ml 12 STR2L 2L 4 STR20L 20L 1

SOLUTION OF HYDRATED MAGNESIUM • Safely increases magnesium concentration in all marine and reef aquaria. • Utilizes speci! c magne-

sium salts to obtain the desired results. • May be used to attain and maintain a magnesium concentra-

tion in excess of 1,500 ppm as desired by aquarists. • Maintaining an elevated magnesium concentra-

tion, relative to the average natural seawater concentration, for a prolonged period of time may be of

bene! t to reef aquaria in certain situations and should be attempted by experienced aquarists only.

• 75,000 ppm magnesium

CODE SIZE CTN HMG250 250ml 12 HMG20L 20L 1

MAJOR ELEMENTS: POWDERS MAGNESION-P• High-purity powdered magnesium blend. • Provides magnesium which helps regulate the balance of

calcium and carbonates. • Dissolve 2.5 grams (~½ teaspoon) of product per 110 litres of aquarium water

in 245 mls of fresh water; add every other day or as needed to maintain the magnesium concentration

within a range of 1,290 - 1,320 ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN MAGP300 300g 12 MAGP600 600g 12 MAGP1200 1.2kg 6 MAGP4.8 4.8kg 1 MAGP24 24kg 1

CALCION-P• High-purity powdered calcium water. • Increases the concentration of calcium in marine aquarium wa-

ter. • 330,000-370,000 ppm of Ionic calcium. • Provides corals and other reef-building invertebrates with

one of the most important elements required for growth. • Dissolve 2 grams (½ teaspoon) of product per

75 litres of aquarium water in 245mls of fresh water. Add every other day or as needed to maintain the

calcium concentration within a range of 412 - 450 ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN CALP200 200g 12 CALP400 400g 12 CALP800 800g 6 CALP3.2 3.2kg 1 CALP16 16kg 1

POTASSION-P• High purity powdered potassium. • Provides potassium to small-polyp stony (SPS) corals, helping to

improve the natural blue colouration in these corals. • Used to combat potassium depletion that is often

accompanied by using Zeolite based ! ltration media.

CODE SIZE CTN PTSP300 300g 12 PTSP600 600g 12 PTSP1200 1.2kg 6 PTSP4.8 4.8kg 1 PTSP24 24kg 1

STRONTION-P• High-purity powdered strontium. • Incorporated by corals, clams, and other reef-building invertebrates

into aragonite. • Dissolve 1 gram (¼ teaspoon) of product per 150 litres of aquarium water in 245mls of

fresh water. Add every other day or as needed to maintain the strontium concentration within a range of

8 - 12 ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN STRP150 150g 12 STRP300 300g 12 STRP600 600g 12 STRP1200 1.2kg 6

21

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia KALK+2• Contains calcium, strontium and magnesium in the same ionic ratios found in aragonite. • Provides

temporary alkalinity and helps maintain pH. • Adds no conservative elements, such as chloride to the

aquarium. • Improves upon the industry-standard powdered calcium supplement over the past three

decades. • Create a stock solution by dissolving 6 grams (1 tsp) of Kalk+2 in 4.5 litres of fresh water

(preferably puri! ed) and allowing at least one hour for any settling to occur. Do not add this product

directly to aquarium without diluting in water as directed.

CODE SIZE CTN KALK100 100g 12 KALK225 225g 12 KALK450 450g 6 KALK1.8 1.8kg 1 KALK9 9kg 1

NANO-REEF NANOCODE• Part of a complete system for simplifying and maintaining proper water chemistry in very small (nano)

reef aquaria. • NanoCode A provides calcium, potassium and strontium in aragonite ratios, enhanced

magnesium (relative to the aragonite ratios) and non-conservative minor and trace elements in natural

sea water ratios. • NanoCode B provides molecules that increase pH stability and form an integral part

of aragonite, the mineral that is secreted by reef building organisms. Used in conjunction with Nano-

Code B, promotes stable water chemistry and improves rate of biogenic aragonite formation

• Contains no phosphate,silicate or organic material.

CODE SIZE CTN NCA125 Code A 125ml 12 NCB125 Code B 125ml 12 NCA250 Code A 250ml 12 NCB250 Code B 250ml 12 NCA500 Code A 500ml 12 NCB500 Code B 500ml 12

CORAL NUTRITION CORALAMINO• Complex of free-form amino acids in the same ratios found in tissues of stony corals. • Bene! cial to

all corals as well as solitary and colonial polyps. • Provides the building blocks of coral tissue. • Repairs

damage incurred during fragmentation and propagation. • Encourages growth, ! ssion and vibrant co-

lours. • Pour 1 mL (20 drops) into a small container and suck a portion into a feeding device, then slowly

discharge contents 2 - 4” upstream of target organism(s).

CODE SIZE CTN COA30 30ml 12 COA60 60ml 12 COA125 125ml 12 COA250 250ml 12

RESTOR• Amino acid & fatty acid complex for coral tissue. • Encourages health, growth, reproduction & vibrant

coloration. • Provides important nutrients to corals & their allies during periods of stress induced by

changes in lighting &/or prolonged exposure to excessive water temperature. • Aids in tissue repair after

coral have undergone fragmenting & captive propagation. • Add up to 5mL per 190L every 2 - 3 days or

as needed.

CODE SIZE CTN RST125 125ml 12 RST250 250ml 12 RST500 500ml 12 RST2L 2L 4 RST20L 20L 1

SPONGEXCEL• Ionic silica solution is for enhancing growth rates of sponges and gastropods. • 1 drop per 3.78L(1

gallon) of water increases ionic silica concentration by 0.20 ppm. • May be employed in silica-limited

systems stocked with sponges to improve water quality by increasing the rate of natural latent organic

material uptake by these organisms. • Used to increase the rate of sponge growth in marine systems

housing spongivorous ! shes such as marine angle! shes, butter" y! shes and their allies, providing

them with greater access to their natural foods.

CODE SIZE CTN SPO60 60ml 12 SPO125 125ml 12 SPO2L 2L 4 SPO20L 20L 1

22

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

MAJOR & MINOR TRACE REPLENISH • Replaces trace and minor elements used by ! shes, corals and other invertebrates which are lost

through chemical ! ltration. • Provides 29 minor and trace minerals, all present in natural seawater.

• Composed of puri! ed water and ultra-high purity materials. • Add ½ mL (~10 drops) of product per 95

litres of aquarium water every other day.

CODE SIZE CTN REP125 125ml 12 REP250 250ml 12 REP500 500ml 12 REP2L 2L 4 REP20L 20L 1

KORALCOLOR• Contains biocromes to enhance colouration of corals & ! sh. • Provides trace quality elements. • Does

not in# uence population density of zooxanthellae. • Add 1mL to 95 litres every 3 days (alternatively,

twice a week).

CODE SIZE CTN COL250 250ml 12 COL500 500ml 12 COL2L 2L 4 COL20L 20L 1

FERRION• Highly concentrated and stable iron solution, particularly suited to systems with refugiums. • Supple-

ments zooanthellate corals, clams, macroalgae, coralline algae, mangroves, marsh grasses and other

marine algae and plants. • Add 5 mL (1 capful) of product per 175 litres of aquarium water every other

day or as needed to maintain the iron concentration within a range of 0.05 - 0.10 ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN FER250 250ml 12 FER500 500ml 12 FER2L 2L 4 FER20L 20L 1

KORALLE-VM• Unique vitamin and minor and trace element complex for establishing and replacing substances im-

portant to marine invertebrates including corals and clams. • Does not require refrigeration. • Composed

of puri! ed water and ultra-high purity materials. • Add 5mL per 75 litres of water in the aquarium system

weekly for the ! rst four weeks of use, then gradually increase the dosage to 10 mL per 75 litres per

week if desired.

CODE SIZE CTN KVM125 125ml 12 KVM250 250ml 12 KVM500 500ml 12 KVM2L 2L 4 KVM20L 20L 1

BOROCHROM• Provides boron, a component of alkalinity that is also associated with improving colour intensity of

coral tissue through incorporation into red phytopigments. • Encourages biogenous aragonite formation

(increased growth rates of coralline algae, as well as skeletal growth in corals and other reef-building

invertebrates). • Considerably stronger than competing boron supplements. • Utilizes ACS-Reagent

grade active ingredients.

CODE SIZE CTN BCM250 250ml 12

PLANKTONIC SUSPENSIONS PHYTOGREEN-S• Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 1 - 2µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams,

sponges, tunicates, tube worms and larval invertebrates. • Formulated to provide over 1-billion phyto-

plankton cells per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid

to aid in colouration of invertebrates. • Target Feeding is recommended and may be carried out with a

lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar.

• Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then

slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s). • Repeat these

steps as deemed necessary.

CODE SIZE CTN PNS125 125ml 12 PNS250 250ml 12 PNS500 500ml 1

CODE SIZE CTN PNS2 2L 4 PNS20 20L 1

23

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia PHYTOGREEN-M• Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 10 - 15µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams,

sponges, tunicates, tube worms and larval invertebrates. • Over 650-million phytoplankton cells per mL.

• Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of

invertebrates. • Target Feeding is recommended and may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air

tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into

a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents

of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s). • Repeat these steps as deemed necessary.

CODE SIZE CTN PNM125 125ml 12 PNM250 250ml 12 PNM500 500ml 12

PHYTOGOLD-S• Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 4 - 10µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams,

sponges, tunicates, tube worms, and larval invertebrates. • Over 75-million phytoplankton cells per mL.

• Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of

invertebrates. • Target Feeding is recommended and may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air

tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar device. • Pour 5 mL (1 cap-

ful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the

contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s).

CODE SIZE CTN PDS125 125ml 12 PDS250 250ml 12 PDS500 500ml 12

PHYTOGOLD-M• Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 8 - 20µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams,

sponges ,tunicates, tube worms and larval invertebrates. • Over 50-million phytoplankton cells per mL.

• Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid colouration of in-

vertebrates. • Related products: PhytoChrom, PhytoGold-S, PhytoGreen-M and PhytoGreen-S. • Target

Feeding is recommended and may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe,

pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and

suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm

upstream of the target organism(s). • Repeat these steps as deemed necessary.


PHYTOCHROM• Provides 6 types of phytoplankton ranging in size from1 - 30µm. • Ideally sized for many soft cor-

als, clams, sponges,tunicates, tube worms, bryozoans, larval crustaceans and juvenile " shes. • Over

200-million phytoplankton cells per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a propri-

etary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates. • Target feeding is recommended and may be

carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding

device or similar. • Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding

device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s).

• Repeat these steps as deemed necessary.

CODE SIZE CTN PCM125 125ml 12 PCM250 250ml 12 PCM500 500ml 12

ZOOPLANKTOS-S• Provides zooplankton and fully-digestible, unhatched eggs ranging in size from 50 - 300µm. • Ideally-

sized for many stony corals, clams, sponges, tunicates, tube worms, larval crustaceans, juvenile " shes

etc. • Over four thousand prey per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a propri-

etary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates and " shes. • Target Feeding is recommended and

may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt

feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into

the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target

organism(s).

CODE SIZE CTN ZPS125 125ml 12 ZPS250 250ml 12 ZPS500 500ml 12

CODE SIZE CTN PCM2 2L 4 PCM20 20L 1

CODE SIZE CTN PNM2L 2L 4 PNM20L 20L 1

CODE SIZE CTN PNM2 2L 4 PNM20 20L 1

CODE SIZE CTN PDS2L 2L 4 PDS20L 20L 1

CODE SIZE CTN ZPS2L 2L 4 ZPS20L 20L 1

24

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

ZOOPLANKTOS-M• Provides z ooplankton ranging in size from 500 - 1,000µm (1mm). • Ideally-sized for many stony cor-

als, clams, tube worms, larval crustaceans, juvenile " shes, adult planktivorous and microinvertebrate-

predatory " shes. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in

colouration of invertebrates and " shes. • Target Feeding is recommended and may be carried out with a

lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar.

• Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then

slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s).

CODE SIZE CTN ZPM125 125ml 12 ZPM250 250ml 12 ZPM500 500ml 12 ZPM2L 2L 4 ZPM20L 20L 1

ZOOPLANKTOS-L• Provides zooplankton ranging in size from 500 - 2,000µm (2mm). • Ideally-sized for many stony corals,

clams, tube worms, larval crustaceans, juvenile " shes etc. • Does not require refrigeration.

• Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates and " shes.

• Target Feeding is recommended and may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing,

plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small

container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the

device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s).

CODE SIZE CTN ZPL125 125ml 12 ZPL250 250ml 12 ZPL500 500ml 12 ZPL2L 2L 4 ZPL20L 20L 1

BIOFILTRATION & NUTRITRIENT CONTROL KATALYST - pelletized bio reactive � ltration media for nitrate and phosphate control• Bio-Reactive " ltration media, providing an ideal colonization substrate and a suitable source of organic

carbon to bene" cial microbes responsible for uptake of nitrate and phosphate. • May be used with pro

biotic bacterial sources such as Aquasonic Bio-Aid and/or as part of a low nutrient approach to aquari-

um husbandry. • Improves water clarity through re mineralization of latent dissolved organic compounds

present in system. • Safe for use in all freshwater and marine aquaria, including planted and reef sys-

tems.• MADE IN THE USA - sold by mass, not volume; 1g = ~1.6ml of competing media

CODE SIZE CTN KATA600 600gm KATA3.2KG 3.2kg KATA16KG 16kg

NEOZEO • Unique Zeolitic media for selective removal of dissolved organic compounds through ionic and mo-

lecular adsorption, as well as passive uptake by bene" cial microbes that colonise the media. • Provides

a colonization site for the micro-organism responsible for nitri" cation, denitri" cation and organic waste

degradation in marine aquaria. • Improves water quality and provides an important food source for cor-

als and other suspension feeding organisms.

CODE SIZE CTN NEOZ4.5 4.5kg 1 NEOZ1000 1kg 6 NEOZ11kg 11kg 6

REEF BIOFUEL• Helps maintain a balance of nutrients in aquariums. • Indirectly bene" ts corals and other suspension

feeding invertebrates by encouraging reproduction of bacterioplankton. • Encourages polyp-expansion

in corals. • May be used to expedite biological " ltration in new applications. • Replaces vodka method to

stimulate microbial activity. • Increases natural assimilate of organic material, nitrate & phosphate.

CODE SIZE CTN BIO250 250ml 12 BIO500 500ml 12 BIO2 2L 12 BIO20 20L 1

25

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia REDOXLCLEAN• Immediately improves water quality in all manner of aquaria by enhancing the rate of particulate and

dissolved organic material decomposition, enabling the constituents to be more effectively removed with

protein skimming, activated carbon and other means of biological and chemical ! ltration.

• Safe for use with all ! shes, invertebrates and plants. • Particularly useful in heavily-stocked, heavily-

fed aquaria during problems with water quality in which the elevated concentration of organic material in

the aquarium would negatively impact the health of the inhabitants.

• Reacts completely, leaves no residue.

CODE SIZE CTN RDX250 250ml 12

IODINE & IODIDE LUGOL’S• A strong source of iodide and iodine. • Formulated for advanced hobbyists. • Bene! cial to aquariums

heavily stocked with signi! cant iodine demands. • Each mL of Brightwell Aquatics Lugol’s will increase

the concentration of iodine in 4 litres of water by 18 ppm. • 1 drop per 160 litres daily to maintain a con-

centration of 0.05 ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN LUG30 30ml 12 LUG60 60ml 12 LUG125 125ml 12 LUG1000 1L 1

IODION• Highly concentrated iodide solution. • More effective than standard iodine solutions. • Add 5 mL (1

capful) of product per 190 litres of aquarium water every two to three days or as needed to maintain the

iodine concentration within a range of 0.04 - 0.06 ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN IOD250 250ml 12 IOD500 500ml 12 IOD2L 2L 4 IOD20L 20L 1

MEDI-CORAL• Coral Dip for new coral additions and to bene! t established corals. • Triple acting formulation provides

short and long term bene! ts to dipped corals. • Formulated to prepare corals for addition to a pre-exist-

ing aquarium, as well as to bene! t corals showing signs of tissue damage or degradation.

• Gently oxidizes areas of damaged coral tissue to help halt, or prevent onset of tissue degradation.

• Discourages pathogens from establishing themselves in areas of damaged tissue. • Not a medication,

contains no antibiotics or heavy metals.

CODE SIZE CTNMDC30 30ml MDC60 60ml MDC1L 1000ml

PARTICULATE FOOD SUSPENSIONS MACROVORE• Macro diet for anemones, LPS corals & planktivorous motile invertebrates & ! shes. • Suspension of

North American marine crustacean roe with a size range of ~0.7 - 1.2 mm. • Forti! ed with free-form

essential amino acids, vitamins important to immune system function, carotenoid-rich oils of marine

origin (also rich in omega-3 HUFA) and natural feeding attractants to improve feeding responsiveness in

! shes.

• Appropriate for feeding anemones, LPS corals, gorgonians and solitary and colonial polyps, particu-

larly at night when tentacles are extended to maximize chances of prey-capture.

• Readily consumed by planktivorous ! shes. • Add 2.5mL per 190 litres of aquarium water.

CODE SIZE CTN MAV125 125ml 12

26

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

MICROVORE• Suspension of particulate of microencapsulated marine proteins, lipids and carbohydrates forti! ed

with complex and free form amino acids. • Ideal for feeding zooxanthellate & azooxanthellate soft corals,

LPS, gorgonians, anemones & other solitary & colonal polyps. • Readily eaten by a multitude of reef as-

sociated ! shes known to feed on food particles drifting in the water column. • Does not require refrigera-

tion. • Formulated by a marine scientist. • Related product - Reef Snow. • Add 2.5 mL per 225 litres of

water in the entire aquarium in an area of rapid water movement every other day for the ! rst four weeks

of use. • Dosage may be gradually increased if desired.

CODE SIZE CTN MIV250 250ml 12 MIV500 500ml 12 MIV2 2L 4 MIV20 20L 1

REEF SNOW• Liquid suspension. • Replicates marine snow for coral and other suspension feeding organisms.

• Complex of carbonate-bound, non-conservative major, minor and trace elements. • Delivers inorganic

and organic nutrients required by stony corals, soft corals, clams etc. • Ideally fed at night when most

corals extend their tentacles. • Does not require refrigeration. • Shake product well before using. • Turn

protein skimmer and other mechanical ! ltration off prior to adding Reef Snow and allow 10-15 minutes

after use before resuming operation of ! ltration. • Add 2.5mL per 190 litres of aquarium water.

CODE SIZE CTN SNO250 250ml 12 SNO500 500ml 12 SNO2 2L 4 SNO20 20L 1

FISH NUTRITION AMINOMEGA• Increases the nutritional value of foods with sources of amino acids, omega-3 and 6 highly unsatu-

rated fatty acids.

• Composed of a blend of unique marine ! sh and crustacean sources.

• Does not require refrigeration.

• Liquid food suspensions may be forti! ed by adding 0.5 mL (approximately 4 drops) of Aminomega per

10 mL of food suspension; stir to mix and allow 5 minutes to elapse before feeding.

CODE SIZE CTN AMO60 60ml 12 AMO125 125ml 12 AMO250 250ml 12 AMO500 500ml 12

GARLICPOWER• Delivers the nutritional bene! ts of raw garlic to ! shes primarily by being applied to their food.

• Consists solely of extract of raw garlic with a small amount of vitamin C.

• Improves the health of ! sh.

• Motivates ! nicky feeders.


• Liquid food suspensions may be forti! ed by adding 1.0 mL (approximately 8 drops) Garlic Power per

10mL of food suspension. • Stir to mix and allow 5 minutes to elapse before feeding.

CODE SIZE CTN GAR30 30ml 12 GAR60 60ml 12 GAR125 125ml 12 GAR1000 1L 1

MAXAMINO• Unique complex of 20 free form amino acids in the same ratios found in the tissues of ! shes.

• Bene! cial to all marine, brackish and freshwater ! shes.

• Increases the protein concentration of ! sh foods.

• Enhances the nutritional value of ! sh foods.

• Acts as a food attractant.

• Add 5mL per 225 litres of water in the entire aquarium system daily for the ! rst 4 weeks of use then

the dosage may be gradually increased as desired.

CODE SIZE CTN MAX125 125ml 12 MAX250 250ml 12

27

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia ANGELIXER• Complex of free form amino acids in the same ratios found within the tissues of sponges. • Utilizes

natural attractants and marine derived proteins to improve feeding response and increase protein

percentage of ! sh foods respectively. • Bene! cial to all ! shes whose diets are in large parts composed

of sponges, including angel ! shes, butter" y ! shes, Moorish Idols, and their respective allies. • Free

form amino acids encourage vibrant colouration, provide building blocks of protein in ideal ratios to

encourage the formation of new tissue, speeding up growth rates. • Encourages new tissue growth to

aid in recovery from wounds incurred during aggressive encounters with tank mates or during spawning

periods. • Formulation based upon sponge tissue analysis and marine ! n! sh culture.


CODE SIZE CTN ANG125 125ml ANG250 250ml ANG1000 1L

PHOSPHATE CONTROL FERROXIPHOS-G• Directly and efficiently removes reactive phosphate from aquarium water. • Also removes silicate and

phosphate-based organic material from aquarium water, often resulting in improved water clarity (par-

ticularly in aquaria with heavy bioloads). • Safe for use in all freshwater and marine aquaria, including

planted and reef systems.

CODE SIZE CTN FOXG300 300g 12

PHOSPHATR• Next-generation regenerable phosphate adsorption resin. • Removes silicates. • Far more effec-

tive than activated alumina and granular ferric products. • Will not negatively impact water quality nor

release phosphate or silicate. • Contains no aluminium. • Regenerable up to ! ve times using Regenerat-

phor.

CODE SIZE CTN PHOR175 175ml 12 PHOR250 250ml 12 PHOR500 500ml 12 PHOR1000 1L 6 PHOR3.8 3.8L 1 PHOR20 20L 1

• Prior to ! rst use, rinse resin under a stream of puri! ed water. • For initial application in aquarium, use

1 mL per 4.5 litres of water in system and monitor phosphate concentration during usage.

PHOSPHAT–E• Eliminates reactive phosphate from all marine ! sh and reef aquaria. • Begins to eliminate reactive

phosphate immediately upon addition to the aquarium. • Safe for all inhabitants of both reef and marine

! sh only aquaria. • Each mL eliminates 1ppm phosphate in 15L of water, 250mL treats 3785L.

• Helps facilitate removal of phosphate from aquaria during periods when dissolved organic material is

abundant. • May be used on an ongoing basis to help control phosphate in heavily stocked aquaria.

CODE SIZE CTN POE250 250ml 12 POE500 500ml 12 POE2 2L 4 POE20 20L 1

EXTRAPHOS• Phosphate-Adsorption media for use in all freshwater & marine aquaria. • Phosphate, while required

in minuscule amounts by living organisms for proper functioning, can indirectly negatively impact the

overall appearance of an aquarium system if it is allowed to exist at a concentration measurable by

most aquarium test kits, e.g. less than 0.05 ppm. • In order for this impact to occur, other undesirable

substances must be present in varying concentrations, however these substances are rarely limiting in

the typical marine aquarium. Because of this, elevated phosphate concentrations, whether sporadic or

chronic, should be combated. • The combined characteristics of shape, porosity and grade of material

enable Extrax Phos to effectively trap phosphate and remove it from aquarium water. • This method of

treatment may be used as needed and/or on a continual basis to maintain an immeasurable phosphate

concentration in a marine aquarium.

CODE SIZE CTN FOXG300 300g 12

28

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

REGENERATPHOR• Regenerates up to 1,500 mL total of Brightwell Aquatics Phosphat R regenerable phosphate adsorp-

tion resin.

• Regenerates:

175 ml size 8 times

250 ml size 6 times

500 ml size 3 times

CODE SIZE CTN REGP1200 1200g 6

For each 250 ml of resin to be regenerated, in a clean 4.5 litre bucket, thoroughly mix 200 g (¾ cup) with 2.25 litres of hot tap water. Regeneration e� ciency is directly related to reaction time between the resultant solution and the PhosphoR resin.

DECHLORINATION ERASE-CL• Removes chloramines, chlorine, ammonia and nitrites from tap water. • Can be used to neutralize

iodine in the event of an overdose in aquariums. • Safe for all marine and freshwater aquariums.

• Phosphate and silicate free. • Add 5 mL (1 capful) per 90 litres of water to remove chloramines and

ammonia; used in this fashion, Erase-Cl will treat up to 6 ppm chlorine, 3 ppm chloramines or 1 ppm

ammonia.

Determine ammonia concentration in aquarium using an Aquasonic ammonia test kit.

CODE SIZE CTN ERA125 125ml 12 ERA250 250ml 12 ERA500 500ml 12 ERA2L 1L 4 ERA20L 20L 1

ERASE-CL P

• Economical powdered form of Erase-Clp, speci! cally made available for professional and recreational

aquarists maintaining particularly large systems and/or servicing numerous aquariums. • Neutralizes

chloramines, chlorine, iodine, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate in tap and/or aquarium water. • Used as

directed, safely prepares water for use in all marine and freshwater aquaria.

CODE SIZE CTN ERAP250 125ml 12

MEDIA CARBONIT-P• Premium quality activated carbon. • Promotes water quality by removing dissolved organic material.

• Features high capacity for organic removal. • Average particle sizes encourages optimal " ow and ef-

fectiveness.

CODE SIZE CTN CRBP500 500g 6 CRBP2KG 2kg 1 CRBP3.2 3.2kg 1 CRBP11 11kg 1 CRBP20 20kg 1

Each 500 grams will treat 1500 litres of aquarium water. Prior to use, rinse under a stream of fresh water

CORALAZARUS CALREACTOR MEDIUM• High purity natural mineral that may be employed in traditional calcium reactors, or even blended into

pre-existing aquarium substratum to gradually increase and maintain the calcium concentration and

alkalinity in marine aquaria. • CoraLazarus is a strong source of calcium, the most abundant cation by

percent mass in aragonite, the mineral secreted by reef-building organisms to form skeletal material.

• Through dissolution, provides calcium, magnesium, strontium, potassium and carbonates. • Aids in in-

creasing alkalinity to stabilize pH and encourage rapid biogenic aragonite formation. • Optimal average

particle size for use in media reactors and calcium reactors.

CODE SIZE CTN CLAZ1000 1kg 2 CLAZ5KG 5kg 1

29

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia NEOMAG• High purity magnesium media for placement in reef aquarium media reactors. • Provides magnesium

which helps regulate the relationship between calcium and carbonates and is a component of arago-

nite, the mineral secreted by reef building organisms to form their skeletal structure. • Composed of

magnesium, calcium and carbonates.

CODE SIZE CTN NEOM1000 1kg 6 NEOM5000 5kg 1 NEOM20000 20kg 1

NITRATR - NITRATE ADSORPTION RESIN• Next generation regenerable nitrate adsorption resin is effective in marine and freshwater aquaria;

does not require soaking in buffered water prior to initial use. • Highly selective for Nitrate. • Will not

negatively impact water quality, nor release nitrate once exhausted. • Synthetic polymer resin beads

provide for durability and excellent ! ow characteristics. • May be employed in ! uidized bed, canister or

passive " ltration.

• Will not impact alkalinity in aquaria as some competing products may. • Regenerable over 250 times

using normal table salt or sodium chloride, dramatically increasing cost effectiveness. • Dose rate of

500mL of resin per 380 litres of water will remove 20ppm of nitrate. • When nitrate concentration re-

mains unchanged, or begins to increase, regenerate resin.

CODE SIZE CTN NITR250 250ml 6 NITR500 500ml NITR1000 1000ml NITR3.8L 3.8 litre NITR20L 20 litre

ORGANITR - ORGANIC ADSORPTION RESIN• Regenerable dissolved organic material (DOM) adsorption resin is effective in all marine and fresh-

water aquaria. • Improves water quality by removing latent dissolved organic material and encouraging

higher oxidation-reduction potential (ORP, also known as Redox). • Removes dyes and discoloration

from water.

• Will not release adsorbed organic material once exhausted. • Ideal for use in small (e.g. nano) aquaria

where a protein skimmer is not feasible. • Does not actively remove trace, minor or major elements from

aquarium water. • May be used in conjunction with, or as a replacement for activated carbon.

• Synthetic polymer resin beads provide durability and excellent ! ow characteristics. May be employed

in ! uidized bed, canister or passive " ltration. • Regenerable over 250 times using normal table salt or

sodium chloride, dramatically increasing cost effectiveness. • Dose rate of 500mL of resin per 1,100

litres of water. • Regenerate once the resin becomes a medium brown color indicating exhaustion.

CODE SIZE CTN ORGR250 250ml 6 ORGR500 500ml ORGR1000 1000ml ORGR3.8L 3.8 litre ORGR20L 20 litre

IONITR• High capacity, regenerable adsorption resin is effective in marine and freshwater aquaria. • Dramati-

cally improves water quality by removing dissolved organic material, toxic gasses, heavy metals, and

other impurities. • Helps control nutrient levels (including ammonia, nitrite, nitrate and phosphate). • Will

not negatively impact water quality once exhausted. • Regenerable over 250 times, signi" cantly increas-

ing cost effectiveness relative to activated carbon when comparing " ltration capability.

CODE SIZE CTN IONR250 250ml 6

KORALAGOON SUBSTRAT• Simulates the natural substrate particle pro" le of tropical and reef lagoons.

• Encourages biochemical reactions eg nitri" cation and de-nitri" cation.

• Encourages the growth of reef building organisms and stabilises pH.

CODE SIZE CTN KSUB1400 1.4kg 6 KSUB5.4KG 5.4kg 1 KSUB27 27kg 1

30

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

PLANTED AQUARIA FLORINMULTI• Provides 14 elements critical to long-term health, growth and colouration of aquatic plants. • May be

used to establish bene! cial water parameters in new aquaria. • Replenishes depleted elemental con-

centrations in aquariums. • Well suited to the planted aquarium hobbyist. • Formulated utilising exten-

sive research on aquatic plant nutrient requirements. • Add 5mL per 190 litres every other day or when

required.

CODE SIZE CTN FNM125 125ml 12 FNM250 250ml 12 FNM500 500ml 12 FNM2L 2L 4 FNM20L 20L 1

FLORIN-K• Concentrated source of high-purity potassium required by plants. • Stronger than most competing

products. • Formulated utilising extensive research on aquatic plant nutrient requirements. • Add 5mL

per 190 litres every other day or when required.

CODE SIZE CTN FNK125 125ml 12 FNK250 250ml 12 FNK500 500ml 12 FNK2L 2L 4 FNK20L 20L 1

FLORIN-FE• Provides both ferrous and ferric iron sources to maximise bene! ts to plant aquaria. • Two tiered ap-

proach to iron supplementation consists of one ingredient to deliver immediate iron and another ingredi-

ent that slowly releases iron during the light cycle when the aquarium is illuminated.

• 1mL per 38 litres of aquarium water. • Maintain iron concentrations with a range of 0.05-0.10ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN FNF125 125ml 12 FNF250 250ml 12 FNF500 500m 12 FNF2L 2L 4 FNF20L 20L 1

FLORINAXIS• Concentrated source of bioavailable carbon, Krebs cycle intermediates, humic & amino acids & natu-

rally occuring phytohormones. • May be used as a primary or supplementary source of carbon.

• For the ! rst 3-5 weeks of use, add 5mL per 190 litres once each week, increase dosage thereafter

depending on perceived nutrient needs of plants.

CODE SIZE CTN FNA125 125ml 12 FNA250 250ml 12 FNA500 500ml 12FNA2L 2L 4 FNA20L 20L 1

FLORINGRO• Concentrated form of nitrogen, one of the most important plant nutrients. • Nitrogen is present as

nitrate, a form appropriate in aquaria (ammonium can revert to toxic ammonia in aquaria with pH over

7.0, urea is a source of ammonia).

• Contains Kelp extract, which provides natural phytohormones found to encourage growth and " ower-

ing. • Add 5mL per 190 litres every other day or when required.

CODE SIZE CTN FNG125 125ml 12 FNG250 250ml 12 FNG500 500ml 12 FNG2L 2L 4 FNG20L 20L 1

31

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia FLORIN DELTA GH+• Establishes an optimal mineral balance in water that has been puri! ed or is exceedingly soft for all

freshwater planted aquaria, as well as for biotope aquaria housing ! shes indigenous to forested and/or

riverine habitats. • Supplies potassium, magnesium and calcium, elements which are vital to the overall

health of aquatic plants, in bene! cial ratios. • May be used to establish bene! cial water parameters

in aquaria ! lled with puri! ed water, to replenish depleted mineral concentrations in aquaria that rarely

receive a water change, and to re-establish mineral concentrations following large water changes.

• Provides trace chloride, a valuable plant nutrient, in a bene! cial concentration. • Formulated utilizing

extensive research on aquatic plant nutrient requirements.

CODE SIZE CTN FDGH250 250ml 12

FLORIN DELTA KH+• Increases alkalinity (a.k.a. carbonate hardness or buffering capacity) in freshwater aquaria with a

target pH of 7.8 or less. • Improves stability of pH.

• Safe for use in all freshwater community and planted aquaria. • Composed of USP-grade ingredients.

• Contains no phosphate-based buffering agents.

CODE SIZE CTN FDKH250 250ml 12

FLORIN pH-• Safely decreases pH in freshwater community and planted aquaria. • May also be used in marine

aquaria. • Gradually decreases alkalinity (carbonate hardness) of tap water and aquarium water.

• Useful for decreasing pH of aquarium water when establishing acidic water conditions in biotope

aquaria, simulating the onset of rainy seasons, or for encouraging spawning in ! sh species indigenous

to low-pH environments.

• Contains no phosphate-based buffers; will not contribute phosphate or nitrogen-based nutrients to

aquarium water.

CODE SIZE CTN FPM125 125ml 12

FLORIN-P• Inorganic phosphorus source for all planted aquaria. • Concentrated source of inorganic phosphorus

for use in planted aquaria. • Formulated utilizing extensive research on aquatic plant nutrient require-

ments.

CODE SIZE CTN FNP125 125ml 12 FNP250 250ml 12 FNP500 500ml 12

CLARIFIER CLARIFI-FW• Advanced Clari! er for all freshwater and planted aquaria. • Flocculant for improving water clarity in

freshwater aquaria; helps eliminate cloudy water. • Formulated utilizing extensive research on aquatic

plant nutrient requirements.

• Binds particulate material suspended in aquarium water, enabling removal from the system by means

of mechanical ! ltration.

• Speci! cally formulated for use in freshwater aquaria’ not to be used in marine aquaria. • Safe for use

with all manner of freshwater ! shes, plants and invertebrates.

CODE SIZE CTN CFW125 125ml 12 CFW250 250ml 12 CFW500 500ml 12

CLARIFI-SW• Flocculant for improving water clarity in marine aquaria. • Helps eliminate cloudy water. • Binds par-

ticulate material suspended in aquarium water, enabling removal from the system by means of mechan-

ical ! ltration and protein skimming.

• Speci! cally formulated for use in marine aquaria. Not to be used in freshwater aquaria. • Safe for use

with all manner of marine invertebrates, ! shes and macroalgae.

CODE SIZE CTN CSW125 125ml 12 CSW250 250ml 12 CSW500 500ml 12

32

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

DISCUS AQUARIA BLACKWATER• Establishes similar water conditions to those found in blackwater rivers.

• May be used to help simulate the onset of the rainy season for encouragement of ! sh spawning.

• Provides humic substances. (complex bi-organic molecules known to increase important nutrients.)

• Add 5 mL per 75 litres of aquarium water once each week.

CODE SIZE CTN BWR125 125ml 12 BWR250 250ml 12 BWR500 500ml 12 BWR2L 2L 4 BWR20L 20L 1

DISCUSCODE• Provides trace and minor elements in ratios found to be bene! cial to Discus. • Replaces minor and

trace elements important for pigmentation & colouration, metabolic & neurological reactions. • Com-

posed of puri! ed water and ultra-high purity materials. • Add 0.5 mL per 95 litres of aquarium water

every other day.

CODE SIZE CTN DSC125 125ml 12 DSC250 250ml 12 DSC500 500ml 12

EAST AFRICAN CICHLID AQUARIA RIFT LAKE DKH • Alkalinity increasing (“ buffer”) powdered blend formulated speci! cally for maintaining pH-stability in Rift

Lake biotype aquaria. • Not a re-packaged marine aquarium buffer. • Helps increase pH stability in an

aquarium by raising alkalinity. Continued use will raise pH to a range of 7.9 – 8.3. • Basic dosing: Dis-

solve 2gm of product per 80 litres of aquarium water in 245mL of puri! ed freshwater. Add every other

day or as needed to maintain alkalinity levels between 85 – 170ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN RLKH250 250g 12 RLKH500 500g 12 RLKH1000 1kg 6 RLKH4000 4kg 1

RIFT LAKE CHEMIE• Adjusts the chemistry of puri! ed water to approximately that of Lake Malawi. This chemistry can ac-

commodate cichlids from all three East African Great Lakes (Malawi, Victoria, Tanganyika)

• Does not increase alkalinity, but provides the proper ratios of calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium

and sulphate as dictated by limnological surveys of Lake Malawi. • Basic dosing: Dissolve 2gm of

product per 80 litres of aquarium water in 245mL of puri! ed freshwater. Add to establish proper water

chemistry when ! rst setting up a Rift Lake biotype aquaria and when performing water changes.

CODE SIZE CTN RLCM250 250g 12 RLCM500 500g 12 RLCM1000 1kg 6 RLCM4000 4kg 1

CICHLIDCODE• Unique complex that provides trace and minor elements in ratios found to be bene! cial to cichlids and

other ! shes endemic to Lakes Victoria, Tanganyika & Malawi. • Replaces minor and trace elements

used by aquarium inhabitants which are lost through chemical ! ltration. • Composed of puri! ed water

and ultra-high purity materials. • Add 0.5ml per 95 litres of aquarium water every other day.

• Does not signi! cantly increase gH or kH.

CODE SIZE CTN CDC125 125ml 12 CDC250 250ml 12 CDC500 500ml 12 CDC2L 2L 4 CDC20L 20L 1

33

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia RAINBOWFISH AQUARIA RAINBOCODE• Bene! cial to Rainbow Fish.

• Replaces minor and trace elements.

• Composed of puri! ed water and ultra-high purity materials.

• Add 0.5ml per 95 litres of aquarium water every other day.

CODE SIZE CTN RBC125 125ml 12 RBC250 250ml 12 RBC500 500ml 12 RBC2L 2L 4 RBC20L 20L 1

PURIFIED WATER MINERALS REMINERALIZ• Establishes an optimal mineral balance in water that has been puri! ed (e.g. reverse osmosis water,

deionized or distilled water) or is exceedingly soft (well water in forested regions, rain water). For all

freshwater community aquaria housing ! shes indigenous to forested and/or riverine habitats.

• Provides a bene! cial ratio of potassium, calcium, magnesium and sodium, elements which are vital to

the overall health and osmoregulation of ! shes, invertebrates, and many aquatic plants.

• May be used to establish water parameters conducive to the husbandry of freshwater ! shes, plants

and invertebrates in aquaria ! lled with puri! ed water to replenish depleted elemental concentrations

in aquaria that rarely receive a water change and to re-establish bene! cial mineral concentrations in

aquaria following large water changes.

• Formulated utilizing extensive data on the ionic composition of river water from several tropical for-

ested regions of great signi! cance to aquarium husbandry.

CODE SIZE CTN RMN250 250ml 12 RMN500 500ml 12 RMN2L 2L 4 RMN20L 20L 1

REMINERALIZ-P• An economical option for performing large changes in dissolved ion concentration, supplied in powder

form, as a more economical option to using Remineraliz in liquid form.

• Establishes an optimal mineral balance in water that has been puri! ed (e.g. reverse osmosis water,

deionized or distilled water) or is exceedingly soft (well water in forested regions, rain water). For all

freshwater community aquaria housing ! shes indigenous to forested and/or riverine habitats.

• Provides a bene! cial ratio of potassium, calcium, magnesium, and sodium, elements which are vital to

the overall health and osmoregulation of ! shes, invertebrates, and many aquatic plants.

• May be used to establish water parameters conducive to the husbandry of freshwater ! shes, plants

and invertebrates in aquaria ! lled with puri! ed water to replenish depleted elemental concentrations

in aquaria that rarely receive a water change, and to re-establish bene! cial mineral concentrations in

aquaria following large water changes.

• Formulated utilizing extensive data on the ionic composition of river water from several tropical for-

ested regions of great signi! cance to aquarium husbandry.

CODE SIZE CTN RMNP250 250g 12 RMNP500 500g 12 RMNP1000 1kg 6 RMNP4KG 4kg 1 RMNP20KG 20kg 1

FISH-ONLY CUPRION• Ionic, non-chelated copper solution. • 1 drop per gallon of water increases the concentration by ~0.20

ppm. •For use in ! sh-only aquaria. • Not for use with scaleless ! sh. •Not for use in aquaria housing live

plants or invertebrates. • Consult an appropriate reference source for the use of ionic copper solutions

in aquaria before use. • Cuprion has been formulated to increase the concentrations of ionic copper by

0.20 ppm for each drop administered to 1 US-gallon of water. • It is expressly meant for use by quali-

! ed professional aquarists with a ! rm understanding of the manner in which ionic copper solutions are

employed in aquatic systems and who have considerable actual experience in doing so, Cuprion is not

meant for use by recreational aquarists.

CODE SIZE CTN CUP60 60ml CUP125 125ml CUP2L 2L CUP20L 20L

34

CH

EM

ICA

LS, C

ON

DIT

ION

ER

S &

AD

DIT

IVES

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

CODE DESCRIPTIONCACL 25Kg Calcium Chloride StandardCACLG 25Kg Calcium Chloride Ground - Dissolves QuickerCSPKG Copper Sulphate - per KgMGPG Malachite Green Crystals (Aquarium use only) - per gramMBPG Methylene Blue crystals (Aquarium use only) - per gramSBPPKG Sodium Biphosphate - per KgSBCPKG Sodium Bicarbonate - per KgSCPKG Sodium Chloride - per KgSTPKG Sodium Thiosulphate - per KgPL100 Formalin solution - 100mlPL104 Formalin solution - 250mlPL101 Formalin solution - 1 LitrePL102 Formalin solution - 5 Litre

USE OF CHEMICALS• Ideally ! sh should be diagnosed by an authorized or quali! ed technician.

• Carefully calculate dose rates according to manufacturers label.

• Remember that some chemicals may not be approved for use with ! sh that are for human consumption.

• Aquasonic cannot be liable for any misuse or unauthorised use of any chemicals contained in this catalogue or purchased from

Aquasonic.

CONTROLLING PH THE RELATIONSHIP OF CO2, PH AND KH

CARBON DIOXIDE CONTROL: Knowing the level of carbon dioxide in the water is critical in ! sh production. By looking at the difference between pH & kH (car-

bonate hardness) the chart can provide a close assessment of the carbon dioxide level and at the same time provide a mea-

surement of the stability of the pH value.

EFFECTS OF CARBON DIOXIDE: Carbon dioxide is a ! sh sedative, levels in excess of 15ppm start to cause sedation and other associated problems. Levels in

excess of 5ppm can affect the ! shes ability to breath oxygen.

PH CONTROL: The carbonate hardness (kH) of water is the basis for the pH value. Water may have a low carbonate hardness level, resulting

in an unstable pH. The breakdown of wastes from aquatic animals produces acids that use up carbonate hardness levels. This

occurs in both ponds and recirculating systems.

CARBONATE HARDNESS VALUES: In ponds, low values, say less than 40ppm and depending on stock loading and algae, can permit big swings in pH from morn-

ing until night. In recirculation systems, low values can be quickly used up by acids produced from ! sh and ! sh waste, then the

pH falls uncontrollably.

TESTING: Aquasonic has a range of testing equipment such as pH, carbonate hardness and carbon dioxide test kits, photometers or elec-

tronic meters to determine these critical parameters.

CODE DESCRIPTIONPL109 Malachite solution 100mlPL113 Malachite solution 250mlPL110 Malachite solution 1 LitrePL111 Malachite solution 5 LitrePL112 Malachite solution 20 LitresMAGS Magnesium sulphateACR250 Acri" avine 250gramAMM25 Ammonium chloride 25kgQH1KG Quinine hydrochloride 1kgSODMET Sodium Metasilicate (algae culture for diatoms)500gramPL103 Formalin solution - 20 Litre

CHEMICALS

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auch

op

e, N

SW

2446

, Au

stra

lia

35

AERATION

AERATIONREGULAR AIRSTONES• Made of bonded mineral sand these air stones are inexpensive but will produce a good medium size bubble. • All airstones are

sold individually unless otherwise stated.

CODE SIZE FLOW RATE CONNECTION AS010 25mm(L) x 15mm(D) 1.5-3 LPM 4mm AS011 50mm(L) x 20mm(D) 2.5-6 LPM 4mm AS012 100mm Trapezoid 8.5-11.5 LPM 4mm AS013 25mm Round 12 pack 3.5-7.5 LPM 4mm AS014 50mm Round 7.5-14 LPM 4mm

CORUNDUM AIR STONES• Also called sintered or ceramic airstones. • Will typically outperform and last longer than cheaper

mineral sand airstones.

CODE SIZE FLOW RATE CONNECTION AS101C 25mm(L) x 15mm(D) 1.5 - 3 LPM 4mm AS102C 50mm(L) x 20mm(D) 2.5 -6 LPM 4mm AS103C 75mm(L) x 20mm(D) 5.5 - 8.5 LPM 4mm AS3015C 40mm Round 6 -11 PM 4mm AS3020C 50mm Round 7.5 - 14 LPM 4mm

LARGE CORUNDUM AIR STONES• Also called sintered or ceramic airstones. • Provides excellent ! ne to medium bubble

aeration at an economical price. • Safe for salt and fresh water applications. • Self

weighted with rubber bumpers and easily cleaned with muriatic acid. • Multiple barb

adapter ! ts 4mm, 6mm or 12mm hose.

CODE SIZE FLOW RATE CONNECTION AS4C 100mm(L) x 30mm(D) 14 LPM 4,6 or 12mm AS8C 200mm(L) x 30mm(D) 21 LPM 4,6 or 12mm AS12C 300mm(L) x 30mm(D) 28 LPM 4,6 or 12mm

MEDIUM PORE DIFFUSERS• Produce a uniform medium to ! ne bubble size 1-3mm. • Air resistance is less than 0.25 PSI. • Ideal for use with low pressure

blowers. • Can be cleaned in an acid bath to produce like-new performance. • Body: heat bonded silica. • Maximum Pore Size:

140 Microns. • Service life at pH below 8.0: unlimited. • High quality ceramic with medium pore & 2 year cleanability warranty.

CODE SIZE FLOW RATE CONNECTION AS1 4cm(L) x 1.3cm(W) 1.4LPM 4mm slip AS2 4cm(L) x 2cm(W) 2.8LPM 4mm slip AS3 5cm(L) x 2.5cm(W) 5.7LPM 4mm slip AS4 4cm(L) x 4cm(W) 7.1LPM 4mm slip ALS3 5cm(L) x 2.5cm(W) 5.7LPM ¼”MPT AS5S 8cm(L) x 2.5cm(W) 8.5LPM 4mm barb AS5L 8cm(L) x 2.5cm(W) 8.5LPM 6mm barb ALS5 8cm(L) x 2.5cm(W) 8.5LPM ¼”MPT AS8L 8cm(L) x 4cm(W) 9.9LPM 6mm barb ALS8 8cm(L) x 4cm(W) 9.9LPM ¼”MPT AS15S 15cm(L) x 4cm(W) 4.15LPM 6mm barb AS23S 23cm(L) x 4cm(W) 21.25LPM 6mm barb AS30S 30cm(L) x 4cm(W) 28.30LPM 6mm barb

MEMBRANE DIFFUSER-TUBE STYLE• Constructed of moulded PVC body and an EDPM membrane that will not block. • Ideal for lakes, ponds, waste water and

sludge applications. • Great for compost tea, aquarium and tank aeration applications. • Blower and compressor compatible.

• UV stabilised and ozone resistant. • Suitable for fresh and salt water. • KALS diffusers have 0.5mm holes and produce a smaller

bubble, KAL300 and 600 have 1.6mm holes and produce a large bubble.

• Multiple connection options with barbed, male (MPT) and female (FPT) ! ttings.

CODE SIZE SUGGESTED/MAXIMUM CONNECTION

(MM L X D) FLOW RATE (LPM) KALS100 100 x 34 5/30 6mm & 10mm KALS200 200 x 34 15/70 6mm & 12mm KALS300 300 x 34 20/90 8mm & 12mm KALS600 600 x 34 50/150 12mm KALS1000 1000 x 34 100/250 12mm KALS100M 100 x 34 5/30 ½” MPT KALS200M 200 x 34 15/70 ½” MPT KALS300M 300 x 34 20/90 ½” MPT KALS600M 600 x 34 50/150 ½” MPT KALS1000M 1000 x 34 100/250 ½” MPT KAL300 300 x 75 50/170 ¾” FPT KAL600 600 x 75 85/255 ¾” FPT

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

94

4 s

ale

s@

aqu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u w

ww

.aqua

so

nic

.com

.au

36

AERATION

MEMBRANE DISC DIFFUSER & DIFFUSER STATIONS• Constructed of moulded PVC body and EDPM membrane that will not block. • Ideal for lakes, ponds, waste water, sludge ap-

plications and aquaculture tanks. • Blower and compressor compatible. • Suitable for salt and freshwater use. • UV stabilised and

ozone resistant. • Hole size of approximately 0.9mm creates a medium bubble of 1-3mm. • Most efficient at depths of over 1.8

metres. • Disc diffusers are mounted on a hollow PVC base which can be weighted with sand or gravel as a ballast. Use with self

weighted tubing for a completely submerged aeration system.

CODE SIZE FLOW RANGE OPTIMUM FLOW CONNECTION KAD250 250mm 15-140 LPM 60 LPM 20mm MPT ¾” KAD320 320mm 15-200 LPM 80 LPM 20mm MPT ¾” DSR125 Single diffuser station 15-140 LPM 60 LPM 12mm barb DS2 Twin diffuser station 30-280 LPM 120 LPM 12mm barb DS4 Quad diffuser station 45-420 LPM 180 LPM 12mm barb ED328 Universal mount suits 50-20mm pipe with 20mm connection FPT

AIR DOME BOTTOM DRAIN• For use in " sh and Koi ponds, the base is designed to be weighted so the entire water column is

oxygenated and provides bottom to top circulation.

• Provides aeration while improving the bottom cleaning action of the drain

• A rubber ring around the base helps protect " sh from injury.

• Features a 80mm bottom drain with a 250mm disc diffuser.

• The action of bubbles rising from the diffuser helps bring debris to the centre drain, making an

efficient drainage system.

CODE DESCRIPTION ABD125 22cm air diffuser bottom drain

AERO-TUBE - DIFFUSER BARS Available in 30cm and 60cm. Aero-Tube diffuser bars are self weighted tubing sections used as an alternative to traditional ce-

ramic air stones. In a tank or raceway system use the patented Aero-Tube technology to efficiently transfer oxygen in both fresh

and salt water applications. Tubing is 25mm diameter and includes 90° 13mm barb " tting (60cm diffuser bars are connected with

a 12mm tee section) and stainless steel 316 clamps and rod constructed ready for use. At a depth of 1 metre and using a 30cm

length of Colorite Aero-Tube,18 grams of oxygen will be diffused per hour in

freshwater and 46 grams of oxygen per hour in saltwater.

CODE DESCRIPTION FLOW RATE CONNECTION C3060ARDIFF1 30cm Diffuser bar 11-15LPM 13mm C3060ARDIFF2 60cm Diffuser bar 22-30LPM 13mm

AERO-TUBE - DIFFUSER TUBE Used to construct both the diffuser bars and grids. Colorite Aero-Tube is available

in 60m rolls or per metre. Easily cut and applied in lengths of up to 6m at lower $ ow

rates but typically applied in metre lengths with a $ ow rate of up to 37lpm per metre.

Perfect for almost all applications. Stainless steel and weight rods are also available.

CODE DESCRIPTION C3060ARPM Colorite Aero-Tube per metre C3060AR Colorite Aero-Tube 60m roll

FINE PORE OXYGEN DIFFUSERS• These " ne-pore diffusers are the same high quality as the regular diffusers. The difference is in the smaller pore

size which produces " ner bubbles.

• These " ne-pore diffusers require higher pressure (about 150mm of water depth more).

• Body made from heat bonded silica.

• Fittings are ABS, PE. Max. pore size of 80 microns.

• Bubble Size 0.5 - 2mm. Flexural strength is 3,500 PSI.

2 year clean ability warranty

CODE LENGTH WIDTH AIRFLOW L/MIN CONNECTION

(CM) (CM) AS150 15 4 14.15 6mm barb AS230 23 4 21.25 6mm barb AS300 30 4 28.30 6mm barb

DSR125

KAD320

DS2

ED328

KAD250

DS4

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auch

op

e, N

SW

2446

, Au

stra

lia

37

AERATION

COLORITE OXYTUBE - OXYGEN DIFFUSING TUBE MADE BY AEROTUBETechni-Plex, the makers of the Colorite Aerotube now bring you Oxytube. Oxytube is a low cost alternative to micro bubble diffus-

ers for diffusing pure gas such as oxygen and CO2 and can be used in tanks, live transport, recirc systems, ! ow through systems

and anywhere where you want to inject pure gas into water.

• Fine bubble, a good low cost alternative to micro bubble diffusers.

• Rugged and durable, thick 3mm wall and quality construction for long lasting, dependable performance.

• Secure with clamps or weigh down with stainless rod inserted into the tube.

• Wide ! ow rate range, from 1 (recommended for optimum bubble size and oxygen transfer)-20LPM (maxi-

mum ! ow rate) per metre of tube.

• Pressure loss of approximately 1.5psi allows lengths of 7-8 metres of tube to be run from 1 inlet, longer

lengths can be used by applying another inlet from the oxygen supply.

• Even bubble distribution 0.5-2mm bubble (depending on ! ow rate).

• 9mm ID, 15mm OD.

CODE DESCRIPTION Colorite oxytube per meter

POINT FOUR CMBD MODULAR ECONOMY DIFFUSERS• Economical to purchase.

• Modular, simply screw together for larger installations.

• Comes with the same high quality ceramic diffuser plate, in an economical construction

CODE DESCRIPTION CMBD75 Micro Bubble Diffuser 0.75LPM CMBD300 Micro Bubble Diffuser 3LPM

POINT FOUR TRAC LOCK DIFFUSERS• Trac-Lock offer an alternative to those looking for a less expensive, expandable microbubble diffuser.

• Designed for total ease of use, units can be added or taken away to increase or decrease your oxygen supply.

• Price breaks are available for multiple quantities.

• Recommended ! ow rate and maximum ! ow rate of single and double sets are as follows: Single: Rec. to 3LPM, Max. 9LPM,

Double: Rec. to 6LPM, Max. 18LPM.

1 Year Warranty. Made in Canada.

CODE DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS DIFFUSING AREA

(CM) (CM) DTL001 Trac Lock single base 34.3 (L) x 11.4 (W) DTL010 Trac Lock end set DTL002 Trac Lock set 74.9 (L) x 11.4 (W) 62 (L) x 6 (W) 2 x DTL001+ 2 ends + 1 air " tting DTL004 Trac Lock Box Set 40.6 (L) x 11.4 (W) 31 (L) x 6 (W) 4 x DTL001 + 4 ends + 2 air " ttings

POINT FOUR ULTRA- FINE BUBBLE DIFFUSERS• Simply the best " ne pore diffuser for live " sh transport on the market today!

• High quality resin-bonded ceramic plate diffusers are recommended for use where pure gas, including oxygen & carbon dioxide

is to be used.

• They produce a cloud of ultra-" ne bubbles, 100-500 microns in size, for excellent gas transfer.

• 50% oxygen transfer at a depth of 1.2m is typical.

• Due to the small pore size, a minimum operating pressure of 25psi is required.

• The diffuser is set in an enamel coated aluminium frame.

• Bubbling pressure 25psi (1.7 ± 0.2 bar).

• Operating range is 25-50 PSI (above 50 PSI can cause breakage).

• Guaranteed not to break if frozen.

1 Year Warranty Made in Canada.

CODE REC. FLOW DIMENSIONS INLET CONNECTION DIFFUSING AREA

RATE (LPM) (CM) MBD75 0.75 lpm 22 x 4.5 6mm barb 15cm x 3cm MBD100 1.5 lpm 37 x 4.5 6mm barb 31cm x 3cm MBD300 3 lpm 39 x 8.3 ¼” female NPT 31cm x 6cm MBD600 6 lpm 70 x 8.3 ¼” female NPT 62cm x 6cm

ONr

END SET

MBD100

MBD300

MBD600

MBD75

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

94

4 s

ale

s@

aqu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u w

ww

.aqua

so

nic

.com

.au

38

AERATION

POINT FOUR WEDGE LOCK DIFFUSERS• Innovative and unique wedge locking system allows the end sets to lock together to form

a bank of up to 8 units.

• Designed for total ease of use, units can be added or taken away to increase or de-

crease your oxygen supply.

• Made from tough plastic and UV stabilised. •Diffuser measures 137mm x 167mm x

31mm each (not including end sets). • Recommended ! ow rate up to 1.6 LPM (max

4.9LPM).

CODE DESCRIPTION DW001 Wedge lock diffuser base DW002 Wedge lock end set (2) MD001 Wedge lock adapter " tting 6mm MD012 Wedge lock adapter " tting 10mm WLDT Wedge lock dis-assembly tool

MAZZEI VENTURIS• An efficient and reliable way to inject virtually any liquid or gas into water.

• Used for the injection of air, oxygen or ozone.

• PVDF Kynar construction. • Ozone compatible.

CODE DESCRIPTION CONNECTIONS 684 mazzei venturi / injector kynar 20mm ¾” 978 mazzei venturi / injector kynar 25mm 1” 1584A mazzei venturi / injector kynar 40mm 1½” 2081A mazzei venturi / injector kynar 50mm 2”

TURBO-VENTURI• Inexpensive venturi that is perfect for small protein skimmers and Koi ponds.

• Ozone resistant and constructed of moulded ABS plastic.

CODE DESCRIPTION CONNECTIONS VK Turbo venturi 15mm F/M 19/32” VVTURBO Turbo venturi 20mm F/M ¾”

VENTURI TEES• Engineered to entrain the greatest amount of air with the least resistance to water pres-

sure.

• Can be used to draw in liquids or gasses, including ozone.

• Made from PVC with standard female slip connections.

CODE DESCRIPTION 4738 Venturi tee ( 20mm x 25mm out x 20mm air) 4732 Venturi tee ( 40mm in/out x 20mm air)

NIPPLES

CODE SIZE DESCRIPTION NY2701 27N 1/8” Hex Nipple NY2702 27N ¼” Hex Nipple NY2704 27N ½” Hex Nipple NY7301 ¼” x 1/8” Reducing Nipple NY7208 ½” x ¼” Adaptor 15X18SRHN ¼” x ½” Hex Nipple 15X18SRHB ¼” x ½” Hex Bush NY2410 ¾”M x ½”F 24N Reducing Bush

a

• De

crea

• Ma

31

4.

C DW DW DW MD MD WL

DIFFUSER COMPARISON CHART

IN ORDER APPLICATION FLOW BUBBLE AVG. PRESSURE

OF EFFICIENCY RATE (LPM) SIZE (MM) LOSS • Drilled PVC Pipe Circulation in algae tanks/vats, possibly de-icing, approx. 4.5 0.7 <0.2PSI not commonly recommended per hole (hole size) (<150mm) • Membrane Diffuser Wastewater where clogging may be an issue, Koi up to 280 1 - 3 <0.7PSI (<380mm)(Exception of KALS & KAL) ponds, compost tea, tanks 50 1 - 2 1.0PSI • Medium Pore Diffuser General tank aeration: bait, hatchery, lake aeration, 2.25 per 25mm 1 - 3 <0.54PSI Koi ponds, wastewater, low density hauling length (<250mm) • Fine Pore Diffuser Pure gas application (oxygen), hauling tanks, 2.25 per 25mm 0.5 - 2 <0.54PSI aquariums, hatcheries, back-up aeration length (<380mm) • Colorite Aero Tube General aeration, ponds, tanks, hatcheries 37 per m 1 - 3 1.1PSI length per m • Ultra Fine Bubble Diffuser Pure gas application (oxygen and carbon dioxide), q0.1 100 - 500 25PSI high stocking densities, holding/growout, buck-up 6.425 sq.cm microns

DW002

DW001

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auch

op

e, N

SW

2446

, Au

stra

lia

39

AERATION

BSP CAP

CODE SIZE DESCRIPTION NY3302 ¼” Hex BSP Cap NY3304 ½” Hex BSP Cap NY6402 ¼” End Plug

REDUCER CONNECTORS

CODE SIZE DESCRIPTION 62050 5/8” x ½ Reducer connector 62051 5/8” x 5/16” Reducer connector 62052 3/8” x ½” Reducer connector 62053 ¼” x 3/16” Reducer connector 62054 5/16” x ¼” Reducer connector 62055 ½” x ¼” Reducer connector

P11 HOSE ELBOW

CODE SIZE (MM) DESCRIPTION P1104 4 Hose Elbow P1105 5 Hose Elbow P1106 6 Hose Elbow P1108 8 Hose Elbow P1112 12 Hose Elbow P1116 16 Hose Elbow P1119 19 Hose Elbow

P7N HOSE JOINER

CODE HOSE ID(MM) DESCRIPTION P704 4 Hose Joiner P705 5 Hose Joiner P706 6 Hose Joiner P708 8 Hose Joiner P712 12 Hose Joiner P716 16 Hose Joiner P719 19 Hose Joiner

P3N MALE HOSE TAIL

CODE HOSE ID(MM) DESCRIPTION P30402 4 Male Hosetail to 1/8” BSP P30404 4 Male Hosetail to 1/4” BSP P30502 5 Male Hosetail to 1/8” BSP P30602 6 Male Hosetail to 1/8” BSP P30604 6 Male Hosetail to 1/4” BSP P30606 6 Male Hosetail to 3/8” BSP P30608 6 Male Hosetail to ½” BSP P30804 8 Male Hosetail to 1/4” BSP P30808 8 Male Hosetail to ½” BSP P31208 12 Male Hosetail to ½” BSP P31212 12 Male Hosetail to ¾” BSP P31608 16 Male Hosetail to ½” BSP P31908 19 Male Hosetail to ½” BSP P31912 19 Male Hosetail to ¾” BSP P32516 25 Male Hosetail to 1” BSP

P6N MALE HOSE ELBOW

CODE HOSE ID(MM) DESCRIPTION P60402 4mm Male Elbow to 1/8” BSP P60502 5mm Male Elbow to 1/8” BSP P60602 6mm Male Elbow to 1/8” BSP P60604 6mm Male Elbow to 1/4” BSP P60804 8mm Male Elbow to 1/4” BSP P61208 12mm Male Elbow to ½” BSP P61608 16mm Male Elbow to ½” BSP P61908 19mm Male Elbow to ½” BSP P61912 19mm Male Elbow to ¾” BSP

P14N HOSE TEE

CODE HOSE ID(MM) DESCRIPTION P1404 4 Hose Tee P1405 5 Hose Tee P1406 6 Hose Tee P1408 8 Hose Tee P1410 10 Hose Tee P1412 12 Hose Tee P1416 16 Hose Tee P1419 19 Hose Tee

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

94

4 s

ale

s@

aqu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u w

ww

.aqua

so

nic

.com

.au

40

AERATION

POLY PIPE ADAPTER• Mainly for use with the Pond Aquaculture Aeration System and to connect poly pipe

to ! exible airline for diffuser aeration systems.

CODE SIZE / DESCRIPTION B1-1033-5 4mm / Poly Pipe Adapter (pack of 20)

METAL AIR DIVIDERSControl valves have 4mm connections suitable for aquarium and small diffuser applications.

CODE DESCRIPTION MAD6 6x4mm MAD8 8x4mm MAD12 12x4mm

AQUARIUM CONTROL VALVES Control valves have 4mm connections suitable for aquarium and small diffuser applications.

CODE DESCRIPTION CONNECTION CACV 1 way control valve plastic 4mm GV02M 2 way control valve metal 4mm GV03M 3 way control valve metal 4mm GV04M 4 way control valve metal 4mm GV05M 5 way control valve metal 4mm

MINI BALL VALVE• Strong ball valves are ideal for use with air controls.

• (¼”) BSP male threaded connection and 6mm barb included.

CODE DESCRIPTION CONNECTION SBV Mini ball valve male BSP ¼” 23MB04 Budget ball valve female ¼”

AQUARIUM AIR VALVES AND SADDLES

CODE DESCRIPTION CONNECTION VBR1 Brass aquarium valve 1/8” thread 4mm VS1 Upright saddle for VBR1 valve # ts 15mm pipe 10mm Hole VS2 Right angle saddle for VBR1 valve # ts15mm pipe 10mm Hole AAV516 Plastic aquarium air valve 3/8” thread 4mm VP2 Aquarium air valve 4mm 3/16” thread 4mm

AIRLINE SOCKET TEE VALVES• Can be incorporated into a 15mm PVC mainline wherever a diffuser or other outlet is needed.

• Easy and quick to install. Just add the length of 6mm airline and connect your diffuser.

CODE DESCRIPTION S2 Lab cock valve (plastic) with 15mm PVC tee & 6mm hose tail SBV1 1 way mini ball valve 6mm barb, suits 15mm pipe

LAB COCK / BALL VALVE• Strong quarter-turn PVC constructed valve.

• Rated at 150psi and has EPDM O-rings.

• 6mm (1/4”) FNPT ports.

• Ideal for corrosive environments.

CODE DESCRIPTION BV25M Lab cock valve - BSP ¼”

BRASS MALE HOSETAIL

CODE SIZE / DESCRIPTION 06P30404 6mm Barb to ¼” x ¼” BSP / thread brass male hosetail 06P30406 6mm Barb to ¼” x 3/8” BSP / thread brass male hosetail

CACV

23MB04

SBV

VBR1

VS2

AAV516

S2

SBV-1

BV25M

VP2

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auch

op

e, N

SW

2446

, Au

stra

lia

41

AERATION

AIRLINE MANIFOLDS• Customise to your application. • Standard size is a 1 way unit with all ! ttings. Just add additional

valves (VMADD) for the amount of outlets you need. • All valves come with standard 6mm outlet, ¼”

air outlet thread (other sizes available). • Units are expandable if more units are needed.

• 16mm barb mainline connection.

CODE DESCRIPTION VM1 1 way valve manifold VMADD Additional valve for above manifold

(multiply by number of outlets needed)

HYDROPHOBIC FILTERS• Use to sterilize gasses, vent gas from aqueous solutions or sterilize and clarify aggressive chemicals.

• Filters air for use with single species algae culture, artemia and rotifers, bioassay work and experiments.

CODE SIZE / DESCRIPTION FL1 0.22um 33mm thin, 4 - 6mm/syringe connection FL2 0.3 Micron 50mm bacteria air ! lter 6-8mm connection

CHECK VALVES• Used to protect pump from water damage during a power failure or failure of the pump.

• Various sizes to suit just about every application.

CODE DESCRIPTION CCV 4mm Airline Check Valve 228225 8 - 10mm Airline Check Valve 228215 11 - 13mm Airline Check Valve CV1 20mm plastic check valve for air or water CV2 25mm plastic check valve for air or water CV4 40mm plastic check valve for air or water CV5 50mm plastic check valve for air or water CVT2 50mm steel check valve for air or water CVT3 75mm steel check valve for air or water

STRAINERS• Use with above CV1-CV5 check valves to make a foot valve.

CODE DESCRIPTION CV1S Strainer for CV1 check valve CV2S Strainer for CV2 check valve CV4S Strainer for CV4 check valve CV5S Strainer for CV5 check valve

AIR PURGE VALVES• Internal # oat that closes the valve when ! lled with water. • Use to automatically purge air from a water tank, pipe system,

oxygen saturator, etc. • Mount vertically wherever air collects. Also works as a vacuum breaker. • ST4 has 6mm MPT and 6mm

poly plug included. 75mm overall length. • ST5 seals effectively at pressures from 2 to 100 PSI. Has 25mm FNPT and measures

133mm (H) x 50mm (D). Air discharge rates are: 1,698.6LPM @ 12.5 PSI, 2,831LPM @ 25 PSI, 5,095.8LPM @ 50 PSI.

CODE DESCRIPTION ST4 Air Purge Valve ST5 High Flow Air Purge Valve

AIRLINE TUBING• Airline tubing available in various sizes, materials and grades.

• Per metre or roll

CODE SIZE DESCRIPTION AP139 4mm Silicone airline 100m roll AP141 4mm Silicone airline 200m roll SAL6M 6mm Silicone airline 100m roll AP142 4mm PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled AP146 4mm PVC airline 200m roll - thin walled AP119 6mm PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled AP145 6mm PVC airline 150m roll - thin walled AP135 8mm PVC airline per m - thick walled AP125 8mm PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled AP130 12mm PVC airline per m - thick walled

AP134

AP131

AP135

Ap129 AP130

AP132

AP143

VM1

VM1 with 2 X VMADD

FL1

FL2

CODE SIZE DESCRIPTION AP120 12mm PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled AP131 16mm PVC airline per m - thick walled AP121 16mm PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled AP132 19mm PVC airline per m - thick walled AP122 19mm PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled AP133 25mm PVC airline per m - thick walled AP123 25mm PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled AP134 32mm PVC airline per m - thick walled AP124 32mm PVC airline 30m roll - thick walled

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

94

4 s

ale

s@

aqu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u w

ww

.aqua

so

nic

.com

.au

42

AERATION

SELF WEIGHTED AIR TUBING• This unique tubing remains on the bottom when ! lled with air. • No additional weights are needed (con-

tains no metals). • Designed for lakes and pond aeration, making installations fast, clean and neat!.

• Can also be used to weigh down aeration tube when cut into small lengths. • Non toxic and safe for

! sh. • No more lead weights in aquariums, tanks or ponds.

CODE DESCRIPTION WAT5/8 Self Weighted Tubing 30m roll 5/8” I.D WAT5/8 PM Self Weighted Tubing per metre 5/8” I.D WAT ½ Self Weighted Tubing 30m roll ½” I.D WAT ½ PM Self Weighted Tubing per metre ½” I.D

\

POCKET FLOW METERS BY KEY INSTRUMENTS• A portable handheld $ ow meter for quick and easy measurement of $ ow rates of both Air and Oxygen.

• Must be held vertically to ensure accurate readings. • Available in $ ow ranges from 0.125LPM - 15LPM.

• 100PSI maximum pressure. • Made from durable polycarbonate and acrylic with stainless steel $ oat.

• Measures 135mm long by 12mm in diameter. • Suitable for 4mm - 12mm tube

CODE DESCRIPTION GAS TYPE PM2.5OXY Pocket Type Flow Meter 0.125LPM - 2.5LPM Oxygen PM8OXY Pocket Type Flow Meter 1LPM - 8LPM Oxygen PM15OXY Pocket Type Flow Meter 2LPM - 15LPM Oxygen PM8AIR Pocket Type Flow Meter 1LPM - 8LPM Air PM15AIR Pocket Type Flow Meter 2LPM - 15LPM Air

AIR FLOW METERS - ACRYLIC - DWYER• Ideal for measuring air and other gas $ ow rates. • Built in brass $ ow regulating valve, suitable for air or

oxygen. • 6mm (1/4”) barb connections are included.

CODE DESCRIPTION 31072 Flow meter 1/10 CFH 31025 Flow meter 1/20 CFH FM03 Flow meter 10/100 CFH

AIR FLOW METERS - ACRYLIC - KEY INSTRUMENTS• Acrylic, block-style $ ow meters are clear, one-piece, with buil-in, brass, $ ow-regulating values suitable

for air or oxyge. • Scale reads in SCFH. This is standard cubic feet per hour, at standard pressure (sea

level) and temperature (680F, 200°C). • Connections are 1/8” NPT female pipe. • Includes ¼” barbed

brass inlet and outlet adapter ! ttings. • Calibrated at 0.0 psig.

CODE DESCRIPTION SCFH MFR1 0.05LPM - 0.5LPM 0.1 - 1.0 MFR5 0.2LPM - 2.4LPM 0.5 - 5.0 MFR410 0.5LPM - 4.7LPM 1 - 10 MFR440 1.9LPM - 19LPM 4 - 40 MFR4150 7LPM - 70LPM 15 - 150 MFR4200 9LPM - 94LPM 20 - 200

OXYGEN FLOW METERS• Durable meters with chrome-plated brass base. • Precision $ ow-adjusting valve and a Lexan® high im-

pact hood. • MFR615 is a favorite for transport tanks equipt for pure oxygen. • Connections are 1/8” NPT

female pipe thread on the side inlet and a 9/16”-18” male DISS bottom outlet. • Includes ¼” barbed brass

inlet and outlet adapter ! ttings. • Calibrated at 50 psi. • Overall length without ! tting is 14 cm.

CODE DESCRIPTION MFR613 0.125 - 3.5 lpm MFR614 0.25 - 8 lpm MFR615 0.5 - 15 lpm 62007B 1/8” NPT x 1/4” barb brass adapter

OXYGEN FLOW METER MANIFOLDS BY KEY INSTRUMENTS• Available in 2 and 3 bay manifolds. • Designed for oxygen delivery to separate locations from a single

source. • Fully assembled and $ ow and leak tested. • Available in 3 $ ow ranges, 1/8-3 ½ LPM, ¼ - 8 LPM,

½ - 15 LPM. • 8 mounting holes for various mounting orientations. • Includes barb ! ttings. • Precision

control valves for accurate $ ow control. • Multiple manifolds can be linked together. • Combination of $ ow

meters in different $ ow ranges available.

CODE DESCRIPTION MS2 3.5 Two Way Manifold 1/8 – 3 ½ LPM MS2–8 Two Way Manifold ¼ – 8 LPM MS2–15 Two Way Manifold ½ – 15 LPM MS3 3.5 Three Way Manifold 1/8 – 3 ½ LPM MS3–8 Three Way Manifold ¼ – 8 LPM MS3–15 Three Way Manifold ½ – 15 LPM A011 Plug for empty $ ow meter bay

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auch

op

e, N

SW

2446

, Au

stra

lia

43

AERATION

HAILEA AIR PUMPS• ideal air pumps for a wide variety of aquaculture, seafood holding and aquarium

aeration applications.

• Oil free air, high output, low power consumption, and inexpensive.

1 year warranty

CODE LPM WATTS SIZE OUTLET

(MM) DIAMETER (MM) ACO-9601 3.2 2 80 x 65 x 130 1 x 4 ACO-9602 7.2 5 100 x 75 x 160 2 x 4 ACO-208 26 @500mm 16 142x80x78 6 ACO-318 30 @ 1m 30 182x95x116 8 ACO-388 40 @ 1m 80 232x120x148 10 ACO-009 68 @ 1m 112 270x147x170 10 ACO-009E 100 @ 1m 120 283x147x173 10 ACO-300A 165 @ 1m 190 307x156x189 12 ACO-450 210 @ 1m 200 335x171x202 12

KAMAIR DIAPHRAGM AIR PUMPS Low noise, robust, weather resistant. Aluminium housing for better ventilation and easy mainte-

nance. • Thermal protection device applied in each model.

One year warranty.

CODE LPM@1M NOISE OUTLET WATTS MAX WATER

LEVEL SIZE DEPTH (M) DB8A 8 35dB 8 - 12mm barb 10 1.9 DB15A 15 <35dB 8 - 12mm barb 19.1 2.45 DB40A 55 36dB ! ts 16mm barb 45 3.5 DB80L 105 39dB ! ts 16mm barb 96 4.5 KAP120 121 42dB 18 - 22mm barb 126 4

DC MEMBRANE AIR COMPRESSORS• Body is die-cast aluminium.

• Suitable for long and short distance transportation and back up aeration. Not for continuous use.

• Use with PFSI auto power failure switch.

• Replacement membranes available.

CODE L/M OUTPUT WATTS SIZE ACO-003 60 25 196x91x128 ACO-006 75 75 251x124x167 ACO-007 120 130 280x138x181

ROTARY VANE COMPRESSORS• Single stage, carbon vane rotary, air cooled.

• Compact design - reliability & durability – easy to maintain and operate.

• Simple installation – air cooled, no water required – oil free.

• Quite operation.• Direct coupling drive.

• Standard equipment: Carbon vanes, built-in particulate ! lter & silencer, vibration isolators,

vacuum gauge and regulator, TEFC high efficiency motor.

Optional Equipment: Pressure gauge & regulator for blow operation.

CODE DESCRIPTION WVS-3 1/2 HP 230V WVS-3 1 HP 230V

0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.50

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

200

220

Air�ow lpm

Metres Water Depth

DB40A

DB80L

KAP120

� Specifications:

WVS-3 WVS-5l/min 280 480

l/min 235 405

Normal Operating

Vacuum

Normal Operating

Pressure

Motor 0.4 0.75

rpm 1740 1740

rpm 1450 1450

Operating

Amb.Temp.

Connections 3/4" 3/4"

Driven

Weight 24 33

MODEL

Displacement

60Hz

50Hz

End Vacuummm HgG 610 650

Kgf/cm2 0.6 0.6

mm HgG 450 450

Kw

Pump Revolution60Hz

50Hz

kg (with motor)

0 ~ 40

Intake(G-Bsp)

coupling

Performance Curve

VACUUM

!"#$%

!"#$&

BLOWER

©÷

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

94

4 s

ale

s@

aqu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u w

ww

.aqua

so

nic

.com

.au

44

AERATION

ESAM SIDE CHANNEL BLOWERS ESAM have an extensive range of high quality, highly efficient Italian made side channel blowers. ESAM manufacture a series

of blowers capable of pumping various volumes of air, at low energy consumption. All ESAM units are manufactured in die-cast

aluminium alloy, which ensures a high quality standard and productivity. ESAM motors conform to IP54 insulation speci! cations

and are C- tick approved. There are many models available to suit many aquaculture applications.

• Feel free to ask us for assistance when sizing a blower for your application.

• Long life • Pollution free • Low noise level • Low maintenance • Fully factory backed plugs included on all 240v models.

SPARES CODE DESCRIPTION BF4 Air Filter for S-11 & S-21 BF6 Air Filter for S-31 & S-41 BR1 Bearing Set for S-11, S-21 BR2 Bearing Set for S-31, S-41 & S-45

*Feel free to ask us for assistance when sizing a blower for your application.

ESAM BLOWER ACCESSORIES• Air Filters: Quality pre-! lter for ESAM Blowers.

CODE DESCRIPTION 168552 32mm 1¼” Threaded Filter (S-Type) for Unijet 75/2V 168554 40mm/1½” Threaded Filter (S-Type) for Techno - Flux Jet/2V

168556 50mm/2” Threaded Filter (S-Type) for Flux - Medio Jet/2V

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES• Prevent overloading your blower by using

these adjustable relief valves.

CODE DESCRIPTION SUITABLE MODELS 169834 40mm 1½” Unijet75 12v Tech, $ ux 169858 50mm 2” Medio 12v 169857 80mm 3” Medio 1AC, uni500 12v, 1000

262c

180c

183c

184c

181c

182c

260c170c 171c

172c250c

350c

251c

252c

351c

151c

152c

153c

173c

240c-241c

160c

140c

141c

142c

230c

231c

130c

220c

120c

110c

261c

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000250 750 1250 1750 2250 2750 3500 4500 5500 6500 7500

mmH20

psi 1,5 3 4,5 6 7,5 9 10,5

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

8090

100

120

150

200

300

400

500

700

800900

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2000

2200

m3/h

C.F.M

1177

941,5

588,5

470

294

235,5

176,5

117,5

88

58,5

47

29

11,5

183a-183c

184a-184c

084000

087009

Uni Jet 1500

Uni Jet 2200

15

20

400/690

400/690

82

82

156

166

PRESSURE GAUGE• Ideal for use with rotary vane compressors, polygeysers,

blowers and other pressure

applications.

• Tough and durable.• Made from the highest quality ma-

terials.

CODE DESCRIPTION BG60 0-60 Inches/H2O, 6mm NPT ! tting BG100 0-100 Inches/H2O, 6mm NPT ! tting 251253 0-15PSI 6mm (1/4”) BSP ! tting 251260 0-30PSI 6mm (1/4”) BSP ! tting

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auch

op

e, N

SW

2446

, Au

stra

lia

45

AERATION

COLORITE AERO-TUBE OXYGEN ADVANTAGE Aero-Tube aeration tubing, manufactured by Colorite plastics is a major advancement in aeration technology. Aero-Tube continu-

ous bubble aeration tubing delivers oxygen in volumes that are unmatched by conventional systems at an energy cost that is of-

ten less than half that of other systems. There are many options for using Aero-Tube, from tubing in made up diffusers, the hose

itself and even a ready made diffuser grid which can be made into an airlift system that is truly impressive. Unbreakable, highly

efficient and easy to apply to just about any tank or pond application. Designed to be run continuously, Aero-Tube requires little to

no cleaning and is as easy as putting on a rubber glove and running your hand along the length of the tube.

AERO-TUBE - GRIDS AND AIR LIFTS impregnated with anti-fouling compound to reduce bio-fouling

The Aero-Tube airlift is speci! cally designed to incorporate the technology of Colorites Aero-

Tube grid to form a complete aerator. The Aero-Tube air lift system provides high velocity direc-

tional " ow and excellent vertical mixing in a pond, tank or race way.

• Virtually eliminates maintenance, no more rebuilding motors on Paddle wheels and Aspirators.

• Decrease energy use by up to 70%.

• Eliminate strati! cation.

• Superior mixing and " ow compared to other aerators.

• Increase pond bottom oxygen levels and equalize oxygen throughout the entire pond - Get

the oxygen to where the ! sh are and improve FCR’s and growth rates!.

• Virtually eliminate bottom sludge and reduce nutrients, Higher oxygen presence allows natu-

ral bacteria to maintain water quality and break down waste.

• Putting air into water, not water into air!.

• Available in single, double and triple grid airlifts.

• Choose the recommended blower for your application from the list below, larger blower sizes

for increased " ow and circulation available on request.

• Grids only can be purchased for construction of your own airlifts, or for use in lakes and large

tanks on the lake/tank bottom.

• 1 single grid, used at the design air " ow rate(approximately 45,000LPH @ 7KPA + water depth)

will transfer 1.21kgs of oxygen per hour in freshwater, and 3.025kgs of oxygen in saltwater.

• Smaller grids with 2.5, 5 and 10 metres of Colorite Aerotube available for tank and small pond

aeration applications. Applied as the grid by itself (on the bottom of the tank or pond) or at-

tached to the side of the tank with a directional plate to create directional " ow. Great to increase

the vertical mixing, oxygen level and waste removal capabilities of culture tanks and ponds.

• Comes with 50mm barbed air supply.

• Only moving part is the blower motor.

• Maintain constantly higher dissolved oxygen levels.

• Stock more ! sh and feed more.

CODE DESCRIPTION O2 TRANSFER RECOMMENDED CONNECTION

FRESH/ SALT AIR FLOW LPM/LPH

KG’S/HR ALGRID2.5m MINI 2.5m Aerotube Grid 0.1525/0.3775 95/5,700 40mm slip ALGRID2.5mDP Directional Plate for 2.5m Grid 40mm slipALGRID5m 5m Aerotube Grid 0.305/0.755 190/11,400 40mm slipALGRID5mDP Directional Plate for 5m Grid 40mm slipALGRID10m 10m Aerotube Grid 0.61/1.51 380/22,800 40mm slipALGRID10mDP Directional Plate for 10m Grid 40mm slipC3060GRID Colorite Aerotube Grid 20m 1.21/3.025 750/45,000 50mm BarbC3060ARAL1 Aerotube Single Airlift with blower 1.57HP 1.21/3.025 N/A N/AC3060ARAL2 Aerotube Double Airlift with blower 2.1HP 2.42/6.05 N/A N/AC3060ARAL3 Aerotube Triple Airlift with blower 3HP 3.63/9.075 N/A N/AC3060BK1.5 Blower kit inc Aspiration ! lter, Plumbing Fitting and pipe SUITS HB329 and EHS-339 C3060BK2 Blower kit inc Aspiration ! lter, Plumbing Fitting and pipe SUITS HB429-2/1PH, EHS429 and EHS-529

Note: Connections for grid only assemblies and directional plates are not included, weight systems for the grids or attaching the grid assemblies to the tank wall with cobra clips may be necessary depending on application.

OXYGEN TRANSFER COMPARISON IN SALT WATER

AERATOR TYPE KG’S O2/HR/HP

Paddle wheel 1.13

Single grid airlift 1.91

Double grid airlift 2.86

Triple grid airlift 3

2.5 metre Aerotube grid only (vertical pipe and connectors for attachment to tank wall not included)

5 metre Aerotube grid with directional plate attached

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

94

4 s

ale

s@

aqu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u w

ww

.aqua

so

nic

.com

.au

46

AERATION

HIGH OXYGEN TRANSFER POND AERATORS

• Offers the best value available for increasing and maintaining oxygen levels.

• Improves water quality. • Energy efficient and designed to move a high volume of water at minimal cost.

• Exposes more surface area to the air for gas exchange. • Extremely easy to use, install, move and oper-

ate. • Delivers approx 1.36kg of oxygen per horsepower per hour.

J-SERIES AERATING FOUNTAINS• Improve the overall water quality of your pond, while enhancing its appearance with interchangeable spray patterns included.

• Versatile interchangeable spray patterns for the price of one.

PREMIUM NOZZLES• Offers splendid beauty above our included patterns for the 1, 2 and 3 HP J series.

• May be purchased separately and allows you to de! ne your experience by selecting the premium nozzle of choice.

• Fits on the fountain and are held in place with 3 set screws.• 4 patterns available.

KASCO LIGHTING PACKAGES Add a touch of class with the fountain light kits, which will create an amazing display dur-

ing night time hours. 1/2 and 3/4 Hp fountain models use kit L-275 (2x75w lamps), with

the L-375 (3x75watt suitable for the 2Hp).

Fixtures are machined bronze with MR-16 clear halogen bulbs included.

• Option of coloured bulbs of red, green, blue or yellow.

CODE DESCRIPTION L-275 12V fountain light kit inc. 30m Cable included L-375 12V fountain light kit inc.

YARDMILLS - BACKYARD AERATING WINDMILLS BY KOENDERS• A proven low-maintenance, low cost, highly effective method of maintaining water quality!

• Backyard windmills are designed to be a decorative or ornamental windmill as well as functioning as

small pond windmill aeration system.

• Available as the standard windmill for people who do not have a pond wanting a decorative windmill

for their garden or backyard setting, or upgradable (with the aeration conversion kit) to function as a an

aerating windmill for small Koi and decorative ornamental ponds.

• Functions completely on air, no electricity required.

• 11’ tall, looks great beside a pond or in a garden in your backyard.

• Sturdy four legged tower design.

• Anchoring stakes provided for easy install.

• Pre-assembled fan for ease of construction.

• Optional conversion aeration kit that attaches to the windmill making it a functional aeration system

(sold separately).

• Conversion aeration kit comes with diaphragm style compressor, 15’ of weighted - self sinking air line,

35’ of regular air line and an air stone diffuser.

• Aeration systems produces up to 8.5Lpm at up to 6 PSI.

• One year warranty.

• Double bearing diaphragm pump.

• Comes in multiple decorative and non rust options - galvanized steel - Powder coated colours available: Red & White, Bronze,

Green & Yellow.

• Ideally suited for small ! sh and garden ponds that are the size of a backyard pool.

A - Linden B - Cypress

C - Willow D - Juniper

E - Redwood F - Spruce G - Sequoia H - Birch

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auch

op

e, N

SW

2446

, Au

stra

lia

47

AERATION

KOENDERS AERATION WINDMILLS Do you have a body of water that needs aeration but you have no power on site? Koenders Aeration Windmill systems are the

answer. Aquasonic can supply a full range of the Koenders Aeration Windmills. These units provide essential oxygenation to

stagnant or polluted water and cost nothing to run as they use wind power. Requiring wind speeds above 5/kmh to function,

a single Koenders Windmill can provide aeration to ponds up to 0.80 hectares in size and can be placed up to 300m from the

water.

Made with high quality and durable galvanized steel, these windmills and aeration systems can be used for a wide variety of

applications such as; ponds, lakes etc to support ! sh life, livestock water dams, Koi ponds, garden irrigation, waste water treat-

ment dams and for recreational dams and lakes on golf courses and council lakes. Very aesthetic and can create a real feature

to your pond, lake etc and the practicality to improve water quality. In addition to pumping air through a pneumatic water pump it

can allow the pumping of water also.

Koenders Windmill Aeration systems will provide guaranteed aeration and dramatically improve water quality, reducing the

amount of algae and harmful bacteria present, as well as reversing sedimentation, therefore providing stock with a cleaner

environment.

Field tested for over 18 years through the harshest of weather conditions and comes with a 3 year warranty as a gauge of the

quality of this system.

Many models available including the traditional type to uni-pole designs, with options on colours as well. Contact Aquasonic for

sizing and more information.

CODE DESCRIPTION WATER BODY SIZE KW30032 3.65 metre windmill system up to ¼ Acres KW30033 4.87 metre windmill system ¼-½ Acres KW30034 6 metre windmill system ½-1 Acres (upto 1-2 Acres with additional airstones) KW39012 6 metre double diaphragm windmill 2 Acres and over KW183 7.6 metre UNIPOLE windmill system up to 2 Acres with additional airstones KW186 7.6 metre double diaphragm UNIPOLE windmill 2 Acres and over KW10166 Koenders diffuser airstone 180mm (7”) KWEXTLEHG Windmill extension kit KW30011 Koenders horizontal water pumps for ponds VT6 Koenders vertical water pump for wells

A range of spares and accessories are available for the koenders windmills including diffuser buckets to prevent disturbing

sediment, pressure relief valves, pivot pairs for leveling, maintenance and tilting windmill down during extreme weather. Freeze

control units, duck decoy diffuser markers and weighted airline.

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

94

4 s

ale

s@

aqu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u w

ww

.aqua

so

nic

.com

.au

48

AERATION

TEAM AQUA PADDLE WHEEL

• Due to the water - breaking and parabola design, power consumption is low and

more economic.

• Water splash is higher by 4 - 37 cm, wider by 11 cm and faster by 14 - 16 RPM

that create strong water current and super aeration.

• Water breaking impeller is fully interchangeable to existing adjustable one. Exist-

ing adjustable impeller will be still available for maintenance purpose.

• Key speci! cations/special features:

• 1hp, new patent water-breaking impeller. Higher and wider water splash with

much faster RPM for super high aeration. Water splash is higher by 4 - 37 cm,

wider by 11 cm and faster by 14 -16 RPM that create strong water current and

super aeration.

• Save machine buying cost and power consumption due to the professional water-breaking and parabola design.

• Adjustable impeller (patented).

• Synthetic aluminum / magnesium electric motor, heat dissipation is faster at least by 30%.

• #304, 25mm stainless steel shaft .

• #304 stainless steel frame .

• Plastic bearing (patented).

• New high density polyethylene (HDPE) " oaters and motor cover.

• High quality parts for long lasting performance.

Full impeller dia.: 68cm,

Blade: 26cm (L) x 17cm (H)

x 5cm (W)

W ater is broken into two

directions and splashed

high up to the air by the

wide parabola

Get more oxygen for less moneyowing power bills

with the new technology in paddle aeration.

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia

49

FILT

RA

TIO

N FILTRATION

AQUASONIC FILTER MATTING & WOOL• Filter mat is designed to get dirty (made of material to trap particulate waste). • Filter mat is excellent as a pre ! lter for major

particulate ! lter prior to the biological ! lter. • Great for box ! lters and power ! lters. • Resists compression and is easy to clean.

• This material is bound into a mat. Just cut to the required shape to suit your application. • Two grades are available, Super Mat

(washable many times), Filter Mat (usually disposed of after 1-3 uses) and quality Australian Made ! lter wool, perfect for use

with corner ! lters.

CODE DESCRIPTION BN380 Filter mat 270 x 530mm approx. BN381 Filter mat (per metre) 1.5m x 1m BN382 Filter mat (full roll) 40m SM2 Super mat 270mm x 520mm (approx) SM4 Super mat (per metre) 2.10m x 1m SM6 Super mat (full roll) - 20m x 2.10m BN390 Filter wool 50gm BN391 Filter wool 100gm BN392 Filter wool 400gm BN393 Filter wool 1kg BN394 Filter wool 30Kg (bale)

PREMIUM FILTER FOAM• Filter foam is often used as a course particulate ! ltration medium as it can withstand washing and hosing, giving long life.

• Available in 25mm or 50mm thicknesses.

CODE DESCRIPTION FF25 Filter foam full sheet 1.83m x 1m x 25mm FF25C Filter foam psm cut to size FF50 Filter foam full sheet 1.83m x 1m x 20mm FF50C Filter foam psm cut to size FFC Filter foam circle for BN200D

MICRON FILTER BAGS• Polyester bags used with all ! lter mediums and absorption resin.

• Features a drawstring - so there are no metal zips to contaminate the water.

CODE SIZE FB10 6 x 10” 150 x 250mm (300 micron) FB15 12 x 15” 300 x 380mm (800 micron) FB30 10 x 30” 250 x 760mm (300 micron) FB35 12 x 15” 300 x 380mm (300 micron)

SUBSTRATE FILTER KITS• Due to design, won’t block up. • Long life, unique design. • Quiet and efficient operations. • Biological ! ltration for freshwater and

marine aquariums. • Directional " ow uplifts. • Includes kit with air stones, directional " ow and air line. • Easy to join plates.

CODE SIZE BN351 430mm x 280mm substrate ! lter kit. BN352 585mm x 280mm substrate ! lter kit. BN353 Substrate ! lter uplift kits MS000 Substrate plate only 430mm MS001 Substrate plate only 585mm MS008 Substrate uplift tube 18” MS007 Substrate uplift tube 24” MS005 Substrate ! lter uplift top

AQUASONIC ROTATING ARMS• The most efficient way of circulating water over and through biological media, ensuring effective and even water distribution

and higher oxygen levels. • Self lubricating race ball bearings. • 3 sizes available. • Delivery capacity is dependent on the method

in which water is supplied. • Volumes shown are approximate only and are subject to a) individual variations of different ! lter

systems, b) method of supply which could vary from low gravity feed to high pressure pump, c) size of outlet holes drilled in the

arms. • 25mm hosetail connection on 15mm - 40mm barrel union on 25mm - 50mm barrel union on 40mm arms.

ARM GRAVITY FEED PRESSURE FEED HOLE SIZE FOR LID

CODE MODEL WIDTH FLOW APPROX. FLOW APPROX. MOUNTING CONNECTION AP060 15mm Rotating arm 350mm 1000 LPH 2000 LPH 33mm to 35mm 25mm Hosetail AP061 25mm Rotating arm 500mm 4000 LPH 6000 LPH 42mm to 50mm 40mm Barrel AP062 40mm Rotating arm 600mm 8500 LPH 15000 LPH 58mm to 65mm 50mm Barrel SP15 Spare te" on bearings set for 15m SP25 Spare te" on bearings set for 25mm SP40 Spare te" on bearings set for 40mm HUB15 Hub (only) 15mm HUB25 Hub (only) 25mm HUB40 Hub (only) 40mm

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 E

ma

il: sa

les@

aqua

son

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u

50

FILT

RATION

PLASTIC GRID• A non-toxic plastic screen, easily cut to size & self supporting. • May be used for many aquarium and aquacultural applications.

• Support for biological ! ltration, tank dividers, pre-! lter supports, over" ow screens & sub-

strate protectors

CODE DESCRIPTION AP220 Grid - cut to size psm - 8mm thick AP223 Grid - cut to size psm - 12mm thick AP221 Grid - Full sheet 1200mm x 600mm x 8mm thick AP222 Grid - Full sheet 1200mm x 600mm x 12mm thick AP225 Grid 8mm - 5 Sheets plus AP226 Grid 12mm - 5 Sheets plus

KALDNES TYPE BIOFILM CARRIER ELEMENTS• Two sizes of media - C1 and C3, made from high density polyethylene. • Patented designed media. • ideal for moving bed bio-

logical ! lter applications. • Efficient surface area for bacterial population & therefore nitri! cation rating of 500m2/m3.

• One m3 of Kaldnes type media can nitrify waste from 10kg of 45% protein food @ 0.5ppm TAN residual. • C3 has the same

density & surface area as the C1 but is physically larger in size giving it the advantage of being easier to retain in moving bed

vessels.

• Each litre of Kaldnes type media can process waste from 10 grams of 45% protein feed. • Self cleaning and non blocking.

• Minimum ageing time of 20 years. • In nitrifying applications, use a blower to continuously circulate the elements, while simul-

taneously oxygenating the water and stripping the carbon dioxide. • Kaldnes type media also acts as an excellent mechanical

! ltration media when used in an up" ow or static application, for ponds, aquariums and culture systems. • Due to its design, waste

is easily released from Kaldnes type media used in static applications by breaking the static bed through aeration when cleaning.

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE C1-1 Kaldnes type Media C1 1L Bag C1-9 Kaldnes type Media C1 9L Bag C1-100 Kaldnes type Media C1 100L Box C1-1000 Kaldnes type Media C1 1m3 bulk bag C3-9 Kaldnes type Media C3 9L Bag C3-100 Kaldnes type Media C3 100L Box C3-1000 Kaldnes type Media C3 1m3 bulk bag

AQUASONIC OVI-FLOW II BIOLOGICAL MEDIA• 20% higher surface area per volume compared to Ovi" ow (! rst generation). • Stronger, longer lasting construction. • Easier

bacterial adhesion for faster biological start-up. • Higher degassing ability. • Special design facilitates cleaning if required.

• Maximum width 40mm, maximum height 30mm. • Surface area: greater than 500sq metres approx. per cubic metre(1m3= ap-

prox. 28,000 units). • Void space: 75%. • Shape: ovoid. • Type of raw material: food grade polypropylene. • Colour: blue. (choice

of colours if required). • Buoyancy: positive. • Life span: expected in excess of 20 years. • Proven performance over 10 years in

thousands of applications.

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE BN340 Ovi-Flow - 250 unit bag 9L bag BN341 Ovi-Flow - 2,800 unit box 100L box BN342 Ovi-Flow - 14,000 to 27,999 500L - 1000L (100L boxes) BN343 Ovi-Flow - 28,000 to 139,999 1000L - 5000L (100L boxes) BN344 Ovi-Flow - above 140,000 5000L and above (100L boxes)

MEDIA FOR SAND FILTERSCODE DESCRIPTION SIZEW35304 Sand 0.6mm – 1.2mm 25kgW3534010 Anthracite, coarse sand ! lter media (easier to backwash) 22kgFM086 Activated carbon 25kg

Other grades of sand (8/16, 16/30 and 30/60), softening, purifying and demineralising resins, diatoma-

ceous earth, iron removal media, glass beeds and garnet are available for use in sand ! lters. Contact

Aquasonic for advice on the best media to use in your application.

PREMIUM NATURAL ZEOLITE MEDIA• Extremely high purity Zeolite media. • Grain size available in 0.5-1.2mm, 1-2.2mm, 0.5-2.2mm, 2.2-10mm. • Zeolite helps re-

move nutrients, heavy metals, softens water and decreases staining. • Zeolite is lighter than sand mak-

ing it easier to backwash and because of its shape, it generally packs together better allowing improved

solids capture

CODE DESCRIPTION FM16/30 0.5-1.2mm grain Zeolite FM8/16 1-2.2mm grain Zeolite FM8/30 0.5-2.2mm grain Zeolite FM2.2/10 2.2-10mm grain Zeolite

C1 C3

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia

51

FILT

RA

TIO

NPENTAIR CHEMICAL FILTER MODULE• Pentair chemical ! lters are designed for easy management and are highly effective chemical ! ltering units.

• Removable chamber allows easy media replacement and pre-rinsing.

• Holds a variety of ! lter substances such as zeolite, ion exchange resin, activated carbon etc.

• No channelling.

•100% of the water passes through the media.

• More than one module can be plumbed in parallel with different media for greater volumes.

• Inlet 32mm & outlet 25mm slip ! ttings.

CODE DESCRIPTION FLOW RATE/MEDIA VOLUME 179310 Module for up to 400L aquariums 945-1852Lph/210gms 179320 Module for up to 800L aquariums 1892-3785Lph/440gms 179330 Module for up to 1200L aquariums 2839-5678Lph/690gms

PENTAIR MECHANICAL FILTER MODULE• Water is forced through ! lter pleats under pressure, trapping particles from 20 microns down to 5

microns, while the inner pleat supports, prevent pleats from squeezing shut providing greater effective

! ltration.

• Pressure gauge allows for easy determination of when the ! lter requires cleaning.

• Inlet 1 1/4” (32mm) & outlet 1” (25mm) Slip ! ttings, ideal for aquarium applications.

CODE DESCRIPTION FLOW RATE 179410 Module for up to 400L aquariums 945-1892 Lph 179420 Module for up to 800L aquariums 1892-3785 Lph 179430 Module for up to 1200L aquariums 2839-5678 Lph

PENTAIR COMMERCIAL SERIES FILTERS• Pleated cartridge pressure mechanical ! lters for various water " ow rates.

• Unit collecting 20 to 5 micron size particles now with 100 micron pleated cartridges

• These ! lters can be converted to chemical ! lters, allowing for activated carbon or other chemical ! ltration

mediums to be incorporated.

• Horizontal kits are available where space is limited. All PVC construction, no metal parts.

CODE ESCRIPTION LOW RATE 176132 M-2 Mechanical ! lter 5678-11355lph (32mm slip ! ttings) 176134 M-4 Mechanical ! lter 11355-22710 lph (40mm slip ! ttings 176136 M-6 Mechanical ! lter 17022-26117 lph (40mm slip ! ttings)

F03 FLOZONE TAP TO TANK FILTRATION UNITTraditionally reverse osmosis units are used to pre-treat tap water for aquarium use, with 80-90% of water going to waste that

you, the user pays for. The FO3 FloZone unit can achieve a massive 4000 litres (around 14 times that of a conventional RO unit)

per day of RO quality puri! ed water with NO WASTE WATER.

The FloZone tap to tank unit utilizes ozone to oxidize and destroy bacteria, viruses and

organic material. It works much the same way as a RO unit, sediment is removed by the

polyspun pre-! lter and dissolved solids (hardness) are removed by the water softening

canister or resin media cartridge. Chemicals, chlorine, odour, discoloration, heavy metals,

cysts, bacteria and dissolved organics are removed by the ozone unit.

We recommend when using the FloZone unit that you use it in conjunction with a stor-

age tank. This allows any residual ozone to be gassed off over night by aerating the water.

Pumping the water from the storage tank for top up can then take place. If immediate use

of the water is needed you can pump the water through an additional carbon cartridge (10”

housing equipt with carbon) to remove any ozone before it enters the tank system.

Two units are available, one for ! ltration of general quality tap water and the second for ! ltration of tap water when supply water

quality is poor.

CODE DESCRIPTIONFO3A F03 FloZone Tap to Tank Unit A includes 5um pre-! lter, water softening cartridge, Flozone ozone unit, " oat valve, and all ! ttings. For general tap water qualityFO3B F03 FloZone tap To Tank unit B includes 5um Pre-! lter, 0.5um carbon post ! lter. Resin media cartridge, FloZone ozone unit " oat valve and all ! ttings. For harsh tap water quality.

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 E

ma

il: sa

les@

aqua

son

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u

52

FILT

RATION

RO, TAP TO TANK AND F03 FLOZONE SPARES AND UPGRADES• Apply a customized system for your individual needs using single, double or triple brackets.

• Aquasonic can also provide assistance with designing and applying these units.

CODE DESCRIPTION RE006 RO membrane cartridge FP10Q 25cm housing 6mm port DP101 10 micron carbon pre! lter CB951 0.5 micron carbon CB011 1 micron post ! lter carbon PX011 1 micron polyspun PX051 5 micron polyspun PX201 20 micron cartridges FPBK Single bracket FPBK2 Double bracket FPBK3 Triple bracket SO201 Softening cartridge (light hardness removal) RMDI1 Resin media cartridge (heavy hardness removal) ST-RE1 Re! llable cartridge for application of other media’s PPSVO10822W 6mm ball valve for RO tubingQC260 Quick connect ! tting 1/4”QC sonnerQC440 Quick connect ! tting 1/4” QC tee sectionQC100 Quick connect ! tting 1/4” QC X 1/4” BSPQC150 Quick connect ! tting 1/4” QC X 1/4” female BSP

TAP TO TANK FILTERS• Cost effective and efficient ! lters for purifying tap water.

• They enable tap water to be placed directly into the tank by removal of chlorine, chloramine, cop-

per and other heavy metals.

• Flow rates approx 10Lpm.

• Systems include: 1 x tap adapter, 2m of 1/4” tubing, ! lter assembly (double or triple) with mount-

ing bracket, ! lter cartridges, 1 x " oat valve.

CODE DESCRIPTION CD170 Twin Tap to Tank unit includes 5 micron polyspun pre-! lter and 5micron granular carbon post ! lter for general tap water quality CD173 Twin Tap to Tank unit includes 5 micron polyspun pre-! lter and 0.5 micron solid blockcarbon post ! lter for moderate tap water quality CD174 Triple Tap to Tank unit includes 5 micron polyspun pre-! lter, 0.5 micron solid block carbon post ! lter and resin media cartridge to remove hardness. For harsh tap water quality.

R.O TUBING• Blue, Yellow, Green, Red, White and Black ¼” tube. For use with RO units and Tap to Tank ! lters.

• Simply place BL after code for blue, GR for green, YE for yellow, WH for white or BK for black

CODE DESCRIPTION TUBE14 ¼” Coloured RO tubing, per metre

UNDER-SINK & COUNTER-TOP FLOZONE• Stainless steel corona discharge cell produces highly concentrated ozone levels for effective mi-

crobiological reduction. • Chemical free. • Input turbidity 3NTU MAX. Pre ! ltration can be added for

additional solids removal. Higher quality water can be achieved through the use of a FO3 FloZone

unit, which includes the FloZone, tap pre-! lters and post ! lters to produce RO quality water

• Produces an Ozone residual of 0.1 - 0.4 mg/L @ 50PSI. • 12VDC power source allows for optional

use in boats, transport etc 350mA 12VDC. • Simple installation, either on the counter or under the

sink. • NO WASTE WATER. All water pumped through is usable product water (maximum water

produced is 3,816L per day).

• 2 – 2.5 LPM at 50 PSI, with 25 PSI being the minimum pressure requirement and 85 PSI maxi-

mum.

• Removes chlorine and chloramines, metals, odours, bacteria and protozoans from water.

CODE DESCRIPTION 30314-01 Counter-top Flozone unit 30293-01 Under-sink Flozone unit

REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEM• R.O. placed in line from the mains which will remove up to 98% of toxic substances such as chlo-

rine, lead, aluminium, copper and heavy metals and pesticides.

CODE DESCRIPTION PR0270 3 Stage Wallmount RO Unit (5um, carbon & RO membrane, tap ! tting, tubing). 280litres per day

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia

53

FILT

RA

TIO

NAUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF KIT• Automated top up system, perfect for re! lling sumps and storage tanks etc

• Can handle pressures up to 116 PSI (800kPa).

• Easy to construct and plumb up the kit.

• Clearance needed for " oat valve is 330mm length, minimum water depth 100mm.

• Kit includes " oat valve, plumbing connections, instructions and a length of R.O tubing.

• Requires 22-23mm hole for installation.

CODE DESCRIPTION FVKITGC Automatic Shut-off Kit

WATER-CO TRIMLINE BAG FILTERS• Excellent for ! ne particulate ! ltration.

• One piece moulded high impact polypropylene construction.

• Able to withstand pressures up to 87PSI.

• 2 year warranty.

• Larger bags than competing models, reducing cleaning frequency.

• Comes complete with pressure gauge.

• Outlet sizes of 40mm (50mm optional upgrade).

• Adaptable, simply choose the unit and the desired micron ! lter bag.

CODE DESCRIPTION FLOW RATE W3761050 C50 TBF Bag ! lter housing 190LPM W3761075 C75 TBF Bag ! lter housing 270LPM

BAGS FOR C50 BAG FILTER HOUSING W3651931 1 micron ! lter bag for C50 TBF W3651924 5 micron ! lter bag for C50 TBF W3651925 25 micron ! lter bag for C50 TBF W3651926 50 micron ! lter bag for C50 TBF W36519265 800 micron ! lter bag for C50 TBF

BAGS FOR C75 BAG FILTER HOUSING W36519310 1 micron ! lter bag for C75 TBF W36519240 5 micron ! lter bag for C75 TBF W36519250 25 micron ! lter bag for C75 TBF W36519260 50 micron ! lter bag for C75 TBF W36519266 800 micron ! lter bag for C75 TBF

WATER-CO TRIMLINE CARTRIDGE FILTERS• Excellent for ! ne particulate ! ltration.

• One piece moulded high impact polypropylene construction.


• C50 can be used a chemical media ! lter and C75 can be modi! ed to take both chemical media and small pleated cartridge for

optimum water polishing.

• Comes complete with pressure gauge.

• Outlet sizes of 40mm (50mm optional upgrade).

CODE DESCRIPTION FLOW RATE W2150503 C50 TCF cartridge ! lter housing 190LPM W2150753 C75 TCF cartridge ! lter housing 275LPM

CARTRIDGE ONLY FOR C50 CARTRIDGE FILTER HOUSING W62041 5 micron cartridge for C50 TCF W620411 10 micron cartridge for C50 TCF W6204220 20 micron cartridge for C50 TCF W62042 30 micron cartridge for C50 TCF

CARTRIDGE ONLY FOR C75 CARTRIDGE FILTER HOUSING W62043 5 micron cartridge for C75 TCF W620431 10 micron cartridge for C75 TCF W6204420 20 micron cartridge for C75 TCF W62044 30 micron cartridge for C75 TCF

MEDIA CARTRIDGE OPTIONS W3651922 Media canister for C50 with slots, 12 litre capacity (needs 2 x sealing washer) W3651923 Media canister for C75 without slots, 12 litre capacity (needs 1 x sealing washer, 1 x O ring, 1 x Cartridge spacer and Cartridge pre ! lter of desired micron size)

C75 MEDIA CANISTER CARTRIDGE OPTIONS W62031 5 micron cartridge for C75 Media canister W620311 10 micron cartridge for C75 Media canister W6204020 20 micron cartridge for C75 Media canister W62040 30 micron cartridge for C75 Media canister W644771 TCF sealing washer W62078 TCF cartridge spacer W72514690 TCF O-ring

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 E

ma

il: sa

les@

aqua

son

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u

54

FILT

RATION

MULTICYCLONE• Waterco’s innovative Multicyclone is a versatile pre-! ltration unit that uses centrifugal action to spin out small

particles in the water before they enter ! ltration components.

• Ideal for applying before bag, cartridge and sand ! lters to reduce backwash frequency.

• Easy to clean and maintain and also easy to retro! t to almost any system

• A perfect addition to any aquaculture situation, large aquarium, ornamental pond or holding system with " ow

rate from 50-500LPM (optimum " ow rate of between 150-350LPM).

• Ideal for shell! sh holding systems, ponds and on recirculation systems to reduce backwash frequency and

ease the load of organics and sediments on ! ltration units

• 2 year warranty. • 50mm inlet/outlet.

CODE DESCRIPTION W200370 Multicyclone centrifugal ! lter

WATERCO THERMOPLASTIC TOP MOUNT SAND FILTERSWaterco Thermoplastic sand ! lters offer an economical option to a ! breglass sand ! lter with the durability

of an abrasion-proof durable polymer thermoplastic construction. Rated at 36psi (250 KPA), these units are

more suited to smaller sized applications having a shallower bed depth than other sand ! lters such as the

micron sand ! lters and deep bed models that are better suited to larger applications. Multiport valve is 40mm

and is mounted on top of the ! lter body to save on space. • 5 year warranty.

CODE DESCRIPTION DIAMETER BED DEPTH RATE LPM/LPH

MAX.FLOW W220616 T400 Thermoplastic sand ! lter 400mm (16”) 160mm 101/6060 W226018 T450 Thermoplastic sand ! lter 450mm (18”) 250mm 127/7620 W226020 T500 Thermoplastic sand ! lter 500mm (20”) 250mm 157/9420 W226024 T600 Thermoplastic sand ! lter 600mm (24”) 250mm 226/13560

WATERCO MICRON FIBREGLASS TOP MOUNT SAND FILTERSManufactured from the highest grade of non corrosive materials using the latest in ! breglass winding technol-

ogy. Micron ! breglass sand ! lters are built to last, providing years of trouble free operation. UV and corrosion

resistant with hydraulically balanced lateral con! gurations for superior water distribution and rated to 36PSI

(250KPA) with a maximum operating temperature of 50 degrees Celsius. 5 year warranty, models S500 –

S700 have 40mm multiport valves. Models S702 – S900 have 50mm multiport valves.

CODE DESCRIPTION DIAMETER BED DEPTH MAX. FLOW RATE

LPM/LPH W22022 S500 Micron sand ! lter 500mm (20”) 280mm 157/9420 W22024 S600 Micron sand ! lter 600mm (24”) 295mm 226/13560 W22028 S700 Micron sand ! lter 700mm (28”) 330mm 308/18480 W22029 S702 Micron sand ! lter 700mm (28”) 340mm 308/18480 W22030 S750 Micron sand ! lter 750mm (30”) 340mm 353/21180 W22032 S800 Micron sand ! lter 800mm (32”) 420mm 402/24120 W22036 S900 Micron sand ! lter 900mm (36”) 420mm 509/30540

WATERCO MICRON FIBREGLASS TOP MOUNT DEEP BED SAND FILTERSDeep Bed sand ! lters are engineered to provide a deeper sand bed (500mm) for more effective ! ltration with

a higher solids capture capacity. Manufactured with the same technology and quality as the micron sand

! lters. Rated to 36PSI (250KPA) with a maximum operating temperature of 50 degrees Celsius. 5 year war-

ranty, models SD400 – SD600 have 40mm multiport valves. Models SD750 and SD900 have 50mm multiport

valves.

CODE DESCRIPTION DIAMETER BED DEPTH MAX. FLOW RATE

LPM/LP W224400 SD400 Deep Bed sand ! lter 400mm (16”) 500 101/6060 W224500 SD500 Deep Bed sand ! lter 500mm (20”) 500 157/9420 W224600 SD600 Deep Bed sand ! lter 600mm (24”) 500 226/13560 W224750 SD750 Deep Bed sand ! lter 750mm (30”) 500 353/21180 W224900 SD900 Deep Bed sand ! lter 900mm (36”) 500 509/30540

Side mount sand filters (multiport positioned at the side of the filter housing) and larger commercial sand filter models in top mount, side mount, horizontal and deep bed configurations are available. Please con-tact Aquasonic for information.

FSI BAG AND CARTRIDGE CONVERTIBLE FILTER HOUSINGS• Now with new larger model. The choice in polypropylene ! lters for simplicity, safety and service life. Industry

leading superior ! ltration down to 0.2 microns

• Available in bag and cartridge models. • Mesh,micro! bre and felt bags. • Various cartridge options available.

• 2 models sized to 200LPM (X100) and 600LPM (XL234). • Both units rated to 90PSI operational pressure. •

UV stabilized polypropylene construction. • Includes 0-36PSI pressure gauge

MODEL DESCRIPTION FLOW RATE INLET/OUTLET X100B X100 Housing 200LPM Female Threaded 50mm/50mM X100C X100 Cartridge Filter Housing 200LPM Female Threaded 50mm/50mm Felt Filter bags for X100B in 1, 5, 10, 25, 50 and 100 micron Mesh Filter bags for X100B in 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 600 & 800 micron XL234B XL234 Bag Filter Housing 600LPM XL234C XL234 Cartridge Filter Housing 600LPM

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia

55

FILT

RA

TIO

NAQUASONIC PARTICULATE FILTER SUMPS• Sumps collect waste passively, as water " ows through Aquasonic’s Super Mat ! lter material inverted into

the water column. • Normally placed in a system to allow water to gravity feed from the culture tanks. • Draw-

ers enable Super Mat to be lifted out for easy cleaning or replacement. • Particulate ! lter sumps are a highly

efficient tool when combined with Aquasonic’s Swirl Separator or Aquasonic’s Drum Filter. • Multiple sizes

available to suit various sized systems.

CODE DESCRIPTION VOLUME PFS01 Single (450mm L x 300 W x 300 H) PVC 40L PFS01B Single (750mm L x 462mm W x 450mm H) PVC 155L PFS02 Single (1.2m L x 600mm W x 400mm H) PVC 288L PFS Single (1.3m L x 700mm W x 1.04H) PVC 946L DFS Double (1.3m L x 700m W x 1.04m H) PVC 946L TFSH Triple ! lter sump horizontal (1.9m Lx1.25m W x 1.0m H) 2735L Screen size (780mm L x 50mm W x 650mm H) HDPE. TFSV Triple ! lter sump vertical (1.9m L x 0.79m W x 1.0m H) 1500L Screen size (580mm L x 50mm W x 780mm H) HDPE.

DUAL DRAINS AND MINI SWIRL SEPARATORS• Improve your bulk solids capture and reduce your footprint. • Takes 5-20% of the water " ow from each tank

directly from the tank bottom, removing the solids before they make it to the sump or into the pipe line and

become emulsi! ed. • Capture up to 80% of solids produced in your system.

• Dual drains available in 50mm, 80mm and 100mm pipe connections. Swirl separator connection is 25mm.

• Completely passive and operated on gravity " ow. • Flexible, can be applied to a range of tank sizes, with a

range of different swirl separator sizes. • Maximum " ow published is what is needed for effective separation

of solids. Slower is better. • Dual drains supplied with bolts for installation on site. • Sold with inlet and outlet

connections including direction bends, standpipe and uniseals (excludes SSN) and 40mm waste drain with

gate valve. Can be mounted in a variety of ways, mounting option and height depends on tank height and

water height.

CODE DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS RECOMMENDED/ INLET/OUTLET SIZE

W X H MM’S MAX FLOW RATE SSMINI Mini Swirl Separator 540LPH/2,500LPH 25mm/40mm SSN 400L Swirl Separator 700D x 1300 4500LPH/20,000LPH 80mm/80mm DD50MM 50mm Dual Drain (25mm Swirl separator connecion) DD80MM 80mm Dual Drain (25MM Swirl separator connection) DD100MM 100mm Dual Drain (25mm Swirl separator connection)

AQUASONIC SWIRL SEPARATORS• Enables solids to be removed by centrifugal action via a central drain.

• Best set up to utilize gravitational " ow of water, with more than 50% of solids removed at this point, helping

to assist in improving water quality and reducing labour in washing and replacing ! lter mats and bag ! lters

etc.

• Low cost item to improve your systems’ ability to handle waste.

• Easy daily maintenance. • Can also be automated, drawing out solids by a timer control.

• Operates best with lower " ow rates. Efficiency is reduced with higher " ow rates.

CODE DESCRIPTION SSMINI Mini Swirl Separator for single tank/dual drain applications 600-2000lph SSN Swirl Separator 700mm (d) x 1300mm (h), includes ! ttings up to 80mm in & outlet Flow rates up to 20,000 lph. (40mm outlet drain) FGSS80 with 80mm ! ttings, 1.4m (d) x 1.04 (h)& 5o taper, up to 15-30,000lph FGSS100 with 100mm ! ttings, 1.4m (d) x 1.04 (h)& 5o taper, up to 60,000lph FGSS150 with 150mm ! ttings, 1.4m (d) x 1.04 (h)& 5o taper, up to 100,000lph

PARABOLIC STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN FILTERS • Semi self cleaning, designed to remove solids from water with occasional cleaning attention.

• Specially designed wedge wire, stainless steel screen set in a parabolic shape to take advantage of the

“ Coanda effect”. This shape encourages solids-free water to drop between the screens and solids to be

left on the surface of the screen.

• Solids are then pushed toward the waste trough and easily washed out of the waste outlet. This ! lter is

ideally suited for a gravity-" ow system, as it will only cause about 60cm of head loss.

• Easy to install. • Spare screens available.

• Passive solids ! ltration.

• Quality stainless steel manufacturing that will last for years.

CODE DESCRIPTION 2888 Micro screen ! lter, mini. Complete with 200 micron screen, inlet, outlet & waste outlet 100mm 2884 Parabolic screen ! lter, model 1. Complete with 200 micron screen, inlet, outlet & waste outlet 100mm 2873 Parabolic screen ! lter, model 2. Complete with 200 micron screen, inlet & outlet 100mm,waste outlet 150m A2873 PVC parabolic screen ! lter 18,000 lph with 200 micron 316SS screen (not suitable for outdoor use.

Top Outlet

Bottom Outlet

Waste Outlet

micro screen element

water guide cover

waste

overflow

protection

swimmer

wateroutlet

inlet

stopper

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 E

ma

il: sa

les@

aqua

son

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u

56

FILT

RATION

AQUASONIC ROTATING DRUM FILTERS • Wastes building up in conventional mechanical ! lters break down, adding to the load on the biologi-

cal ! lter and increasing the need for water changes.

• Removes solids automatically to help reduce work load, increase time between water changes.

increase stock loading and improve water quality.

• Removes particulate matter from water on a continuous basis.

• Drum continually revolves therefore exposing the clean screen. When the screen eventually blocks,

the water level will rise and activate a back wash mechanism.

• Speed can be varied according to your systems requirements.

• High pressure backwash on demand.

• Variable speed drum rotation.

• PVC plastic construction (inert, safe for saltwater use).

• Clear plastic lid and windows for easy observation.

SPECIFICATIONS: Suggested water " ow 100,000 lph(variable with screen size) Nominal mesh size 125 micron (other sizes available) Screen Polyester(long life) or stainless steel Length of housing 970mm Width of housing 800mm Height (overall) 1110mm Height to lid 610mm Drum length 720mm Drum diameter 700mm Drum revolutions per minute 0.25 to 2 Balder variable speed motor 0.15kW Washdown pump Links 4-6 Inlet diameter 150mm pressure ! tting Outlet diameter 150mm pressure ! tting Shipment dimensions 1280mm x 1210mm x 1280mm with crate Ship weight including crate 180 Kg • Measurements are taken from the bottom of the drum housing to the bottom of the ! ttings. • Custom stands are also available at minimal extra cost

CODE DESCRIPTION RDF100-150 Rotating drum ! lter, 100,000 LPH, with 150mm ! ttings RDFST Optional HDPE stand (970mm x 800mm x 340mm(h) LZS46 Recommended backwash pump

LARGE VOLUME ROTATING DRUM FILTERS• A wide range of high quality drum ! lters for large " ow applications.

• Models for fresh or saltwater in recirculation or " ow through applications, with various micron screen

sizes available.

• The largest off the shelf unit designed to handle a " ow rate of up to 2,400,000lph when using 100um

screens.

• Units can include stainless steel drum and frame, housings, backwash control, backwash pumps

and automatic level monitoring.

BUBBLE BEAD FILTERS• Patented dual purpose design performs mechanical and biological ! ltration called bioclari! cation.

Scienti! cally proven to produce the cleanest clearest and healthiest water. Complete mechanical

and biological ! ltration for pond sizes from 1135.5 litres to 75,700 litres.

• Backwash process is so simple, it just takes minutes to complete.

• Works with low/medium head pumps (10-15psi), greatly reducing energy consumption.

• Features a non-corrosive food grade plastic or ! breglass construction with no mechanical parts to

service so there are no parts to replace due to wear.

• Patented hourglass shape enhances backwash performance.

• Bubble Bead ! lters can be upgraded with Nitrotech Media for even better biological performance.

• Suitable pond sizes determined at a turnover rate of the pond every 2.2 hours.

• Bubble Bead Filters are extremely versatile. Can be sized to recommended pond size (as above) or

to preferred " ow rate, or to feed rate, making them suitable for aquariums, ponds and aquaculture

applications of all types.

• The faster the drain time during backwash, the more effective it is. Use a dedicated backwash pump

to suck water from the Bubble Bead, or alternatively, use a pump assisted backwash utilising the

supply pump.

Ribbed

belt drive

150mm

PVC

conections

Backwash

drain

Variable

Speed Control

Hindged lid

Clear lid for

easy observation

Polyester or

stainless steel

(by request)

screens of all

sizes available

PVC Construction for

freshwater or

saltwater application

Timer for backwash

via float control

Inlet for

backwash system

Quality Baldor

motor

MODEL SPECS BBF-XS-300A BBF-XS-2000 BBF-XS-4000 BBF-XS-6000 BBF-XS-8000 BBF-XS-10000 BBF-XS-12000 BBF-XS-20000

Media capacity L 7 28 57 85 11 14 17 28

Dimensions HxDcm 50.8 x 30 109.2 x 40.6 1124.5 x 48.2 124.5 x 48.2 1152.4 x 66 152.4 x 66 203.2 x 81.3 203.2 x 81.3

Inlet/outlet ! tting 20mm barb 40mm union 40mm union 40mm union 50mm union 50mm union 50mm union 80mm union

Max. " ow (LPM) 38 57 114 170 227 284 341 568

Max. pressure PSI 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15

Surface area (m2) 9.3 37.2 74.3 11.5 148.6 185.8 223 371.6

Max.feed/day(kg) 60gms 230gms 450gms 680gms 910gms 1.13kgs 1.36kgs 2.22kgs

Backwash

water loss 9.5 litres 45.4 litres 95 litres 95 litres 170 litres 170 litres 246 litres 568 litres

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia

57

FILT

RA

TIO

NPROPELLER WASHED BEAD FILTERS• Classi! ed as Expandable Granular Bio! lters (bioclari! ers), The propeller washed bead ! lter use’s either a spherical or specially

shaped (enhanced nitri! cation EN) " oating plastic bead to achieve simultaneous mechanical and biological ! ltration. Both offer-

ing a HUGE surface area of 1300m2/m3 of media.

• Speci! cally shaped EN (enhanced nitri! cation) beads offer a higher porosity than that of spherical beads. This helps nitrifying

bacteria to stay adhered to the surface, resulting in much higher nitri! cation rates for high loading applications.

• Use as a complete ! lter system for simultaneous mechanical and biological ! ltration, or as a low energy, low labour pre-! lter

coupled with auxiliary ! ltration components.

• Propeller washed bead ! lters are offered in both a variety of sizes and series that accommodate all water and ! lter levels.

• Perfectly suited for a variety of applications including display aquariums, recirculating aquaculture systems, oceanarium applica-

tions, hatchery systems, broodstock systems, live seafood holding systems, ponds (both display ponds and Aquaculture ponds)

and quarantine systems.

• Captures 100% of solid particles, 50 microns and greater and 45% of particles in the 5-49 micron range per pass.

• Back washing is as simple as stopping or bypassing the " ow through the ! lter and agitating the bead bed with high speed im-

bedded propellers located in the ! lter. This releases the solids, allowing them to settle to the bottom of the ! lter for removal.

• Aggressive back washing allows the propeller washed bead ! lters to mitigate extremely high waste loads without clogging or

channelling.

• No moving parts to wear out.

• Perfect as a complete pressurized ! lter with low head loss for low energy pressure applications, or as a pre-! lter to auxiliary

biological ! ltration.

MODEL PBF3 PBF5 PBF5S PBF10 PBF10S PBF25 PBF25S PBF50 PBF50S PBF100 PBF100S

Max pond size per litre 13,600 22,700 45,400 45,400 90,800 90,800 136,200 136,200 272,500 272,500 545,000

Feed kgs/day Std bead/EN Growout 1mg/L TAN

1.3/1.8 2.2/3 2.2/3 4.5/6 4.5/6 11.3/15 11.3/15 22.5/30 22.5/30 45/60 45/60

Feed kgs/day Std bead/EN Fingerling/Or-namental >15°C 0.5mg/L TAN

0.68/1.1 1.1/1.7 1.1/1.7 2.2/3.4 2.2/3.4 5.6/8.5 5.6/8.5 11.3/17 11.3/17 22.5/34 22.5/34

Feed kgs/day Fingerling/Ornamental <15°C Feed 0.5mg/L TAN

0.45/ 0.68

0.7/1.1 0.7/1.1 1.4/2.2 1.4/2.2 3.7/5.6 3.7/5.6 7.5/11.3 7.5/11.3 15/22.5 15/22.5

Feed kgs/day Broodstock/fry/holding/ conditioning 0.3mg/L TAN

0.34/ 0.49

0.58/ 0.85

0.58/ 0.85

1.1/ 1.7 1.1/ 1.7 2.8/ 4.2 2.8/ 4.2 5.6/ 8.5 5.6/ 8.5 11.3/ 17 11.3/ 17

Display/underwater viewing (litres) 3,400 5,600 11,300 11,300 22,700 22,700 34,000 34,000 68,000 68,000 136,000

Solids only (kgs of feed @ max) 6.8 11.3 11.3 22.5 22.5 56.5 56.5 113 113 226 226

Water " ow (LPH) 6,800 11,355 22,700 22,700 45,400 45,400 68,000 68,000 136,200 136,200 272,500

Dimensions cms (D) x (H) 84x 148 92x 188 92x 188 107x 227

107x 227

153x 288

153x 288

177x 336

177x 310 234x 381

234x 407

Inlet/outlet port (mm) 40x50 40x50 50x80 50x80 50x80 80x80 (2)100x 100

(2)100x 100

(2)150x 150

(2)150x 150

(2)300x 200

Media capacity (litres) 85 141 141 284 284 708 708 1416 1416 2832 2832

Max. pressure (PSI) 10 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30

Backwash water loss (litres) 20-40 20-40 20-40 40-120 20-120 120-240

120-240 190-570 190-570 380-750 750-1135

Feed rates and residual TAN loads are based on a 35% protein feed. Higher protein feeds will reduce stock loading capacities.

Please contact Aquasonic for sizing for individual applications.

Feed loading rates for solids ! ltration are based on a backwash frequency of every 3 hours to every hour, minimal biological

capacity will be achieved at maximum solids loading rates.

Pond size and display/underwater viewing is based on turnover of every 2-2.5 hours for maximum water clarity. Filter perfor-

mance is based on feed rate per day being applied to the pond.

Overall performance is based on system design, management and water parameters (pH, temperature etc), species cultured,

protein content of feed, feed rates and other auxiliary ! ltration on the system (such as ozone/oxygen, foam fractionators, auxiliary

bio! lters etc). Contact Aquasonic for application recommendations and guidelines.

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 E

ma

il: sa

les@

aqua

son

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u

58

FILT

RATION

POLYGEYSER BEAD FILTERS• Classi! ed as Expandable Granular Bio! lters ( bioclari! ers), The polygeyser uses a specially shaped " oating plastic bead to

achieve simultaneous mechanical and biological ! ltration. Speci! cally shaped EN (enhanced nitri! cation) beads offer a HUGE

1300m2/m3 of media, although this is the same surface area as normal spherical beads. The higher porosity of EN media is

proven to increase nitrifying rates by up to 100% over standard media while still maintaining the same mechanical ! ltration.

• Use as a complete ! lter system, simultaneous mechanical and biological ! ltration, or as a low energy, low labour pre-! lter

coupled with auxiliary ! ltration components.

• Polygeyser Bead Filters are offered in both a variety of sizes and series that accommodate all water and ! lter levels.

• Perfectly suited for a variety of applications including display aquariums, recirculating aquaculture systems, oceanarium ap-

plications, hatchery systems, brood stock systems, live seafood holding systems, ponds (both display ponds and Aquaculture

ponds) and quarantine systems.

• Using EN media, the Polygeyser will capture 100% of solid particles 50 microns and greater and 45% of particles in the 5-49

micron range per pass.

• Perfect for elevation differences and can operate using gravity or pressurised " ow, depending on the model you choose. Many

of the models are designed to be buried thereby reducing the pro! le and elevation difference between the ! lter water level and

the pond/tank level to accommodate air lifts or gravity " ow.

• The ! lter can backwash itself and the backwash frequency of the Polygeyser is adjustable by simply metering air from an air

pump or compressor (not included) into the charge chamber. Just set it to backwash daily or even hourly with a simple valve

adjustment (up to the limit of the air pump being used).

• All models are available for pressurized applications. Open top for pumped inlet and gravity discharge, or airlift con! guration for

gravity delivery and airlift return to the system.

• Very little energy is used. Constant automated back washing reduces and even eliminates clogging and even more energy can

be saved by applying airlift models. Perfect for use with the Performance Pro Artesian Low RPM range (depending on delivery

height).

• Very little water loss due to automated backwash process which means very low maintenance and is friendly to the environ-

ment. • No moving parts to wear out.

All Models can be supplied for pressure applications (closed top), open top (pressure fed and gravity discharge) and airlift (grav-

ity fed and airlift discharge) with the exception of the PG2OT/AL which is only suitable for open top and airlift applications.

MODEL DF3 DF6 DF10 DF15 DF25 DF50Max pond size litre’s 22,700 45,400 75,700 113,550 189,250 378,500Feed kgs/day Growout 0.5mg/L TAN 2 4 6.8 10.2 17 34Feed kgs/day Fingerling/ornamental >15°C 0.5mg/L TAN 1.3 2.6 4.5 6.8 11.3 22.6Feed kgs/day Fingerling/ornamental <15°C Feed 0.5mg/L TAN 1 2 3.4 5.1 8.5 17Feed kgs/day Broodstock/fry/holding/ conditioning 0.3mg/L TAN 0.6 1.2 2.2 3.4 5.6 11.3Display/underwater Viewing (litres) 22,710 45,400 75,700 113,550 189,250 378,500Solids only (kgs of feed @ max) 6.8 13.6 22 34 56 113 Water " ow (LPH) 10,200 20,400 34,000 51,000 85,100 170,300 Dimensions cms (D) x (H) 84 x 120 105 x 138 122 x 199 138 x 235 168 x 237 229 x 239 Inlet/outlet port (mm) (2)80x(2)80 (2)100x(2)100 100x150 150x(2)100 200x(2)150 300x(2)250 Media capacity (litres) 85 170 283 425 708 1415 Max. pressure (PSI) 10 10 10 10 10 10

Feed rates and residual TAN loads are based on a 35% protein feed. Higher protein feeds will reduce stock loading capacities.

Please contact Aquasonic for sizing for individual applications.

Feed loading rates for solids ! ltration are based on a backwash frequency of every 3 hours to every hour. Minimal biological

capacity will be achieved at maximum solids loading rates.

Pond size and display/underwater viewing is based on turnover of every 2-2.5 hours for maximum water clarity. Filter perfor-

mance is based on feed rate per day being applied to the pond.

Overall performance is based on system design, management and water parameters (pH, temperature etc), species cultured,

protein content of feed, feed rates and other auxiliary ! ltration on the system (such as ozone/oxygen, foam fractionators, auxiliary

bio! lters etc). Contact Aquasonic for application recommendations and guidelines.

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia

59

FILT

RA

TIO

NAQUASONIC BIO-NATURE BIOLOGICAL FILTER MODULE RANGE• BN Filter Modules are complete degassing biological ! lters capable of assimilating the waste for

speci! c stock loads. • Modules are complete, ready to start work, incorporating pre-! lter, rotating arms,

Aquasonic’s “ Ovi-Flow” biological ! ltration medium, venting control and waste drain sump. • OviFlow” bi-

ological media is used to provide high surface areas with efficient void space for effective re-oxygenation

& de-gassing of carbon dioxide. • Used successfully by many purging, growing and live seafood holding

facilities. • Available separately, or as part of a complete Aquasonic recirculating system. • Aquasonic BN

! lters (other than the BN100D) include pre! lter collection areas (combination of Super Mat and Filter

foam). Particulate ! lter sumps or other ! lters such as vessel bag ! lters or cartridge ! lters are recom-

mended with the BN100D. • Rotating arms distribute water evenly over the biological ! ltration medium.

These units, wherever possible, are housed above the level of the tanks to allow gravity to feed water

from the BN ! lter back to the tanks. • Ideal for live seafood holding systems, growing, holding and culture

of a host of marine or freshwater species.

MODEL SPECS BN100D BN200D BN500D BN1000D Kg of food/day @45% 0.8kg 1.95kg 5kg 10kg protein @25°C with 0.5ppm TAN residual Recomended " ow rates (LPH)3000-7000 5000-14,000 20,000-30,000 40,000-60,000 Height overall 750mm 2080mm 1,900mm 1,900mm Length overall 600mm 840mm 2,100mm 2,100mm Width overall 600mm 840mm 735mm 1,370mm Biological media volume (approx.) 165L 400L 1000L 2000L Biological media surface area (m2) >80 >200 >500 >1000 Water inlet connection 50mm 40mm 50mm 2 x 50mm Barrel union Socket Socket Sockets Water return connection 2x50mm 80mm 150mm 2 x 150mm Socket Socket Socket SocketsCarrying capacity (kg) @ 80kg 195kg 500kg 1000kg1% BW feed/day @45% Protein feed @25°C with 0.5ppm TAN residual TAN removal rate gms/day 33gm 80gm 200gm 400gm@ 25°C @ 0.5gm TAN residual Carrying capacity (kgs) 135kg 330kg 800kg 1600kg@13°C (nothing being fed) TAN removal rate gms/day 13gm 32gm 80gm 160gm@ 13°C @ 0.5gm TAN residual Water " ow rate 3500 - 5500 - 15000- 30000-

10,000lph 15,000lph 45,000lph 85,000lph

Note: The stated stock holding and feed rates can be affected by many other factors such as tempera-

ture, species cultured, feed rates, protein content, management and other ! ltration equipment applied

such as ozone and oxygen.

AQUASONIC FLUID BED BIOLOGICAL FILTER RANGE• The most powerful biological ! lters available with respect to their size. • Utilize sand media that is main-

tained in suspension, on which the bacteria colonize for nitrogen based waste assimilation. • Provides

extremely high surface areas and due to the inherent water movement and contact time, efficiency is

increased, without blocking.

• Water is best passed through a degassing unit after the " uid bed, for carbon dioxide de-gassing prior to

returning to the ! sh culture tanks. • Modules are available to suit various stock loads. • Multiples can be

applied in tandem to achieve the desired stock carrying capacity.

• Self cleaning and easy to install. • Maintains high ORP. • Provides efficient biological assimilation of ! sh

wastes. • Very powerful units with respect to their size.

“For growing, purging and holding systems” MODEL SPECS FB80 FB160 FB1500 Carrying capacity 50kg 80kg 250kg Kgs of food/day 0.32kg 0.5kg 1.55kg @45% protein @25°C Kgs of food/day 0.22kg 0.35kg 1.1kg @45% protein @15°C gms TAN/day @25°C 13gms 20gms 64gms gms TAN/day@15°C 9gms 14gms 44gms Recommended " ow rates (lph) 3000lph 6000lph 15,000 - 20000lph Height overall 1,370mm 1,370mm 1,640mm Width overall 300mm 400mm 980mm Biological media volume (approx.) 13L 20L 64L Media surface area approx.(m2) 270 430 1400 Water inlet connection (socket) 20mm 25mm 40mm Water return connection (socket) 40mm 50mm 80mm 270241A Spare " uid bed ! lter sand (! nely graded) 20kg

Note: The stated stock holding and feed rates can be affected by many other factors such as tempera-

ture, species cultured, feed rates, protein content, management and other ! ltration equipment such as

ozone and oxygen..

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 E

ma

il: sa

les@

aqua

son

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u

60

FILT

RATION

AQUASONIC’S CARBON DIOXIDE DEGASSING UNITS• Carbon dioxide degassing units are essential when using " uidized bed ! lters or where the requirement

of removing gases from water is required.

• Carbon dioxide causes " uctuations and decreasing pH and sedation on stock, therefore affecting

FCR's. These can have profound effects on productivity of ! sh and the system. Often air is blown into

these degassing units to improve the efficiency of gas stripping.

MODEL SPECS CD80 CD160 CD1500 Recommended " ow rates lph up to 2,000 up to 5000 up to 40,000 Height overall 1,370mm 1,370mm 1,640mm Width overall 300mm 400mm 840mm Inlet 1 x 40mm 2 x 50mm 2 x 80mm Outlet 1 x 50mm 1 x 50mm 1 x 100mm

Please enquire regarding pumps to suit these filters.

DEGASSING UNIT FANS AND DUCTING

CODE DESCRIPTION CDF 100mm in-line fan (250m3 per hr) for continuous use (0.26 amp) CDF2 150mm in-line fan (535m3 per hr) for continuous use (0.3 amp) FD100 100mm " exible ducting (6m length) FD150 150mm " exible ducting (6m length)

MOVING BED BIOLOGICAL FILTERS• Biological ! ltration in an aquatic system is extremely important. Providing stable and reliable biological

! ltration can be a challenge.

There are many types of biological ! ltration avail-

able, from the humble under gravel ! lter to more

efficient trickle or wet/dry systems.

All these methods have a common downfall. That

is over time, clogging, poor hydrodynamics and

the impact of the bio! lm on existing media will ad-

versely affect your ! lters biological capacity. Mean-

ing that over time your ! lter wont be as efficient in

breaking down waste products.

Moving bed ! lters help to alleviate many of these

problems.

A moving bed ! lter consists of a bio media which

is suspended in the ! lter using aeration.

This serves several major functions.

The media is constantly mixing and moving

through the water, ensuring all the surface area

is utilized. This prevents a build up of bio ! lm and

waste products. The Kaldness type media is com-

pletely self cleaning, saving time and hassle.

Ample oxygen is provided allowing the bacteria to

be more efficient and assist with removing excess

CO2.

Being deep within the bio media means that the bacteria is never disturbed, and the constant knocking

together of the media prevents clogging ensuring long life and stability.

The surface area of the Kaldnes type media is larger than many other competing medias, including bio

balls.

The automatic cleaning action ensures that the build up of heterotrophic bacteria is reduced allowing

Nitrobactor to work more effectively. The action of the Moving Bed Filter relies on the development of bio

! lm, taking about 3–4 weeks to develop. This makes the media negatively buoyant so it will move around

in the ! lter effectively. The introduction of Bio Culture will still have a positive effect. The surface area to

volume ratio makes the Moving Bed Filter an extremely efficient option. There are many designs and op-

tions available through Aquasonic which means there is a moving Bed Filter to suit you.

• Custom sizes are available, with design assistance for retro ! tting of existing systems. Please contact

an Aquasonic technician for more information.

MODEL SPECS LSB170 LSB560 LSB1100 LSB2250 Vessel volume 340 litres 1130 litres 2270 litres 4500 litres Media volume 170 litres 560 litres 1130 litres 2250 litres Bio! lm surface area 85m2 280m2 565m2 1125m2 Vessel dimensions (mm) 970 x 720(D) 1510 x 1070(D) 1220 x 1560(D) 1350 x 2170(D) Recommended water " ow(LPH) 1600 - 5000 5000 - 16,000 10,000 - 33,000 20,000 - 37,000 Recommended air " ow (LPH) 2000 - 4100 2500 - 9000 9500 - 19,000 18,500 - 37,000 Suggested kg of food per day 1.5-3 5 - 10 10 - 20 20 - 40

There are many types of Biological Filtration available, from the

humble Under gravel Filter to more efficient trickle or Wet/Dry

clogging, poor hydrodynamics and the Impact of the Biofilm on

Filter an extremely efficient option, the many designs and

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia

61

FILT

RA

TIO

NAQUASONIC PROTEIN SKIMMERS/FOAM FRACTIONATORS Aquasonic’s Foam fractionators just got even better! Aquasonic have recently re-designed our foam fraction-

ators to give more " exibility, better performance, more features and most importantly lower cost to purchase

and lower cost of ownership.

Suitable for grow out, quarantine, purging, live holding, ! ngerling, brood stock / conditioning systems and

many more applications.

Each foam fractionator has been re-designed to include the following features as standard:

• Easy adjustable screw gate valves

• Aquasonic have introduced more energy efficient Performance Pro venturi pumps

• Automatic wash down and timer

• Crash chamber on venturi assembly for improved foaming and gas transfer

• Guidelines for 1 minute, 1.5 minute and 2 minute dwell times allows you to apply the right pump for your

application and system design (no supply pump included)

• New durable and space saving base (PPS6 to PPS12 body is free standing and pump has its own base).

• On fractionators PPS6, PPS10 and PPS12, the Inlet “uniseal” (or multiple uniseals) is supplied with the

foam fractionator and installed on site. This allows the inlet to be placed at the best point on the skimmer

for system installation and the number and size of the inlets customized to the pumps you are using. Drill-

ing and positioning of the inlet uniseals can be done by Aquasonic before dispatch if required.

Why Aquasonic’s foam fractionators are the best available

in the market today:

• All construction materials are plastic or Acrylic so there are no rust or corrosion problems.

• Easily demountable for cleaning.

• Reaction tube is constructed in clear acrylic (except for models PPS6 and above) so tuning adjustments for

individual systems are easily determined and maintenance intervals are obvious.

• Controlled venting provided for ozone removal.

• Barrel unions are provided for quick assembly/disassembly.

• Specialised freshwater models available in commercial models (PPS1 & larger)

• Dedicated venturi pump sized for optimum performance, supply pumps are not included and are sized

depending on dwell time required and position of pump and skimmer (head height). Aquasonic can assist

and supply and sizing of the best pump for your application.

• Worlds best Mazzei Kynar Venturis are used for high efficiency skimming and ozone transfer

(ozone compatible).

• Models PPS6, PPS10 and PPS12 are constructed of a polyethylene tank with clear acrylic collection cup

and level sight glass for water level adjustment.

PPSWD Automatic wash down for commercial Foam Fractionators (PPS1-PPS4)

RK2 COMMERCIAL AQUACULTURE PROTEIN FRACTIONATORS • Large range of foam fractionators, ranging in size from 57 Lpm to 3,785 Lpm. • Manufactured in the USA

from a range of materials including FRP, HDPE and clear ACRYLIC, to suit any application. • Used world-

wide for live seafood holding, ! n! sh, crustacean, mollusc hatcheries and public display aquariums.

• Excellent protein & dissolved organics removal capability. • Ozone ready with ozone resistant Kynar injec-

tors. • All non corrosive construction. • Low maintenance with automatic rinse down systems.

• Features dedicated venturi pumps engineered for maximum efficiency. • Level control valves.

• Wash down sprayers with electronic interval timers. • Air " ow meter/control. • EDPM " ange gaskets, mount-

ed on poly base. • Skids with unions or " anges at all ports. • Fresh and saltwater models available.

• Gas injection and ozone compatibility. Please call Aquasonic for more detailed specifications and pricing.

LPM @ 2 / 1.5 AMP DRAW TUBE

MINUTES STD MOTOR DIAMETER CONSTRUCTION

MODEL OF DWELL. 230V/50HZ/1H (CM) MATERIAL RK75PE 265 / 397.5 6.3 (x 1) 1/2hp 61 HDPE RK75PEHF 397.5 / 530 6.3 (x 1) 3/4hp 61 HDPE RK150PE 586.5 / 662 8.2 (x 1) 1hp 92 HDPE RK150PEHF 795 / 1,135.5 6.3 (x 2) 1.5hp 92 HDPE RK300PE 1,097.5 / 1,238.5 12.1 (x 1) 1.5hp 122 HDPE RK300PEHF 1,419.5 / 2082 6.3 (x 2) 2hhp 122 HDPE RK600PE 2,271 / 3,406.5 12.3 (x 25) 1.5hp 152 HDPE RK1000PE 4,164 / 5,677.5 12.3 (x 4) 1.5hp 213 HDPE RK2000PE 5,677.5 / 7,570 12.3 (x 4) 2hp 213 HDPE

CODE FLOW RATE (LPM) AT HEIGHTOVERALL VENTURI PUMP FOOTPRINT IN/OUT

DWELL TIME (MINUTES) /INLET HEIGHT AVG POWER (MM’S)

1 1.5 2 USE (WATTS) PPS02 8 6 4 590mm/390mm 100w 470x470 15mm/25mm PPS05 12 8 6 1000mm/550mm 100w 340x640 15mm/25mm PPS1 22 14.7 12 1700mm/850mm 280w 340x640 20mm/40mm PPS2 45 30 22.5 1900mm/970mm 280w 465x885 25mm/50mm PPS3 105 70 52 2150mm/1000mm 550w 465x885 25mm/80mm PPS4 200 133 100 2150mm/1050mm 1100w 1130x650 40mm/80mm PPS5 390 260 195 2600mm/1380mm 1000w 1130x650 40mm/80mm PPS6 750 500 375 2700mm/1350mm 1400w 1600x700 custom/100mm PPS10 1300 900 655 2500mm/1200mm 2 x 1400w 1900x1100 custom/150mm PPS12 2500 1600 1200 2800mm/1420mm 3 x 1400w 2200x1300 custom/200mm

PPS4

PPS02

PPS6

PPS10

PPS5

PPS05

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 E

ma

il: sa

les@

aqua

son

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u

62

FILT

RATION

EMPEROR AQUATICS SMART UV STERILISERS• For commercial, hatchery, recirculation systems, research, water features, ponds, aquariums and exhibit applications.

• Dependable operation.

• Powerful.

• Versatile in application.

• UV housing diameter that matches the UV lamp’s UV-C output.

• Optimum UV lamp positioning inside the UV housing.

• Remote power supply on cord.

• Easy-to-remove power assembly.

• Clear viewing ports.

• Heavy-wall plastic construction.

• Lifetime warranty on the UV housing.

• Watertight.

• UL listed for outdoor applications.

• Durable commercial style design.

• 13-month “hard quartz glass” UV lamp.

• Optimum UV exposure.

• Can be mounted horizontally or vertically.

MODEL SPECS 02218 02025 02040 025050 025080 025120 025150 0250240 0250300 Wattage 18w 25w 40w 50w 80w 120w 150w 240w 300w Max. Pond Size (L) 4160 8900 17,800 22,300 40,800 52,200 71,900 66,000 109,00 Max. Aquarium Size (L) 270 570 1135 1900 3400 4550 6050 7267 12,036 30,000 uWs/cm2 Flow Rate Suggested (LPH) 829 1787 3569 5905 10,22 114,536 19,078 22,028 36,336 Maximum (LPH) 1392 2983 5957 7495 13,627 17,413 24,075 27,429 45,420 90,000uWs/cm2 Flow Rate Suggested (LPH) 296 594 1188 2044 3407 4770 6359 7267 12,036 Maximum (LPH) 458 992 1987 2725 4542 5905 7949 9084 14,989 180,000uWs/cm2 Flow Rate Suggested (LPH) 148 297 594 1022 1704 2385 3180 3634 6018 Maximum (LPH) 229 496 994 1363 2271 2953 3975 4542 7495 Dimensions (L) x (D) cm 53 x 6.5 74 x 6.5 111 x 9 72 x 15 110 x 15 143 x 15 178 x 15 143 x 25 178 x 25 No. Lamps x Wattage 1 x 18 1 x 25 1 x 40 1 x 50 1 x 80 1 x 120 1 x 150 2 x 120 2 x 150 Inlet/Outlet connections 40mm 40mm 40mm 50mm 50mm 50mm 50mm 80mm 80mm

Water Flow Rates are based on: 90% UV TransmittanceSuggested = UV Lamp @80% efficient (after 9,000 hours of continuous operation)

Maximum = UV Lamp {Power @ 100% efficient (new condition)

SAFEGUARD UV SYSTEMSEach SafeGUARD UV model is designed to deliver primary germicidal protection that meets the regulatory and environmental

challenges of aquatic ! sh culture, exhibit and swimming pool markets.

• All Safeguard UV sterilizers (CLP and CLS) are equipt with the PLC UV controller/monitor power enclosure. Features a menu

driven, digital interface with touch pad for easy command initiation. Individual lamp status display, operating voltage, high/low

voltage set point protection, % UV intensity, standard output relay to be used with external alarm and water temperature display

with over temperature alarm/shut down.

• Corrosion resistant, watertight power enclosure with microprocessor based touch pad display.

• State of the art electronic ballasts deliver precise input power to the UV lamp, resulting in peak UV output performance and

reliable lamp life performance.

• All SafeGUARD UV models feature either low pressure high output lamps, or high-output Amalgam lamps for maximum UV

output dependant on " ow rate.

• All SafeGUARD UV sterilizers feature the L-Type UV vessel design that optimizes intensity throughout the lamp array. Each

lamps position in the housing is calculated to position the lamp in the optimum position to achieve the highest UV-C output for

each individual lamp, maximizing the UV’s output potential.

• The L-Style vessel design also allows for inline, horizontal or vertical mounting options to save " oor space. Lamp connections

are watertight and feature corrosion resistant plastic.

• CLP models (plastic) feature a heavy wall plastic vessel that is extremely durable, corrosion resistant and best suited for

saltwater applications. CLS models (stainless steel) feature a heavy gauge 316L stainless steel vessel with a Ra 25 ! nish that is

best suited to freshwater applications.

•Maximum PSI rating from 50PSI - 150PSI depending on model.

• Choose your own outlet size and type. CLP models available in 50mm-100mm unions on vessels 150mm and 200mm in

diameter, and raised " anges on all vessels 150mm to 600mm in diameter. CLS models feature a tri-clamp on vessels 150mm to

300mm in diameter, or " anges on vessels 350mm to 600mm in diameter.

• All SafeGUARD UV models feature a single end lamp and quartz sleeve assembly, allowing for one individual to perform fast

lamp changes or quartz sleeve cleaning. Individual lamps can be changed without disrupting water " ow.

• Available with wipers if required for freshwater applications.

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia

63

FILT

RA

TIO

NCLP HEAVY WALL PLASTIC MODELS

CODE/MODEL FLOW RATE LPH SUGGESTED/MAXIMUM @ 90% TRANSMISSABILITY

WATTAGE/# OF LAMPS 30,000UWS/CM2 90,000UWS/CM2 180,000UWS/CM2

BACTERIA/ALGAE MIN PROTOZOA SUGGESTED PROTOZOA CLP4160HO6 160/2 x 80 watt 17,259/21,574 5,450/6,812 2,725/3,406 CLP4240HO6 240/3 x 80 watt 22,937/28,241 7,267/14,307 3,633/4,769 CLP4320HO6 320/4 x 80 watt 32,475/40,650 10,446/13,626 5,223/6,813 CLP6300HO6 300/2 x 150 watt 36,336/45,420 12,263/14,988 6,131/7,494 CLP6450HO6 450/3 x 150 watt 51,097/64,042 23,618/29,523 11,809/14,761 CLP6600HO6 600/ 4 x 150 watt 70,401/88,114 23,618/29,523 11,809/14,761

CLP4130A6 130/1 x 130 watt 14,988 4,996 2,498 CLP4260A6 260/2 x 130 watt 27,252 9,084 4,542 CLP4390A6 390/3 x 130 watt 37,925 12,717 6,358 CLP4390A8 390/3 x 130 watt 50,416 16,805 8,402 CLP4520A8 520/4 x 130 watt 68,584 22,710 11,355 CLP4650A8 650/5 x 130 watt 82,210 27,252 13,626 CLP4780A10 780/6 x 130 watt 110,597 36,790 18,395 CLP4910A10 910/7 x 130 watt 130,128 43,603 21,801 CLP4910A12 910/7 x 130 watt 148,750. 49,507 24,753 CLP41040A12 1040/8 x 130 watt 167,826 55,866 27,933

CLP6260A6 260/1 x 260 watt 34,065 11,355 5,677 CLP6520A6 520/2 x 260 watt 60,635 20,439 10,219 CLP6780A6 780/3 x 260 watt 84,481 28,160 14,080 CLP6780A8 780/3 x 260 watt 112,414 37,698 18,849 CLP61040A8 1040/4 x 260 watt 152,838. 50,870 25,435 CLP61300A8 1300/5 x 260 watt 183,269 61,317 30,658 CLP61560A10 1560/6 x 260 watt 246,403 82,210 41,105 CLP61820A10 1820/7 x 260 watt 289,552 96,744 48,372 CLP61820A12 1820/7 x 260 watt 331,566 110,370 55,185 CLP62080A12 2080/8 x 260 watt 374,033 124,905 62,452 CLP62340A14 2340/9 x 260 watt 442,390 150,150 75,075 CLP62600A16 2600/10 x 260 watt 512,110 170,779. 85,389 CLP62860A18 2860/11 x 260 watt 593,866 198,031 99,015 CLP63120A20 3120/12 x 260 watt 706,281 235,275 117,637 CLP63380A24 3380/13 x 260 watt 837,999 279,333 139,666

SPECIFICATIONS

CODE/MODEL INLET/OUTLET UNIONS DIMENTIONS L X D CLEARANCE CLP4160HO6 50mm 130cm x 150mm 117cm CLP4240HO6 50mm 130cm x 150mm 117cm CLP4320HO6 50mm 130cm x 150mm 117cm CLP6300HO6 80mm 210cm x 150mm 194cm CLP6450HO6 100mm 205cm x 150mm 194cm CLP6600HO6 100mm 205cm x 150mm 194cm

CLS STAINLESS STEEL MODELS

CODE/MODEL FLOW RATE LPH SUGGESTED/MAXIMUM @ 90% TRANSMISSIBILITY

WATTAGE/# OF LAMPS 30,000UWS/CM2 90,000UWS/CM2

180,000UWS/CM2 BACTERIA/ALGAE MIN PROTOZOA

SUGGESTED PROTOZOA CLS4160HO6 160/2 x 80 watt 19,300/24,070 6,350/7,720 3,175/3,860 CLS4240HO6 240/3 x 80 watt 26,115/32,700 8,620/10,900 4,310/5,450 CLS4320HO6 320/4 x 80 watt 35,880/44,965 11,800/14,980 5,900/7,490 CLS6300HO6 300/2 x 150 watt 40,420/52,914 13,170/4,440 6,585/2,220 CLS6450HO6 450/3 x 150 watt 56,775/71,080 18,620/23,600 9,310/11,800 CLS6600HO6 600/ 4 x 150 watt 78,570/98,330 25,890/32,700 12,940/16,350

CLS4130A6 130/1 x 130 watt 14,989 4,996 2,498 CLS4260A6 260/2 x 130 watt 27,933 9,084 4,542 CLS4390A6 390/3 x 130 watt 39,061 13,172 6,586 CLS4390A8 390/3 x 130 watt 52,233 17,260 8,630 CLS4520A8 520/4 x 130 watt 70,628 23,618 11,809 CLS4650A8 650/5 x 130 watt 85,163 28,615 14,307 CLS4780A10 780/6 x 130 watt 114,231 38,153 19,076 CLS4910A10 910/7 x 130 watt 134,216 44,512 22,256 CLS4910A12 910/7 x 130 watt 153,293 51,325 25,662 CLS41040A12 1040/8 x 130 watt 171,688 57,229 28,615

CLS6260A6 260/1 x 260 watt 34,065 11,355 5,678 CLS6520A6 520/2 x 260 watt 62,225 20,893 10,447 CLS6780A6 780/3 x 260 watt 86,752 29,069 14,534 CLS6780A8 780/3 x 260 watt 116,048 38,607 19,304 CLS61040A8 1040/4 x 260 watt 157,607 52,687 26,344 CLS61300A8 1300/5 x 260 watt 189,856 63,134 31,567 CLS61560A10 1560/6 x 260 watt 255,488 85,390 42,695 CLS61820A10 1820/7 x 260 watt 299,091 99,924 49,962 CLS61820A12 1820/7 x 260 watt 341,786 114,004 57,002 CLS62080A12 2080/8 x 260 watt 386,070 128,539 64,269 CLS62340A14 2340/9 x 260 watt 467,826 155,791 77,895 CLS62600A16 2600/10 x 260 watt 542,542 180,772 90,386 CLS62860A18 2860/11 x 260 watt 621,346 207,115 103,558 CLS63120A20 3120/12 x 260 watt 732,625 244,360 122,180 CLS63380A24 3380/13 x 260 watt 855,032 285,238 142,619

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 E

ma

il: sa

les@

aqua

son

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u

64

FILT

RATION

SAFEGUARDUV SYSTEMChoose your SafeGUARD UV system monitoring/controls

Create the UV system monitoring/control package that best suits your application and budget. Many facilities

are short-staffed and prefer simple controls while others are regulated and require more sophisticated solu-

tions. Emperor Aquatics, Inc. realizes the diverse needs and (often) budgetary concerns of our clients and

therefore is “design-" exible”.

SafeGUARD UV Systems are equipt, STANDARD, with our basic-monitoring/control package but are easily

upgraded to our PLC (programmable logic control) package. Monitoring/control packages are selected at

the time of your UV System purchase and are not interchangeable and cannot be retro! tted with existing

systems. Basic monitoring-control package simpli! es operation and is best suited for facilities operating with

limited staff, or those that do not require sophisticated controls.

The basic monitoring/control package is simple; doesn’t involve sophisticated software and is operated man-

ually by using the “external” on/off switch located on the outside of the UV systems power supply enclosure.

Monitoring instruments are located on the power supply enclosure door.

Operating Parameters Include:

• MAIN POWER Indicator Light – Identi! es that power is reaching the power supply enclosure (when the

external On/Off switch is in the “on” position).

• Elapsed run-time hour meter – Identi! es “operating hours” of the lamps. When the lamps are replaced, the

operator resets by pressing the hour-meter reset button.

• UV Lamp Status Indicators – When brightly lit it signi! es normal lamp(s) operation. When dimly lit it identi-

! es that a lamp is not operating properly. An LED that is completely out (not dimly lit) signi! es that the lamps

ballast is not operating and requires service.

EMPEROR AQUATICS HIGH OUTPUT MULTIPLE LAMP VERTICAL COMMERCIAL UV STERILISERS• Vertical style High-Output Multi-Lamp UV sterilisers provide the versatility to mount your UV system verti-

cally saving on space.

• Vertical models allow for maintenance access to the quartz sleeve and lamp assemblies from the top of the

UV housing drastically decreasing the horizontal space (footprint) required.

• Each model is extremely durable and is designed to deliver optimum UV performance. Vertical units feature

a watertight design that protects electrical hardware from external water damage and are outdoor opera-

tional. Each model is constructed with a half-" ange base for permanent installation.

• Durable, welded heavy-wall Schedule 80 construction is corrosive-resistant and offers years of dependable

operation

• T6 high intensity germicidal lamps offer an amazing 80% efficiency even at the end of their 9,000 hour use-

ful lamp life.

• Multi-Lamp Array, maximises the lamps UV-C output while eliminating pressure drop across the UV. Easy-

to-remove power assemblies allow single-ended glass maintenance

• 50mm union inlet/outlet ports allow easy installation and dismantling.

• Remote NEMA x4 rated power supply enclosure with lamp status LEDs, re-settable hour meter, power on/

off switch, and operating light are all protected by an easy-to-access and watertight, clear cover.

EMPEROR AQUATICS STAINLESS STEEL UV STERILISERS• Heavy-gauge 316 stainless steel UV systems with electro-polished exterior. Each model offers optimum

UV-C light distribution utilizing the UV lamp to its maximum potential.

• Ultra pure UV systems are compact, efficient and easy to install and maintain.

• Available in both vertical or horizontal con! gurations. Models are available in single

lamp and multi-lamp arrays.

• Remote NEMA x4 rated power supply enclosure with lamp status LEDs, re-settable

hour meter, power on/off switch and operating light are all protected by an easy-to-

access and watertight, clear cover.

• T6 high intensity germicidal lamps offer an amazing 80% efficiency even at the end

of their 9,000 hour useful lamp life.

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia

65

FILT

RA

TIO

NEMPEROR AQUATICS CHANNEL UV STERILISER SYSTEMS• Two styles to choose from . Channel UV Modules offer large applications and extreme versatility

that pressure vessels cannot.

• They contain a versatile range of lamp con! gurations that addresses the UV requirements of your

speci! c application.

• Supply us with exact dimensions of a channel, or your ! lter chamber along with your UV exposure

requirements and we will design a UV lamp array with the appropriate models and number of UV

lamps needed to achieve your targeted UV exposure.

• Very " exible and cost effective.

• UV lamp power assemblies allow you to replace individual lamps without removing the entire UV

! xture or disrupting the " ow of water through the channel. Simply unthread the UV lamp power as-

sembly retainer nut, and the individual assembly is easily removed.

• Durable, heavy-wall plastic construction eliminates corrosion problems commonly associated with

low grade stainless steel models. This lowers the cost while increasing operating longevity.

• T6 high output germicidal lamps offer an amazing 80% efficiency even at the end of their 9,000

hour useful lamp life.

• Remote UV Controller/Monitor OR PLC (optional) protects the transformers and critical electrical

hardware from water damage that can result from operating in a wet environment. Each power

supply enclosure includes a re-settable hour meter, lamp status LED’s, and on/off power switch

that are all sealed.

• Optional design: Baffled modules which are very similar to our open-frame channel design, in-

cludes the addition of a baffle used to direct the water through the UV unit.

• Contact Aquasonic with your requirements and we can size a unit suitable for your application.

AQUASONIC RACK SYSTEMS• Complete ! ltration and tank packages in any size and shape for any application.

• Designed and manufactured to be suitable for fresh and saltwater applications.

• Perfect for research facilities, schools, laboratories, universities, hatcheries,

aquaculture facilities and aquarium stores.

• Individual tanks allow you to isolate different species, genetic groups, vary feed

rates and types and breed several groups simultaneously while still being able

to easily maintain multiple tanks with ease and maintain excellent water quality.

• They include moving bed biological ! lters utilizing K1 Kaldnes media for high

efficiency, mechanical ! ltration in the form of easily changeable ! lter mats and

mechanical cartridge ! lters, water and air pumps, UV sterilizer, tanks of varying

sizes and all plumbing and ! ttings (saltwater systems also include protein skim-

mer).

• Custom layouts are an Aquasonic speciality with systems designed for your

requirements.

• Upgrades such as calcium reactors, chemical ! lters, phosban reactors,

monitoring systems auto top up units and tap pre-! ltration units such as the

F03 FloZone or Tap to Tank unit.

• Requires a very small footprint. Package systems also available, contact

Aquasonic for more information.

AQUASONIC SERVICE CARTS

• Save time and labour costs by simply positioning the service cart in front of

the tank, putting in the pump and discharge line, turning on the pump and

walking away.

• Pumps, ! ltration units, line sizes and ! lter volumes are all calculated depend-

ing on your speci! c application and designed to perform at their optimum

effciency.

• Service carts to suit tank sizes from 60 litres to 1000 litres on one easy to

maneuver trolley.

• Aquasonic can design service carts for any application. Service carts typi-

cally include a mechanical and chemical ! lter, UV sterilizer and submersible

pump.

• Other service carts available include protein skimmer/foam fractionator units

with or without ozone generators, bead

! lters for clari! cation and many others.

• For more information please contact Aqua-

sonic.

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 E

ma

il: sa

les@

aqua

son

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u

66

FILT

RATION

AQUASONIC COMBO FILTER• Speci! cally designed for use in a wide variety of applications and for simple operation and efficiency

for fresh or saltwater applications.

• Suitable for single or multiples of tanks up to a total system volume of 4000L.

• Ideal for a hatchery & larval system, quarantine, ornamental ! sh unit or as professional ! ltration for

retail aquarium shops. High quality ! ltration equipment has been incorporated into the Combo Filter to

provide assured water quality.

Each Combo Filter Incorporates: • Fluid bed ! lter module.

• Carbon dioxide degassing unit.

• Lift out pre-! lters.

• Ultraviolet sterilisation.

• Chemical ! lter module.

• Water mixing chamber.

• Pumps.

• Built-in powerpoints.

• Probe holders.

• Heaters, chillers, protein skimmer/foam

fractionator, ozone & oxygen, water quality

monitoring equipment can be incorporated for

a high intensity system.

CODE DESCRIPTION COMBO Combo Filter complete ! ltration system

AQUASONIC BUDGET COMBO FILTER• Ideal for ! ltration in retail shops.

• A low cost alternative without compromising on quality and efficiency.

• Intended for use where ! ltration is to be positioned away from the shop " oor.

• The Budget combo ! lter is the original combo ! lter without the frills. The unit still has removable pre-

! lter drawers, biological ! ltration (" uid bed) and degassing unit, and chemical ! lter housing.

• Provides the basics for ! ltration, leaving out the extras such as the 40 watt UV, mixing sump, sump

hood and monitoring mounting box.

• Lower purchase price enables you to consider upgrades such as larger UV steriliser and ozone sys-

tems (both highly recommended).

• Unit is more compact, saving on room.

• Easy access to all moving parts and easy viewing of all ! ltration equipment.

• Same high quality material and construction.

• Available in both saltwater and freshwater versions.

• Many other upgrades available. Contact Aquasonic for sizing and application assistance.

CODE DESCRIPTION BCOMBOFW Budget combo ! lter freshwater BCOMBOSW Budget combo ! lter saltwater -includes PPS02 protein skimmer

AQUASONIC SKID MOUNTED FILTRATION SYSTEMS• Skid mounted ! ltration systems offer a complete turnkey ! ltration package in a compact design.

• Possible inclusions are aquabiomes, bubble bead ! lters or polygeysers of varying sizes providing both

mechanical and biological ! ltration. Other inclusions can be UV sterilisation and a supply pump sized

to suit the optimum " ow rates of the ! lter and UV steriliser.

• UV sterilisers are accurately sized to eradicate water borne algae and bacteria at 30,000uws/cm2 with

upgrades available for higher sterilization rates

• All components are of the highest quality and saltwater compatible.

• Other components and systems can include protein skimmers, ozone generators, oxygen concentra-

tors, Multicyclone centrifugal ! lters, cartridge and bag ! lters, sand ! lters, available with a wide range of

! lter media, chemical ! lters, control systems and assisted backwash systems.

• They provide a complete life support system that are suitable for a wide range of applications such as

retail aquarium and ornamental ! sh breeding systems, hatcheries, recirculating, purging and quaran-

tine systems, animal exhibits, koi ponds and water features

• Many off the shelf packages are available with varying " ow rates and feed rate capabilities.

• Aquasonic can design a system tailored to your speci! c needs. Please call for further information and

pricing.

CODE DESCRIPTION COMBOSKID Aquasonic Combo Skid Filter

C

H

E

M

I

C

A

L

U

L

T

R

A

V

I

O

L

E

T

Rio 3100

(PH3100)

Submersible

Pump included

in Combo

Degassing UnitFluidized Bed

Filter

Power Board

MIXING

SUMP

Fluid Bed Pump

Uno (PU170)

Optional External

Pump upgrade for

UV/Chem Filter.

Uno (PU170)

A

Q

U

A

D

Y

N

E

UV Ballast

Optional Octopus 4000

Power Points

Optional Aquadyne

Octopus 4000

Monitor/Controller

Octopus

Probes

Water Fall

Feature

Particulate Filter

Frames

Optional Display Light

Optional Display Window

Fluidized Bed

Biological Filtration

Degassing

Filter

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

chop

e, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia

67

FILT

RA

TIO

N AQUABIOME BEAD FILTRATION SYSTEM BY WATERCO• A high pressure mechanical and biological bioclari! er (bead ! lter) for use on ponds, aquarium systems and low intensity purg-

ing and aquaculture systems. It utilizes a multiport valve and air assisted backwashing for ease of maintenance and operation.

• The air assisted backwash eliminates the problems of other ! lters such as sand ! lters by both reducing the amount of water

needed for backwash and introducing air into the ! lter bed, increasing the overall efficiency of the ! lter. Air assisted backwashing

improves the backwashing dramatically, resulting in a cleaner bed and less water lost at backwash.

• Although the vessel of the Aquabiome is a sand ! lter vessel, the design of the Aquabiome differs dramatically from that of a

sand ! lter. The Aquabiome’s upward " ow con! guration utilizes the " oating nature of the bead media and eliminates clogging and

channelling of water from extreme waste loads, a problem commonly encountered with sand ! lters.

• The Aquabiome can be used at pressures up to 36PSI. • A great addition to this system is the Multicyclone, which will reduce

backwashing frequency and increase ! lter capacity by relieving solids load on the ! lter. A UV sterilizer is also recommended for

the control of algae.

MODEL SPECS ASM400 ASM500 ASM600 ASM750 ASM900 Media Volume 43 litres 68 litres 117 litres 199 litres 303 litres Bio! lter Surface Area m2 47.3 74.8 128.7 218.9 333.3 Inlet/Outlet Connections 40mm 40mm 40mm 50mm 50mm Min/Max. Flow Rate (LPM) 57/85 90/136 156/234 265/398 404/607 Max. Pond Size (litres) 13,000 20,000 36,000 60,000 90,000 Feed Rate (kg per day) 0.32 0.5 0.9 1.5 2.4 Total Ornamental Fish weight 10.7kg 16.7kg 30kg 50kg 80kg Total Aquaculture Fish weight 32kg 50kg 90kg 150kg 240kg Tank Diameter 421mm 520mm 622mm 772mm 923mm Overall Height 856mm 815mm 880mm 993mm 1115mm Valve Size 40mm 40mm 40mm 50mm 50mm

Maximum fish stocking weight depends on the percentage of body weight fed daily.• Ornamental fish weight based on feeding rate of 3% of body weight.• Aquaculture fish weight based on feeding rate of 1% body weight.

BACK YARD FISH FARMS• Aquasonic’s range of Back Yard Fish Farms are perfect for people at home wanting to grow their own ! sh. • Ideal for schools,

universities and as trial systems for people wanting to venture into commercial aquaculture. • Aquasonic’s Back Yard Fish Farms

are easy to maintain and inexpensive to run. • Have a very small footprint that easily ! t into small sheds and educational facilities.

• Learn about water quality, feed rates and behavioural patterns, ! sh biology and economics. Adaptable to virtually any species

and application.

1000L & 1500L Air Operated Back Yard Fish Farm• Using Kaldnes K1 media the 1000L and 1500L back yard ! sh farms run entirely on air.

• Utilizes air lift technology for aeration, circulation and media movement for ! ltration

• Extremely economical to operate compared to systems utilizing water pumps.

• This air operated back yard ! sh farm can grow 20-35 kilos of ! sh being fed @ 1.5% body

weight per day (total weight at harvest). Another 6-12 kilos of ! sh can be grown by adding an

extra 10L of K1 Kaldnes media resulting in a possible production capacity of 26 - 47 kilos of ! sh

at harvest being fed at 1.5% bodyweight per day.

Air operated Back Yard Fish Farms Include:• Culture tank either 1000L or 1500L capacity including stand and window, 60 litre bio! lter vessel

with 30 litres K1 Kaldnes biological media, Super Mat pre-! lter, all plumbing, quiet energy efficient

diaphragm air compressor, syphon set, swivel joint scrubber, test kits including pH, carbonate

hardness, ammonia, nitrite, nitrate and hardness, 1L Extra Power Water Puri! er, 1kg Carbonate

Hardness Generator, pure strains of bacteria for biological ! lter start-up and thermometer. • Also

available is an upgrade to saltwater with the addition of a PPS02 Protein Skimmer (not included

on standard model)

2500L Back Yard Fish Farm• The original Back Yard Fish Farm - capable of handling stocking densities of up to 30kgs of ! sh fed at 1.5% body weight per day

(total weight at harvest). • Economical to run and only consumes 100 watts of power.

• Supplied with the following components: settlement tray and Super Mat for mechanical ! ltration, biological ! lter with Ovi-Flow

media, magnetic drive pump and 2500 litre aquaculture tank, all plumbing, syphon set, swivel joint scrubber, test kits includ-

ing pH, carbonate hardness, ammonia, nitrite, nitrate and hardness, 1L Extra Power Water Puri! er, 1kg Carbonate Hardness

Generator, pure strains of bacteria for biological ! lter start-up and thermometer. Also available is an upgrade to saltwater with the

addition of a PPS02 Protein Skimmer (not included on standard model).

Aquaponics systems for back yard fish farms:• Each back yard ! sh farm can have its own stand alone Aquaponics system ! tted to the tank. • Supplied with a small power-

head, the Aquaponics system simply recirculates water from the tank, through the Aquaponics system and back to the tank.

• The 1500L air operated back yard ! sh farm has its own Aquaponics system that can be integrated

into the top of the tank and utilizes the airlift design as the water supply instead of a separate water

pump, saving on space and power.

• For higher plant production, more of the stand alone versions of the Aquaponics systems.

can be added.

CODE DESCRIPTION BYFF1000L 1000L Air operated back yard ! sh farm BYFF1500L 1500L Air operated back yard ! sh farm BYFF 2500L Pump operated back yard ! sh farm

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 E

ma

il: sa

les@

aqua

son

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u

68

FILT

RATION

LIVE SEAFOOD HOLDING SYSTEMS, RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS (RAS) AND HATCHERY SYSTEMS

Aquasonic has been designing, building and installing live seafood holding systems, Recirculating Aquaculture systems (RAS)

and hatchery systems for over 30 years. Systems from one tank for trial and research purposes to multiple tank systems of 20 or

more for commercial applications have been designied, built and installed by Aquasonic. With a wide range of products available,

Aquasonic have the ability to design a system to anyone’s needs or budget. With such a wide range of quality products and many

years experience in the aquaculture industry you can be con! dent that Aquasonic has a system design for your speci! c applica-

tion. Contact Aquasonic today with your requirements and we would be happy to offer advice, quotations and layouts.

RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS

LIVE SEAFOOD HOLDING SYSTEMSLive seafood holding systems for coral trout, lobsters, abalone, barrramundi cod, banded morwong, barramundi, oysters,

yabbies, scallops, mud crabs, murray cod and silver perch.

• Professionally designed.

• Australian made.

• Complete systems or retro! t to existing tanks.

• Improved pro! ts through high product quality, higher tank and export survival.

• Crystal clear water.

• Incorporates biological ! lter using Ovi" ow biological media, foam fractionators, ozone generators, oxygen concentrators, moni-

toring and controll systems, pumps and testing equipment..

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

lia

69

WATER

PU

MP

SWATER PUMPSRIO HYPERFLOW POWERHEAD• More litres per watts of power. • Compact in size. • More output power than any external mag drive

pump of the same size.

• Use less energy & are still fully submersible. • One of the best "power to ratio" performance water

pumps on the market today. • 1 year warranty.

CODE WATTS DIMENSIONS LPH @ LPH @ LPH @ LPH @ MAX.

MM 0CM 30CM 120CM 180CM CM

HEAD HEAD HEAD HEAD HEAD 4HF 10 100x53x65 1080 990 270 0 160 6HF 12 100x53x65 1400 1330 590 0 190 8HF 20 113x60x72 2300 2090 1020 300 200 10HF 25 113x60x72 2700 2500 1360 720 230 12HF 35 125x65x82 3100 2850 2390 1930 290 14HF 40 125x65x82 3500 3190 2500 2050 300 17HF 45 137x70x94 4500 4140 3190 2500 310 20HF 50 137x70x94 5400 4900 3760 3300 330 26HF 110 150x80x108 6600 6040 5130 4330 400 32HF 120 150x80x108 8000 7300 5700 4940 430

-Inlet/outlet sizes on RIO4HF & 6HF are 25 / 20mm-Inlet/outlet sizes on all other models are 32 / 25mm

PENTAIR QUIET ONE AQUARIUM PUMPS• Extremely quiet operation, noise level less than 45 decibels. • Option of wet or dry application (not with

model 800). • High quality corrosion resistant ceramic bearings and shaft ensures quiet operation and

longer life in salt or fresh water. • Innovative “cooling chambers” provide air-cooling during dry use and

water-cooling in wet applications. • 1.5m cord. • Energy efficient. • Warranty does not cover impeller.


CODE DESCRIPTION AMPS LPH @ INLET / OUTLET

/WATTS 1M HEAD MPT(MM) R440230 800 (wet only) 0.1/14w 300 Screen / 15 insert R440202 1200 (wet / dry) 0.21/23w 1,100 1/2” / 1/2” R440223 2200 (wet / dry) 0.51/55w 1550 1”/1” R440224 3000 (wet / dry) 0.51/55w 2,300 1”/ 1/2” R440218 4000 (wet / dry) 0.88/80w 3,200 1”/3/4” R440219 5000 (wet / dry) 1.09/85w 4,000 1”/1” R440220 6000 (wet / dry) 1.4/110w 5,000 1”/1” R440161 9000 (wet / dry) 1.2/140w 8,000 40 / 40 R440162 14000 (wet / dry) 1.8/240w 13,000 40 / 40

4000 model is a High Head model

MAGNETIC DRIVE SEAL-LESS PUMP• Magnetic drive seal. • Non-corrosive polypropylene housing. • Non-leak seamless pump. • Highly efficient and economical.

• Built in thermal overload protection.

CODE DESCRIPTION AMPS LPH @ INLET / OUTLET

/WATTS 1M HEAD MPT(MM) HCM75LX Magnetic Pump 0.6/100W 3,180 20 / 20 HCM100 Magnetic Drive Pump 1.6/340W 4,200 25 / 25 HCM135LXP Magnetic Drive Pump 1.6/400W 6,600 25 / 25 UNOI UNO impeller For HCM75

• For use in Salt or Fresh Water

TSURAMI 12A SERIES SUBMERSIBLE PUMP• Japanese submersible pump suitable for fresh or saltwater application.

• Concealed cylindrical ! oat switch.

• Thermal overload protection, mechanical seal.

• 3 metre cable.

• Suits a wide range of applications.

2 Year Warranty

CODE DESCRIPTION AMPS LPH @ OUTLET SIZE

/WATTS 2M HEAD (MM TS12A Tsurami 12A 1.5/100 4200 25

4

3

2

1

He

ad

(m

)

Flow (l/h)

1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

Model

800

Model

1200Model

3000 Model

4000

High Head

Model

6000

Model

5000

Model

2200

2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

Flow (l/h)

8

6

4

2H

ead (

m)

12000

10

Model

14000

Model

9000

Model

16000

14000 16000

4

6

8

10

2

m

L/min10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

HCM-75

HCM-100 HCM-135

PH

PH

PH

: : +

+ 6

161 2 2

6 65

5 8

686

86 4 4 4

93

93

93

3

3 F F

AX

AX

: : +6

+61

1 2

2 6

56586

86 4

94

4 E

ma

il: sale

s@

aq

uason

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

asonic

.co

m.a

u

70

WATER

PU

MP

S

NOCCHI SUMP PUMP • Ideal for transfer of waste water that may include suspended solids. • Moulded open impeller. • Easy

cleaning. • Two models available. • Suitable to pump 3mm and 20mm soft solids respectively.

CODE DESCRIPTION AMPS LPH @ OUTLET

SOLIDS /WATTS 1M HEAD (MM) 130/6 VIP Sump 3mm 1.25/280 7,500 32 180/7 VIP Sump 3mm 1.55/380 10,500 32 130/5 VIP Vort 20mm 1.55/380 7,800 32 180/6 VIP Vort 20mm 2/460 10,800 32

PRESSURE CONTROL & IEC KIT• Connects to the outlet side of a pressure pump.

• Acts to automatically activate the pump as a result of a release in pressure in the plumbing line.

• Ideal for switching on or off as a result of opening a valve.

• This unit comes pre-wired for immediate connection to almost any pressure pump.

CODE DESCRIPTION 110680 Pressure Control & IEC Kit 1” (25mm)Connections.

WATERCO PERISTALTIC DOSING PUMP• Perfect for continuous addition of algae, chlorine, acid, calcium, carbonate hardness generator (mixed

into a liquid form for pH control) or any other liquid supplements. • Can be wired up to a pH/ORP or

cunductivity controller for automated input of pH buffering solution or regulation of hardness or conduc-

tivity. • Large LED display. Weather proof ABS enclosure, water resistant to IP25 standards. • Adjustable

pump control for # ne tuned dosing. • 240V AC power. • Dosing rates: small tube, 0.3L/hr, large tube,

1.0L/hr. Set to ‘ON’ continuously: small tube, 1.8L/hr, large tube 6.1L/hr. 2 year warranty

CODE DESCRIPTION W25889 Peristaltic dosing pump

DOSING/PERISTALTIC PUMPS• Available in 3 ! ow models, 0.4 litres/hr, 1.3 litres/hr and 5 litres/hr. • Ideal for low pressure dosing

applications like algae dosing, nutrient/supplement dosing, pH control etc. • Supplied with tubing, foot

valve, injection valve and wall mounts. • Self priming. • Ideal for all dosing application, resistant to oxi-

dizers. • Polypropylene housing, shockproof and chemical resistant. • Easy maintenance and mounting.

• Reliable and accurate dosing. • IP65 rated

MODEL DESCRIPTION PE0.4 Peristaltic Dosing Pump 0.4 litres per hour PE1.3 Peristaltic Dosing Pump 1.3 litres per hour PE.5 Peristaltic Dosing Pump 5 litres per hour PETIMER Timer for 1 Dosing pump PETIMER2 Timer for 2 Dosing pumps

WATERCO AQUAMITE PUMPS• Suitable for medium scale recirculation systems and water features. • Ideal for applications

requiring a pressure pump with light to moderate head pressure. • Single one piece moulded

strainer basket and volute. • Thermal overload protection and fan cooled motor. • 40mm barrel

union inlet and outlet slip # ttings.

CODE DESCRIPTION AMPS LPH @ INLET/OUTLET

/WATTS 2M HEAD (MM) W2402050 0.5HP 2.5/580 13800 40 / 40 W2402075 0.75HP 3/650 16200 40 / 40 W2402100 1HP 3.33/760 18600 40 / 40 W2402125 1.25HP 3.9/880 21000 40 / 40

Upgrade to silica carbide seals for saltwater use are available on request

WATERCO TURBOFLO PUMPS• Perfect for applications that require high water movement with low energy consumption. • Uses

less energy for the same ! ow rate compaired to most other pumps. • Thermal overload protec-

tion (not on 3 phase). • Fan cooled and quiet operation. • 50mm barrel union inlet and outlet slip

# ttings.

CODE DESCRIPTION AMPS/WATTS LPH INLET/OUTLET W2462100 TurboFlo 1HP 4.1/940 19200 @ 5m 50mm/50mm W2462125 TurboFlo 1.25HP 4.5/1050 21000 @ 5m 50mm/50mm W2462150 TurboFlo 1.5HP 5.9/1400 25800 @ 5m 50mm/50mm W2462200 TurboFlo 2HP 6.4/1500 29400 @ 6m 50mm/50mm W2462250 TurboFlo 2.5HP 7.2/1700 33600 @ 7m 50mm/50mm W2462300 TurboFlo 3HP 9.1/2100 40200 @ 8m 50mm/50mm W2462400 TurboFlo 4HP - 3 Phase 5.7/3100 48600 @ 12m 50mm/50mm

Upgrade to silica carbide seals for saltwater use available on request

Aquamite pump performance chart

Flow Rate (lpm)

Head

(m

)

Aquamite 50 Aquamite 75 Aquamite 100 Aquamite 125

0 50 150 250 300 400

2

12

14

16

100 200 350

4

6

8

10

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

lia

71

WATER

PU

MP

SWATERCO HYDROSTORM PLUS PUMPS• For applications requiring high water movement and high pressure.

• 2.25 litre strainer basket and volute.

• Flow restriction and cleaning is reduced while improving pump efficiency.

• Thermal overload protection (not on 3 phase).

• Fan cooled motor.

• 50mm barrel union inlet and outlet slip # ttings included.

CODE DESCRIPTION AMPS/WATTS LPH INLET/OUTLET W2405150 Hydrostorm Plus 1.5HP 6/1310 22200 @ 5m 50mm/50mm W2405200 Hydrostorm Plus 2HP 6.6/1460 25200 @ 5m 50mm/50mm W2405250 Hydrostorm Plus 2.5HP 8.9/1.92 30600 @ 5m 50mm/50mm W2405300 Hydrostorm Plus 3HP 11/2370 36000 @ 8m 50mm/50mm W24054003 Hydrostorm Plus 4HP - 3 phase 5.8/3080 40200 @ 9m 50mm/50mm

Upgrade to silica carbide seals for saltwater use available on request

PERFORMANCE PRO PUMPS• Quality Baldor Motors. Synonymous with reliability. • Fully serviceable TEFC and ODP

Motors (TEFC on cascades and Artesian Pro Low RPM, and ODP on Artesian Pro High

Flow and high head). • Extremely quiet, some of the quietest motors on the market today.

• Low energy use, reduce your power bill and your carbon footprint. • 40mm (1.5”) female

BSP inlet and outlet on cascades, 80mm (3”) quick disconnect slip barrel unions on Arte-

sian Pro. • Tailored to 240V 50 Hertz applications, speci# cally designed for the Australian

aquatic industries.

• All pumps come with superior saltwater seal (SiC vs. SiC faces, with Monel hous-

ing, BUNA trim PVC heat shrunk Shaft sleeve, and Stainless steel hardware). • Ozone

seals available on request for use in foam fractionators using ozone (protein skimmers)

ozone treatment systems, and corrosive environments (SiC vs. SiC faces, polypropylene

housing EDPM Trim, PVC heat shrunk shaft sleeve and stainless steel

hardware). • All Artesian Pro Pumps come with strainer basket for re-

moval of debris, and are self priming. • All pumps warranted for 3 years

in freshwater applications and 1 year in saltwater applications.

Performance Pro have developed a pump range to give you the ability

to apply the absolute best pump for your application, with superior fully

serviceable Baldor motors, high quality construction materials. Far

superior seals (most saltwater rated seals are a combination of either

SiC, carbon or ceramic, which do not go the distance). They also have

the option to upgrade to an ozone safe seal, and the expertise to size

a pump speci# cally to your application, ensuring that you not only meet

your target ! ow rate, but do so with the smallest energy use possible.

Aquasonic can size a pump for your speci# c requirements over the phone to make sure

you get the most suitable model. We can even give you advice on how to plumb your

system for the best performance. Simply send us some photos of the system, a diagram of

the plumbing set-up and your target ! ow rate and we can do the rest.

Is your pump designed speci# cally for 240V 50 Hz power? Does it have a long life fully

serviceable motor? Does it come standard with a saltwater rated seal of the highest qual-

ity, and an option to upgrade to an ozone safe seal for those highly corrosive applications?

Is the pump bench tested to ensure performance and power efficiency every time?

The solution to all of the above and more...

Performance Pro Pumps – Performance that’s off the charts...

CASCADE CODE DESCRIPTION AMPS WATTS MIN/MAX LPM/LPH IN/OUT MM PPP18C 1425RPM TEFC 1/8hp 0.71-0.8 90/135 151/9,060 @ 1.5m 40mm x 40mm PPP18 1425RPM TEFC 1/8hp 0.79-1.01 116/179 210/12,600 @ 1.5m 40mm x 40mm PPP14 1425RPM TEFC 1/4hp 1.51-1.69 180/260 252/15,130 @ 1.5m 40mm x 40mm PPP12 2850RPM TEFC 1/2hp 2.36-2.86 540/640 261/15,660 @ 1.5m 40mm x 40mm PPP12C 2850RPM TEFC 1/2hp 1.58-2.6 365/620 358/21,480 @ 1.5m 40mm x 40mm PPP12C2 2850RPM TEFC 1/2hp 1.64-3.29 390/780 450/27,000 @ 1.5m 40mm x 40mm PPP34 2850RPM TEFC 3/4hp 2.74-3.92 570/850 372/22,320 @ 1.5m 40mm x 40mm PPP1 2850RPM TEFC 1hp 2.58-4.35 580/990 481/28,860@ 1.5m 40mm x 40mm PPP15 2850RPM TEFC 1-1/2hp 2.84-5.8 640/1310 547/32,820 @ 1.5m 40mm x 40mm PPP2 2850RPM TEFC 2hp 4.28-7.26 745/1510 616/36,960@ 1.5m 40mm x 40mm

CAPACITY (Liters Per Minute - Rounded up)

38 76 114 151 189 227 265 303 341 378 416 454 492 530 568

HE

AD

(M

ete

rs -

Ro

un

de

d u

p)

PR

ES

SU

RE

(P

SI)

18.3

16.8

15.2

13.7

12.2

10.7

9.1

7.6

6.1

4.6

3.0

1.5

0

25

20

15

10

5

PPP18

PPP14

PPP18C

PPP12L

PPP12

PPP34

PPP12C2

PPP1

PPP15

PPP2

CASCADE

Pump baskets available for Cascade models on request.

PH

PH

PH

: : +

+ 6

161 2 2

6 65

5 8

686

86 4 4 4

93

93

93

3

3 F F

AX

AX

: : +6

+61

1 2

2 6

56586

86 4

94

4 E

ma

il: sale

s@

aq

uason

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

asonic

.co

m.a

u

72

WATER

PU

MP

S

ARTESIAN LOW RPM CODE DESCRIPTION AMPS WATTS MIN/MAX LPM/LPH MM IN/OUT AP18LRPM Low RPM 1425RPM TEFC 1/8HP 0.86-1.15 130/210 254/15,240 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mm AP14LRPM Low RPM 1425RPM TEFC 1/4HP 1.56-1.89 210/330 337/20,220 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mm AP13LRPM Low RPM 1425RPM TEFC 1/3HP 1.47-2.12 230/400 440/26,400 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mm AP12LRPM Low RPM 1425RPM TEFC 1/2HP 2.16-3.2 310/600 568/34,080 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mm AP34LRPM Low RPM 1425RPM TEFC 3/4HP 3.04-4.18 380/750 698/41,880 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mm

ARTESIAN PRO HIGH FLOWCODE DESCRIPTION AMPS WATTS MIN/MAX LPM/LPH MM IN/OUT

AP12HF Pro High Flow 2850RPM ODP 1/2HP 2.46-3.44 500/760 460/27,600 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mmAP34HF Pro High Flow 2850RPM ODP 3/4HP 2.73-4.21 640/990 583/34,980 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mmAP1HF Pro High Flow 2850RPM ODP 1HP 3.35-5.7 755/1330 787/47,220 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mmAP15HF Pro High Flow 2850RPM ODP 1.5HP 5.28-7.63 970/1620 882/52,920 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mmAP2HF Pro High Flow 2850RPM ODP 2HP 4.52-8.1 1065/1900 1015/60,900 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mmAP3HF Pro High Flow 2850RPM ODP 3HP 7.9-13 1480/2900 1181/70,860 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mm

ARTESIAN PRO HIGH HEADCODE DESCRIPTION AMPS WATTS MIN/MAX LPM/LPH IN/OUT MMAP12HH Pro High Head 2850RPM ODP 1/2HP 2.59-3.4 540/750 443/26,580 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mmAP34HH Pro High Head 2850RPM ODP 3/4HP 3.4-4.82 800/1145 526/31,560 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mmAP1HH Pro High Head 2850RPM ODP 1HP 3.77-5.55 870/1290 585/35,100 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mmAP15HH Pro High Head 2850RPM ODP 1.5HP 5.39-7.46 1010/1560 670/40,200 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mmAP2HH Pro High Head 2850RPM ODP 2HP 4.46-7.94 1050/1870 784/47,040 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mmAP3HH Pro High Head 2850RPM ODP 3HP 8.18-12.5 1570/2740 984/59,040 @ 1.5m 80mm x 80mm

CONTINENTAL SPECK PUMPS• A high resistance to corrosion and salt water. • Maximum effectiveness at low power input. • The ultimate in reliability. • Stability

at high ! uid temperatures up to 60 degree Celsius. • No contact between motor and pump shaft. • Highest quality mechanical

seal. • Fan cooled - suitable for high ambient temperatures. • Closed impeller. • Stainless steel motor shaft. • Easy to remove

clear strainer lid. • Every pump factory wet tested for quality control. • Two year warranty.

CODE DESCRIPTION AMPS LPM @ INLET/OUTLET

/WATTS 2M HEAD (MM) C90-230 1HP 4.2/1000 280 40 or 50 C90-350 1.25HP 4.7/1140 400 40 / 40

AP18LR

PM

AP14LRPM

AP13LRPM

AP12LRPM

AP34LRPM

AR

TE

SIA

N P

RO

LO

W R

PM

AP12H

F AP34H

F

AP1H

F

AP15H

F

AP2HF

AP3H

F

AR

TE

SIA

N P

RO

HIG

H F

LO

W

CAPACITY (Liters Per Minute - Rounded up)

38 76 114 151 189 227 265 303 341 378 416 454 492 530 568 606 643 681 719 757 795 833 870 908 946

HE

AD

(M

ete

rs-

Ro

un

de

d u

p)

PR

ES

SU

RE

(P

SI)

18.3

16.8

15.2

13.7

12.2

10.7

9.1

7.6

6.1

4.6

3.0

1.5

0

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

PR

ES

SU

RE

(P

SI)

25

20

15

10

5A

P12H

H

AP34H

H

AP1H

H

AP15H

H

AP2H

H

AP3H

H

AR

TE

SIA

N P

RO

HIG

H H

EA

D

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

aucho

pe, N

SW

2446

, Austra

lia

73

TA

NK

S A

ND

TR

AN

SP

OR

T TANKS AND TRANSPORT

190L LARVAL / FRY TANK• Perfect for laval ! sh rearing. • Multiple tanks can be used on a single ! ltration system. • Place on

stands with great results.

CODE DESCRIPTION LFT Round Larval Tank, holds 190L. Flat bottom, Fibreglass tank 945mm (D) x 300mm (H) inc: 30mm Lip LFTO Optional viewing window 200mm x 200mm

250L HATCHING / FRY REARING TRAY• Fibreglass trays, ideal for newly hatched trout, salmon and fry rearing.

CODE DESCRIPTION FGHT 250L Hatching/Rearing Tray. 2500mm (L) x 600mm (W) x 200mm (H)

UPWELLER FOR ARTEMIA / FISH HATCHING & REARING• Ideal for commercial hatching production of artemia and rotifers. • Also suitable for many species of

larval ! sh. • 40mm 90° outlet and valve included in the base. • An optional tall acrylic sight window for

easy observation is available by request.

CODE DESCRIPTION FHRT Holds 400 Litres. Conical Base, Fibreglass construction 1350mm(H) x 700mm(D) 35° taper FHRTO Optional Viewing Window

FINGERLING REARING TANK• Constructed from strong ! breglass. • Moulded legs. • Ideal for ! ngerlings. • 50mm 90° # anged outlet

is included.

CODE DESCRIPTION FGT1000 1,000L Capacity circular tank 1.4m(W) x 1.25m(H) - Includes legs 5° Taper FGT1000WI Window 490mm x 490mm. Suits FGT1000 + Installation

1500 LITRE CULTURE TANK• This unique design is highly effective for ! ngerling rearing. • Square in shape and makes excellent

utilisation of space. • Can be purchased with or without the stand. • The addition of a window is great

for ! sh observation. • 50mm 90° # anged outlet is included.

CODE DESCRIPTION FGT1500 Tank 1450L 1620mm x 1620mm x 720mm H (without stand) WIN1500 Window only 780 x 560mm, actual opening is 720 x 500mm (includes 24 plastic screws) FGT1500W Window only 780 x 560mm + Installation FGT1500S Fibreglass/ Ply Stand 520mm high for FGT1500

AQUASONIC 3,300L HEXAGONAL FIBREGLASS TANK• Has multiple purposes. • It’s square design is a real space saver. • Ideal for ! sh growout, holding etc

• Provides manageable size for stock maintenance. • Flat bottom provides # exibility in positioning on

either our stand or you can construct your own. • Tank includes a 80mm 90° # anged outlet, however

other options are available (refer to plumbing section). • Tank stand consists of FGT3300TBP and

FGT3300B.

CODE DESCRIPTION FGT3300 3,300L Capacity Hex Sided Flat Bottom Tank 2.13m (W) x 1.01m (H) without stand. FGT3000W Acrylic Window for FGT3300 340 x 750mm FGT3000WI Acrylic Window for FGT3000 & FGT3300 340 x 750mm + Installation FGT3300TBP Tank base plate for FGT3300 Tank (without blocks) FGT3300B Blocks for tank stand making a 205mm(h) stand. (includes 16 blocks)

DURAPLAS POLYETHYLENE AQUACULTURE TANKS• Food grade smooth interior & exterior. • 5° taper central drain base design (7.5° taper in the 10,000L

tank). • Includes PVC outlet either 50, 80 & 100mm (must be speci! ed when ordering). • Heavy duty

polyethylene supporting bases. • Many different colours. • Strong, light, impact resistant polyethylene.

• Easy cleaning, total drainage. • The base for the AP10000LT is sold separately.

CODE DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS(MM) AP1000L 1,000L Tank 1430 (D) x 900 (H) AP2500L 2,500L Tank 2200 (D) x 900 (H) AP5000L 5,000L Tank 2700 (D) x 900 (H) AP10000LT 10,000L Tank 3700 (D) x 1000 (H) AP10000LS Base for AP10000LT 3700 (D) x 350 (H)

Heights are wall height of the tank.

AQUA TURQUOISE RIVERGUM

GREEN

BLACKGREYBEIGEWHITENATURALHERITAGE

GREEN

MIST GREEN

TEN ATTRACTIVE COLOURS

PH

PH

PH

: : : +

+

+ 6

161

61

61 2 2 2

6 6 6 65

5

5 8

686

86 4 4 4 4

93

93

93

93

3

3

3

3 F F F F

AX

AX

AX

: : : +6

+6

+61

1 2

2 6

56586

86 4

94

4 E

ma

il: sale

s@

aq

uason

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

asonic

.co

m.a

u

74

TA

NK

S A

ND

TR

AN

SP

OR

T

DURAPLAS NEW GENERATION TANK RANGE• Huge range of quality polyethylene tanks. • Rain water tanks. • Slimline tower

range. • Underground lattice tanks. • Troughs. • Trays. • Rectangular tanks/reed

bed tanks. • Aquasonic is an authorised Duraplas dealer.

• Call Aquasonic for futher details, for full Duraplas range visit www.aquasonic.

com.au.

CHLORMON AMMONIA NEUTRALIZERPROTECT YOUR FISH DURING TRANSPORT. CONTROL

AMMONIA IN FISH TRANSPORTATION WITH CHLORMON

• Valuable aid in dealing with ammonia in many situations. • Increase dosages when dealing with large

quantities of ammonia. • Has no known side effects on livestock. • Easy, quick & simple to use. • Safe with

even the most delicate marine or freshwater ! sh. • Removes chlorine effectively so water is safe to use

with ! sh.

CODE SIZEFW012 50mlFW032 100mlFW052 250mlFW072 1LFW092 5L

TREATMENT RATES• 5ml per 20 litres will control 0.75ppm ammonia.

ANTI-FOAM SOLUTION• Used in ! sh transportation to reduce or eliminate foaming in transport water. • Use100mls per 750 litres

(NOTE: More or less may be required depending on the individual situation). • For use in fresh or saltwater.

CODE SIZE AF1L 1 litre AF5L 5 litre AF20L 20 litre

PROTECH• Excellent for recovery of ! sh after a water change, transport or handling. • Replaces slime coating.

• Provides a powerful vitamin mix including: B1, B2, B6, B12, E, and A. • Enables ! sh to ! ght off disease

and start feeding again quickly. • Use during and after transport, after a water change, after any handling of

! sh or simply as a vitamin supplement. • 1mL per 20 litres for general use.

CODE SIZE CTN PT100 100mL 30 PT250 250mL 30 PT1L 1L 9 PT5L 5L 2 PT20L 20L Drum

PLASTIC BAGS FOR FISH TRANSPORT• Various sizes and strengths available for your ! sh packing needs.

CODE SIZE PB007 13” x 7” (round cornered pkt of 1000) 50 micron PB008 16” x 10” (round cornered pkt of 1000) 50 micron PB009 24” x 12” (pkt of 100) 100 micron PB010 865 x 460 (pkt of 100) 100 micron

AQUASONIC’S INSULATED FISH TRANSPORTER• This unique design facilitates all you need in a ! sh transporter.

• Constructed of ! breglass. • Refrigeration panels ensure strength with

insulation properties. • Dual compartments allow different species to be

transported at the same time. • Large openings for easy access to ! sh.

• Efficient seal to prevent water loss.

• Oxygen ! ttings for tubing lines to diffusers (diffusers not included), vents, dual drains etc. • Designed for

use with freshwater.

SPECIFICATIONS: Construction:Combination of refrigerated panel and ! breglass. Dimensions:1855mm wide, 1630mm Long, 870mm High. Full Capacity:1420L. Working Capacity:1100L. Opening (lids): 2 x 755mm x 920mm.

CODE DESCRIPTION TRA2 Double Compartment Fish Transporter Tank

VARIOUS CRATES, BINS, TUBS AND OTHER MISC. ITEMS Aquasonic has a wide range of miscellaneous items for all your storage, carting and transportation needs.

These various items include;

• Fish boxes and crates. • Round tubs. • Vented crates (great for holding Lobsters and Crabs in live holding

systems). For other items, please phone Aquasonic for more details.

CODE SIZE FW112 20L FW113 20L 5-9 Drums FW114 20L 10-19 Drums FW115 20L 20+ Drums FW116 200L Drum

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auch

op

e, N

SW

2446

, Au

stra

lia

75

PLU

MB

ING

, FIT

TIN

GS

& S

WIT

CH

ES

ETC

TEE CODE SIZE T15 15mm x 15mm T20 20mm x 20mm T25 25mm x 25mm T32 32mm x 32mm T40 40mm x 40mm T50 50mm x 50mm T80 80mm x 80mm TEE100 100mm x 100mm T150 150mm x 150mm T200 200mm x 200mm

REDUCING BUSH CODE SIZE RB2015 15mm x 1/4”BSP RB2515 25mm x 15mm RB2520 25mm x 20mm RB3225 32mm x 25mm RB4025 40mm x 25mm RB4032 40mm x 32mm RB5025 50mm x 25mm RB5040 50mm x 40mm RB8050 80mm x 50mm

REDUCING COUPLINGS CODE SIZE RC2015 20mm x 15mm RC2515 25mm x 15mm RC2520 25mm x 20mm RC3225 32mm x 25mm RC4025 40mm x 25mm RC4032 40mm x 32mm RC5025 50mm x 25mm RC5040 50mm x 40mm

FEMALE FAUCET SOCKET CODE SIZE FFS15 15mm FFS20 20mm FFS25 25mm FFS32 32mm FFS40 40mm FFS50 50mm FFS80 80mm FFS100 100mm

BEND 90° CODE SIZE B9015 15mm B9020 20mm B9025 25mm B9032 32mm B9040 40mm B9050 50mm B9080 80mm B90100 100mm B90150 150mm B90200 200mm

BEND 45° CODE SIZE B4515 15mm B4520 20mm B4525 25mm B4532 32mm B4540 40mm B4550 50mm B4580 80mm B45100 100mm B45150 150mm B45200 200mm

BEND WITH FLANGE CODE SIZE BF25 25mm BF50 50mm BF80 80mm BF100 100mm

PLUMBING, FITTINGS & SWITCHES

ETC

MALE VALVE SOCKET CODE SIZE MVS15 15mm MVS20 20mm MVS25 25mm MVS32 32mm MVS40 40mm MVS50 50mm MVS80 80mm MVS100 100mm MVS150 150mm

MALE VALVE ADAPTOR CODE SIZE MVA15 15mm MVA20 20mm MVA25 25mm MVA32 32mm MVA40 40mm MVA50 50mm MVA80 80mm MVA100 100mm

FEMALE FAUCET ADAPTOR CODE SIZE FFA15 15mm FFA20 20mm FFA25 25mm FFA32 32mm FFA40 40mm FFA50 50mm

BARREL UNION CODE SIZE BU15 15mm BU20 20mm BU25 25mm BU32 32mm BU40 40mm BU50 50mm BU80 80mm

SOCKET (COUPLING) CODE SIZE S15 15mm S20 20mm S25 25mm S32 32mm S40 40mm S50 50mm S80 80mm S100 100mm S150 150mm S200 200mm

BEND 90° THREAD/ SLIP CODE SIZE PO151515 15mm PO152525 25mm

CAPS CODE SIZE C15 15mm C20 20mm C25 25mm C32 32mm C40 40mm C50 50mm C80 80mm C100 100mm C150 150mm

REDUCING TEE RT2515 25mm x 15mm RT4025 40mm x 25mm RT5020 50mm x 20mm RT5025 50mm x 25mm

76

PLU

MB

ING

, FIT

TIN

GS

& S

WIT

CH

ES

ETC

PH

PH

PH

PH

: : : : +

+

+

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2 2

6 6 6 65

5

5

5 8

686

86

86 4 4 4

93

93

93

3

3

3 F F F

AX

AX

AX

: : +6

+61

1 2

2 6

56586

86 4

94

4 E

ma

il: sale

s@

aq

uason

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

asonic

.co

m.a

u

SOCKET WITH FLANGE CODE SIZE SF25 25mm SF40 40mm SF50 50mm SF80 80mm SF100 100mm SF150 150mm SF200 200mm

PVC PIPE - 6M LENGTHS CODE SIZE CLASS P15 15mm x 6m 18 P20 20mm x 6m 12 P25 25mm x 6m 12 P32 32mm x 6m 12 P40 40mm x 6m 12 P50 50mm x 6m 12 P80 80mm x 6m 9 P100 100mm x 6m 9 P150 150mm x 6m 9 P200 200mm x 6m 9 P300 300mm x 6m 9

To reduce freight costs please advise when ordering if you want pipe cut in half.

We can also deliver directly from supplier if requested.

CLEAR PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS• Use economical short lengths to see the

degree of microbial growth inside the piping.

• Build entire clear systems for research,

prototypes, oxygen saturators, etc. • Fully

compatible with regular schedule 40 PVC pipe

! ttings. • Install with regular PVC cement.

• Use compression couplings, " exible cou-

plings or unions to facilitate cleaning. • Sold

by the metre. • 3 metre maximum length.

CLEAR PVC PIPE CODE SIZE MAX PSI C100 15mm 300 C101 20mm 240 C102 25mm 220 C103 32mm 180 C104 40mm 170 C105 50mm 140 C106 80mm 130 C107 100mm 110 C108 152mm 45 imperial sizing only)

TEES CODE SIZE C401005 15mm C401007 20mm C401010 25mm C401015 40mm C401020 50mm

COUPLINGS CODE SIZE C429005 15mm C429007 20mm C429010 25mm C429015 40mm C429020 50mm

90° ELBOWS CODE DESCRIPTION C406005 5mm C406007 20mm C406010 25mm C406015 40mm C406020 50mm

CAGE FITTINGSSpecial hard-to-! nd PVC ! ttings for the

construction of " oating cages, framework etc.

Use inner caps to seal off air ! lled sections

from water ! lled sections. Compatible with

schedule 40 PVC pipe and ! ttings. White in

colour.

CODE DESCRIPTION PPF9 3 Way - 40mm PPF12 4 Way - 40mm PPF6 Cap - 40mm PPF16 3 Way - 15mm PPF17 4 Way - 15mm PPF7 3 Way - 25mm PPF10 4 Way - 25mm

pvc cage ! ttings are used toconstruct " oating cages.

PVC BULKHEADS• Made from moulded, impact resistant PVC.

• Elbows and strainers also available in slip ! t-

tings. • 40 & 50mm bulkheads have threaded

! ttings. • Passes water through sides or bot-

tom of tanks.

BULKHEAD FITTINGS• Bulkhead ! ttings are available in three co-

lours. Add BK for Black, B for clear blue and C

for clear to the code when ordering.

CODE BULKHEAD HOLESAW SIZE

SIZE (MINIMUM) 270576 15mm 28mm hole 270590 20mm 34.5mm hole 270577 25mm 43mm hole 172334 40mm 60mm hole 270560 50mm 72mm hole

COMPLETE BULKHEADS• Complete bulkheads, strainers and elbows

are available in three colours. Add BK for

Black, B for clear blue and C for clear to the

code when ordering.

CODE DESCRIPTION 270578 Bulkhead Fits 15mm PVC pipe 270600 Bulkhead Fits 20mm PVC pipe 270579 Bulkhead Fits 25mm PVC pipe

Complete bulkheads all come with bulkhead, strainer and elbow

OVERFLOW STRAINERS CODE DESCRIPTION 270565 Over" ow Strainer - 15mm 270599 Over" ow Strainer - 20mm 270570 Over" ow Strainer - 25mm 270557 Threaded Suction/ Over" ow Strainer - 40mm 270561 Threaded Suction/ Over" ow Strainer - 50mm

ELBOWS CODE DESCRIPTION BARB 270569 15mm 16mm Black-Blue 270595 20mm 19mm Black-Blue-Clear 270574 25mm 25mm Elbow

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auch

op

e, N

SW

2446

, Au

stra

lia

77

PLU

MB

ING

, FIT

TIN

GS

& S

WIT

CH

ES

ETC

“ UNISEAL” COMPLETE MULTI-PURPOSE SEAL• Place ! ttings into tanks, ! lters without the need

for PVC ! ttings.

• Drill the required hole and place the " exible

! tting for an immediate connection. Install in

minutes. Save time and money.

CODE DESCRIPTION HOLE SAW

“/MM 10102 15mm 1.25”/31.7 10103 20mm 1.25”/31.7 10104 25mm 1.75”/44.4 10105 32mm 2”/50.8 10106 40mm 2.5”/63.5 10107 50mm 3”/76.2 10108 80mm 4”/101.6 10109 100mm 5”/127.0 10099 3/16” 10100 1/4” 10101 3/8” 10107-35 50mm DWV 10112 100mmDWV 1011N 15mm Natural 10106N 40mm Natural

CABLE TIES PER 100 CODE SIZE COLOUR CT98 98mm Black CTN140 140mm Natural CTB140 140mm Black CTN200 200mm Natural CTB200 200mm Natural CT360 360mm Natural

CHECK VALVEThese plastic check valves have no springs.

Use for freshwater, saltwater or air. Excellent

foot valve with low pressure loss.

CODE SIZE CV1 3/4”NPT CV2 1”NPT CV4 1/2”NPT

STRAINERSAbove check valves and strainers together make

a “foot valve”.

CODE SIZE CV1S Strainers for 3/4”check valve CV2S Strainers for 1”check valve CV4S Strainers for 1 1/2 check valve

STAINLESS STEEL HOSE CLAMPS CODE SIZE CWSS016 6-16mm CWSS022 8-22mm CWSS032 18-32mm CWSS038 21-38mm CWSS057 33-57mm

GLUES/ADHESIVES CODE SIZE DESCRIPTION SIG 310g Silicone Sealant PVCG 500ml PVC Cement PRI 500ml PVC Priming Fluid ACR100 100g Acri! x Glue

+=

RATCHET CLIPS• Non-corrosive clips that work very well on vinyl

tubing. • Tighten by hand or with pliers.

• Are releasable and reusable. • Not for high-

pressure applications. • Black colour - UV

inhibited.

CODE DESCRIPTION 3551402 Ratchet Clip 10mm diameter 3551428 Ratchet Clip 12-13mm diameter 3551444 Ratchet Clip 15mm diameter

STEEL CHECK VALVE2” check valve, made from steel suitable for air

or freshwater applications. Made in USA

CODE DESCRIPTION CVT2 2” /50mm check valve

SWING CHECK VALVESwing Check Valve

CODE DESCRIPTION SCV25 Swing Check Valve 25mm SCV32 Swing Check Valve 32mm SCV40 Swing Check Valve 40mm SCV50 Swing Check Valve 50mm SCV80 Swing Check Valve 80mm SCV100 Swing Check Valve 100mm

PVC CHECK VALVESSwinging check valve closes when " ow stops.

Up to 100 psi. Mount horizontal or vertical.

CODE DESCRIPTION CV12 Swinging Check Valve White 40mm CCV12 Swinging Check Valve Clear 40mm 152020 Swinging Check Valve White 50mm

BALL CHECK VALVESBall check valve closes when " ow stops. Mount

horizontal or vertical.

CODE DESCRIPTION BCV15 15mm Ball Check Valve BCV20 20mm Ball Check Valve BCV25 25mm Ball Check Valve

KNIFE GATE VALVESWe stock 5 different sizes of knife gate valves.

These valves are easy to adjust accurately, have

slip ! ttings so they ! t into the system plumbing

easily and are tough. With these characteristics,

they are a must inclusion to any ! sh culture

system.

CODE SIZE GV1 1.5” / 40mm GV2 2” / 50mm GV3 3” / 80mm GV4 4” / 100mm RSK3 Seal Kit for 3” Gate Valve RS4 Seal Kit for 4” Gate Valve

BALL VALVESAquasonic have a full range of PVC Ball Valves

in stock for your water control needs.

CODE SIZE BV15 15mm BV20 20mm BV25 25mm BV32 32mm BV40 40mm BV50 50mm

78

PLU

MB

ING

, FIT

TIN

GS

& S

WIT

CH

ES

ETC

PH

PH

PH

PH

: : : : +

+

+

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2 2

6 6 6 65

5

5

5 8

686

86

86 4 4 4

93

93

93

3

3

3 F F F

AX

AX

AX

: : +6

+61

1 2

2 6

56586

86 4

94

4 E

ma

il: sale

s@

aq

uason

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

asonic

.co

m.a

u

SWITCHING CURRENT WATER DIRECTOR (SCWD)• Automatically switches water current creating natural currents in freshwater and marine aquaria. • Switching

time and duration rely on " ow rates.• Minimum " ow rate required 3LPM, maximum capable is 88LPM.

• Can stimulate coral and ! sh growth in aquaria. • Can be mounted horizontally or vertically and has ¾” barbed

inlet and outlet.

CODE DESCRIPTION SCWD Switching Current Water Director

PLASTIC SCREWS PACK OF 10 CODE SIZE DESCRIPTION SCREW1 20mm 1/4” Thumb Screw SCREW2 25mm 1/4” Thumb Screw SCREW3 32mm 3/8” Hex Head SCREW4 20mm 1/4” Knurled Thumb Screw

316 S/S SCREWS BOLTS WASHERS & NUTS CODE SIZE DESCRIPTION SSB381 1” x 3/8” 3/8” Bolt Hex Head SSB3815 1 1/2” x 3/8” 3/8” Bolt Hex Head SSB382 2” x 3/8” 3/8” Bolt Hex Head SSW381 3/8” x 5/4” 3/8” Washer SSW3815 3/8” x 1 1/2 3/8” Washer

HAND-TITE PLUG• Reusable Hand-Tite expansion plug is excellent for many applications. • Can be used in any pipe, including

plastic, clay and iron. • Seals the bell and spigot ends of pipes as well as jagged holes. • Made of nylon and

rubber and can be used in salt water. • No tools required for installation.

CODE DESCRIPTION HT8D Hand-Tite Plug 200mm Diameter.

EXPANSION PLUGS• Suitable for all low and medium-pressure water applications. • 40mm, 50mm and 75mm plugs ! t the end of

pipes only. • 100mm, 150mm and 200mm plugs can also be inserted into the pipe.

CODE DESCRIPTION EP1 Expansion 40mm EP3 Expansion 75mm EP4 Expansion 100mm EP6 Expansion 150mm”

FLAT SPRAY NOZZLE• Can be used to raise the dissolved oxygen of water. • Requires only 2.7 psi of water pressure to produce

around 9lpm " ow in a 120 degree " at spray.

CODE DESCRIPTION FS500 1.5m spray width 1/2” MPT connection

MIXING EDUCTOR• Easy to multiply the mixing force of pumped water when using these “mixing eductors”.

• Moulded of glass-! lled polypropylene with smooth surfaces.

• Effectively move water in large tanks.

• Flow rates listed to achieve a minimum of 1:5 ratio where 1L is pumped in and 5L more is entrained through

the nozzle.

CODE DESCRIPTION ED1 3/4” MNPT 49-114 LPM at 10-50psi ED2 3/8” MNPT 28-64 LPM at 10-50psi

VEEJET KYNAR NOZZLES• These veejet kynar nozzles provide chemical and corrosion resistance in an ultra-pure material.

• Nozzle body is hex size and has a " ange for easy installation and removal using standard socket wrench.

CODE THREAD SIZE HB1/4UKY5010 1/4”BSP HB1/4UKY5020 1/4”BSP HB1/4UKY5040 1/4”BSP

CODE SIZE DESCRIPTION SSN38 3/8” 3/8” Nut Hex Head SSB14114 1 1/4” x 1/4” 1/4” Bolt Hex Head SSB12112 1 1/2” x 1/4” 1/4” Bolt PH SSW14 1/4” 1/4” Washer SSN14 1/4” 1/4” Nut

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auch

op

e, N

SW

2446

, Au

stra

lia

79

PLU

MB

ING

, FIT

TIN

GS

& S

WIT

CH

ES

ETC

SUMP ALARM SYSTEM• For power off or high and low water. • Adjustable " oat switch holder. • High & low " oat switch-

es. • 12 Volt power pack and switch box. • Alarm siren sounds for power off/high & low water.

• Battery connections, leads etc. • Designed to sound an alarm at water levels too high or too

low. • Will sound alarms if the 240volt-power source is interrupted.

• Alarms are triggered by " oat switches that are in the sump by an adjustable " oat switch

holder. 240volt AC to 12volt DC converter.

• The second alarm (power out alarm) a 12volt battery should be connected to the appropriate

terminals.

CODE DESCRIPTION SAS1 Sump alarm system WSFH Walking Stick Float Holder FSRS Float Switch PPA1 Power Pack ALA1 Alarm

CO2/O2 SOLENOID VALVE• Use to set up a CO2 dosing system for pH control.

• 240V, 6mm tube connectors, wired for use.

CODE DESCRIPTION OCOSV Gas Solenoid 240v Normally Open OCCSV Gas Solenoid 240v Normally Closed

MAINS POWER METER• Simply plugs into a normal power point.

• Displays instantaneous voltage or current being drawn.

• Has backup batteries so stored data will not be lost.

• Valuable tool for monitoring power consumption.

CODE DESCRIPTION MS6115 Mains power meter

LIQUID LEVEL FLOAT SWITCHES• Polypropylene construction

• Mini switch is 5.7cm long (overall), 2.5cm in diameter with 1/4” NPT mounting, rated at up to

30 watts.

• Great pump switches when used with relays.

• Regulate water levels and automatic top up control.

• Made in USA.

CODE DESCRIPTION WATTS FSRS Level Float Switch 30 ST3 Level Float Switch 60

MASTER PUMP FLOAT SWITCH• Easy and quick to install.

• Able to be used in both calm and turbulent applications.

• No wiring required, as this 240V switch comes with a “Piggy Back” plug. Just plug into the

power point and then plug straight into the piggy back.

• Heavy duty contacts allow for switching up to a 1.5hp or 1,100 watts pump.

• Adjustable pumping range of 18 to 91cm.

• Includes standard mounting strap and boxed packaging.

• UL listed for use in non-potable water and sewage.

• CSA Certi! ed.

CODE DESCRIPTION 119261 For sump operation (off at low water level) 119262 For tank ! lling (off at high water level)

FLOAT SWITCH ASSEMBLY - NEW• New and improved over previous models. Featuring a new relay system allowing each model

to switch up to 5280W. Available with either 10A or 15A plugs.

• Can be modi! ed to switch pumps or heaters.

• Assembly includes a FSRS " oat switch, adjustable switch holder and water proof plug.• Auto-

matically replaces water lost due to exchange or evaporation and can switch heaters off at low

water to prevent damage to the heater.

CODE: DESCRIPTION FSA10 10A Float Switch Assembly FSA15 15A Float Switch Assembly

80

PLU

MB

ING

, FIT

TIN

GS

& S

WIT

CH

ES

ETC

PH

PH

PH

PH

: : : : +

+

+

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2 2

6 6 6 65

5

5

5 8

686

86

86 4 4 4

93

93

93

3

3

3 F F F

AX

AX

AX

: : +6

+61

1 2

2 6

56586

86 4

94

4 E

ma

il: sale

s@

aq

uason

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

asonic

.co

m.a

u

25MM SOLENOID VALVE• Rugged PVC construction. • Slow closing to prevent water hammer. • Operating range 100-1034 KPa.• Flow

rate 19-378 Lpm 24V AC.

CODE DESCRIPTION HR25T 25mm Solenoid vavle

AUTO POWER FAILURE SWITCH• Automatically switches on a 12 volt air pump. • Sounds an alarm during power failure. • Protect your invest-

ment.

CODE DESCRIPTION PFS1 Automatic Power Failure - 12 volt

FLOW PRESSURE SWITCH• Protect your investment using these " ow pressure switches. • Works on air or water & are low cost. • 1/8” air/

water line hose barb. • Will carry up to 3 amps at 240 volts. • Perfect for sending a signal to switch on or off

back up equipment or sounding an alarm.

CODE DESCRIPTION B601 Adjustable Flow Pressure Switch

FLOW SWITCHES• Excellent value. • Can turn on or off a heater, chiller, alarm, pump, etc. up to 2hp. • Operates by sensing water

" ow only. • 40mm slip ! tting. • Suitable also for salt water applications.

CODE DESCRIPTION ST-9 Flow switch ST9MS Spare micro switch for ST9 ST-11 Flow switch ST11MS Spare micro switch for ST11 ST-11 Needs 50mm socket to ! t 50mm pipe.

WATERCO FPI FULL FLOW VALVES• 2 and 3 way 40mm and 50mm slip ! tting full " ow valves. • 316 stainless steel components. • Engineered for

optimum hydraulic " ow and low maintenance. • Up to 400kPa pressure rated. • 12 month warranty. • Please

specify a size when ordering.

CODE DESCRIPTION W14852 2 Way FPI valve, 40/50mm W14853 3 Way FPI valve, 40/50mm

WATER FLOW METERS• High quality water " ow meters from Key Instruments.

• Used to measure water " ow in closed horizontal PVC pipe (gasket & clamps included).

• Ensures recirculation pump is " owing adequate water for optimum ! ltration.

• Features one piece machined acrylic " ow body, corrosion resistant materials, wide viewing angles, easy to

service and has dual units measure scale. (GPM & LPM).

CODE DESCRIPTION PR12535 20 - 130 LPM for 33mm pipe PR12560 40 - 220 LPM for 33mm pipe PR15030 20 - 110 LPM for 40mm pipe PR150100 75 - 375 LPM for 40mm pipe PR200130 150 - 500 LPM for 50mm pipe

ELECTRONIC FLOW METERS• Electronic Paddle wheel " ow meter monitor " ows in pipe sizes between 15mm and 200mm. • Can be mount-

ed horizontally or vertically. • Microprocessor based with LCD display, has 8 digit resettable totalizer, 8 digit

nonresettable totalizer and " ow rate read out. • Sturdy, compact water and weather resistant. Can be mounted

outside if protected from direct sunlight. • Can be calibrated for accurate measurement. • Moving parts are

made from injection moulded PVC with stainless steel paddle pin, BUNA O-Ring (standard) can be replaced

with Viton if required. ABS enclosure houses the electronics and faceplate is scratch resistant polycarbonate. •

Can operate in solids laden water (up to 1% of " uid volume). • Rated to 180PSI. • Suitable for freshwater and

saltwater applications. • Battery life greater than 7 years.

MODEL DESCRIPTION PIPE SIZE PTP80050 2-38lpm Electronic Flow Meter with 30cm pipe mount 15mm PTP80075 5-113lpm Electronic Flow Meter with 30cm pipe mount 20mm PTP8010 18-208lpm Electronic Flow Meter with 30cm pipe mount 25mm PTP8015 37-473lpm Electronic Flow Meter with 30cm pipe mount 40mm PTP8020 56-757lpm Electronic Flow Meter with 30cm pipe mount 50mm PTI4030 151-1703lpm Electronic Flow Meter with Insertion Mount 80mm PTI4040 227-3028lpm Electronic Flow Meter with Insertion Mount 100mm PTI4060 454-6813lpm Electronic Flow Meter with Insertion Mount 150mm PTI4080 946-12112lpm Electronic Flow Meter with Insertion Mount 200mm

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auch

op

e, N

SW

2446

, Au

stra

liaO

ZO

NE &

OX

YG

EN

CO

NC

EN

TR

ATO

RS

81

OZONE AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATORSOZOTECH OZONE GENERATORS• Patented “Cold Spark” Corona Discharge Technology. • Fully serviceable. • The easy

way to improve Redox potential. • Ozotech’s patented Cold Spark Corona Discharge

out-performs the standard corona discharge because of the elimination of heat. • Easy

serviceable screw in tubes. Easily removed and cleaned within minutes to maintain

constant performance levels of the generator. All Ozotech ozone tubes carry a 2 year

manufacturers warranty. • All Ozotech ozone tubes are housed in stainless steel ! uted

housings for optimum performance and durability.

OZ2 MINI & POSEIDEN OZONE GENERATORS• High quality ozone generator for aquarium and research use. • The OZ2 Mini & Pose-

idon, when compared to other ozone generators in a comparable output, outperform

them all. Based on a patented “Cold Spark” technology, the output remains constant

for years, is higher in concentration by weight at useable air ! ow rates and possess

superior quality and workmanship. • Manufactured in the USA. • Use with air pump or

venturi driven skimmers. • Low maintenance. • Corrosion resistant. • Wall mountable.

• Compact size. • Simple and reliable operation and service.

CODE DESCRIPTION 30292-01 OZ2 MINI Ozone Generator 220 Vac 50Hz 30281 Poseidon Ozone Generator (with variable output control 1-10)

MODEL FRONT CONTROL

DIAL READING

AIR FLOW

LPM

PERCENT OF

MAX OUTPUT

MG/HR

OZ2MINI - 1.41 - 62

OZ2MINI - 2.1 - 67

OZ2MINI - 2.5 - 73

POSEIDON 1 2.5 10 22



POSEIDON 4 2.5 40 132

POSEIDON 5 2.5 60 176

POSEIDON MAX 2.5 100 220

PCS OZONE GENERATOR SERIES• Patented “cold spark” corona discharge.

• Lifetime C/D cell warranty. • Wall mountable.

• Lightweight aluminium chassis.

• High reliability.

• Easy to service.

CODE DESCRIPTION 30010-21 OZ1PC-0.12 up to 0.14 gms/hr 30001-17 OZ2PC-021 up to 0.37 gms/hr 30115-03 OZ4AW-0.45 up to 0.90gms/hr 30003-05 OZ8PC-0.62 up to 1.23gms/hr

MODEL CONC% AIR FLOW

(SCFH)

O2 FLOW

(SCFH)

PP PHOENIX

(SCFH)

G/HR

OZ1PCS 0.11 - - 4 0.14.

OZ1PCS 0.04 10 - - 0.12

OZ2PCS 0.20 - - 6 0.37

OZ2PCS 0.07 10 - - 0.21

OZ4AW 0.54 - - 5 0.9

OZ4AW 0.15 10 - 4 0.45

OZ8PC20 0.71 - - 5 1.23

OZ8PC20 0.21 10 - 4 0.62

OZ4AW

OZ8PC

OZ2PCS

OZ1PCS

30292-02

30281

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

82

OZO

NE &

OX

YG

EN

CO

NC

EN

TR

ATO

RS

SLIMLINE OZONE GENERATOR SERIES• Patented “cold spark” corona discharge. • 2 year C/D cell warranty.

• Wall mountable. • Air cooled operation. • Lightweight and corrosion resistant. • High reliability. • Easy to service.

• Engineered with an economic and high quality foundation. Tried and proven “cold plasma” technology has been

redesigned into a smaller overall package with black powder coating for an improved appearance.

• Concentrations up to 3.5% by weight (OZ1’s & 2’s).

• Concentrations up to 4% by weight (OZ4’s, 6’s & 8’s)

CODE DESCRIPTION 30327-04 OZ1BTUS-S/S Manifold 1 up to 3.8 gms/hr slimline (variable) with panel meter 30328-04 OZ2BTUSL-S/S Mani! od 1up to 6.8 gms/hr slimline (variable) with panel meter 30029-03 OZ4BTU-S/S Manifold 4.5 up to 14.5 gms/hr(vaiable) 30330-03 OZ6BTU-S/S Manifold 6.3 up to 19gms/hr(variable) 30331-01 OZ8BTU-S/S Manifold 6.7 up to 27gms/hr (variable)

MODEL CONC% AIR FLOW

(SCFH)

O2 FLOW

(SCFH)

PP

PHOENIX

G/HR

OZ1BTUS 1.0 3 - - 1

OZ1BTUS 1.2 - 10 - 3.8

OZ1BTUS 1.1 - - 6 2

OZ2BTUS 1.0 6 - - 1.7

OZ2BTUS 2.2 - 10 - 6.8

OZ2BTUS 1.6 - - 6 3.2

OZ4BTUS 1.0 16 - - 4.5

OZ4BTUS 1.0 - 40 - 12.5

OZ4BTUS 2.0 - 23 - 14.5

OZ6BTUS 1.0 22 - - 6.3

OZ6BTUS 1.0 - 60 - 18.4

OZ6BTUS 2.0 - 30 - 10

OZ8BTUS 1.0 24 - - 6.7

OZ8BTUS 2.2 - 40 - 27

DI DRYER• DI Dryer - low cost dryer with silica gel beads. Requires periodic regeneration of the beads.

• Models are wall mountable.

• May be utilized on a wide range of small ozone generators.

• Lightweight and corrosion resistant.

• Simple and reliable operation.

• Easy to service.

CODE DESCRIPTION 30077 DI Dryer

IQ20 & IQ40 REGENERATIVE AIR DRYERS• Lowest dew-points of any heat regenerative dryer. • “Intelligence Factors” - Remembers cycle

point when power is interrupted and restarts at that point. Other heat regenerative dryers on the

market may start from a moisture laden chamber which is damaging to an ozone generator.

• May be utillized on a wide range of small ozone generators

• Lightweight and corrosion resistant. • Simple and reliable operation.

CODE DESCRIPTION 30339-25 IQ20/F/50 Hz* 30338-01 IQ40/230 Vac, 50 / 60 Hz

POWER-PREP PHOENIX The Power-Prep Phoenix is the " rst lightweight, economically priced, air preparation unit that can actually

TRIPLE the output of your ozone, as well as increase it’s concentration levels and it costs no more than a

conventional air dryer. The easy to handle Power-Prep Phoenix will literally “unleash the power hidden in

your ozone generator.”

• 100°C dew point oxygen enriched air. • More ozone output for less investment.

• Air ! ow rates from 30 to 190 litres per hour. • May be utilised on a wide range of generators.

• Thick aluminium enclosure. • Light and corrosion resistant. • Solid state electronics. • Simple, reliable

operation

• 30 - 45 LPH - 70% O2.

• 151 - 185 LPH - 40% O2

CODE DESCRIPTION 30254-25 power prep phoenix

IQ20 IQ40

Model. Cubic ft/hr Wattage Dew - point

IQ20 5 - 20 SCFH

5.8 - 23 LPM

50 VA Typical

90 VA max

- 50°F form 100%

to 25% R.H

IQ40 5 - 40 Scfh

5.8 - 47 LPM

90 Watts To - 50°F at

Useable air ! ow rates

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auch

op

e, N

SW

2446

, Au

stra

liaO

ZO

NE &

OX

YG

EN

CO

NC

EN

TR

ATO

RS

83

OZOTECH AIM SERIES OZONE GENERATORSThe best from Ozotech just got better. Ozotech has just released their AIM (Advanced Impedance Management) and cool tube

technologies, allowing ozone generators to produce TWICE the amount of ozone and DOUBLE the concentration for the same

amount of oxygen input and Ozone tubes.

This technology results in more ozone for less power, fewer

ozone tubes (and a smaller ozone generator), less oxygen

(and therefore a smaller oxygen concentrator) and better

water quality (by producing ozone fasterand at a higher

concentration).

You can also upgrade your existing BTU ozone generator to

AIM and Cool cell technology for increased Ozone output

with a retro! t kit.

The AIM and cool tube technologies eliminate heat from the

ozone production process, therefore resulting in more ozone

at a higher concentration. All Ozotech AIM ozone genera-

tors have the following features. • Patented cool Cell and AIM

technology for increased Ozone output per LPM of oxygen.

• Stainless steel tube manifolds. • Air cooled. • Low cost •

Low frequency. • High output. • Concentrations up to 5% by

weight, and ozone production of up to 43 grams per hour.

Maximise the potential of your Ozone Generator - More ozone per LPM of oxygen than any other ozone generator of its kind on

the market

CODE DESCRIPTION 30365-01 AIM20 Ozone Generator 30366-01 AIM40 Ozone Generator 30367-01 AIM60 Ozone Generator 30368-01 AIM80 Ozone Generator

OZOTECH OXYGEN CONCENTRATORS • Dewpoint of -37.8°C. • Air# ow rates of 11 SCFH for Phoenix V, 22 SCFH for Phoenix X.

• High impact plastic enclosure. • Piston based heavy duty compressor, with up to 5.5PSI outlet pressure

(on Phoenix X). • Ultra quiet operation with pre-inlet & inlet ! lters, plus a silencer located on the inlet ! lter.

• Exclusive moisture removal system. • Compact size, making these units easy to install and maintain. • May

be used on a wide variety of medium range ozone generators. • Enhances ozone output and performance

of ozone generators. • Lightweight and corrosion resistant. • Easy to service with simple and reliable opera-

tion.

COD DESCRIPTION 30340-01 Phoenix V 5lpm @ 92% purity 30341-01 Phoenix X 8lpm @ 92% purity NEW MODEL

OXYGEN CONCENTRATORS • Dewpoint of 100°F. • Continuous supply of 90%+ oxygen. • High impact plastic enclosure. • Exclusive mois-

ture removal system with the Phoenix V. • Easy to install and maintain. • May be used on a wide variety of me-

dium range ozone generators. • Enhances ozone output performance. • Lightweight and corrosion resistant.

• Simple and reliable operation. • Easy to service. • Available in two sizes.

CODE DESCRIPTION 30340-01 Phoenix V 5lpm @93% purity AIRS017 ONYX PLUS Oxygen Concentrator 8-9LPM @ 93% purity AIRS016 ONYX 6lpm @ 93% purity AS121-4 OYNX Ultra 10lpm @ 93% purity NEW MODEL

PSA OXYGEN GENERATORS• Suitable for larger scale oxygen requirements. A suitably sized air preparation system made up of an air com-

pressor/refrigerated dryer and air ! lter are all that are needed for reliable, trouble free supply of “on tap” oxygen.

• A range of sizes available, each producing 93% purity @ -73°c, requiring a minimum pressure air feed of 90 PSIG

• Aquasonic recommends and supplies quality Ingersol Rand compressors to accompany the oxygen

generators

CODE AIR REQUIRED OXYGEN PRODUCTION VOLTAGE AS-A 10-25 SCFH 5-12.5 LPM 220V 50/60Hz AS-B 30-55 SCFH 15-17.5 LPM 220V 50/60Hz AS-D 65-90 SCFH 32.5-45 LPM 220V 50/60Hz AS-E 95-195 SCFH 47.5-97.5 LPM 220V 50/60Hz AS-G 200-320 SCFH 100-160 LPM 220V 50/60Hz AS-J 40 0-600 SCFH 200-300 LPM 220V 50/60Hz AS-K 600-950 SCFH 300-475 LPM 220V 50/60Hz

AIR PREPARATION AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATORS Oxygen Cones• 100 percent efficiency potential. • Designed to optimize the saturation of gases in water and gas transfer ef-

! ciencies of up to 100%. Operation is simple; as water and gas enter from the top at a relatively high velocity,

the water shears and moves the bubbles downward. As the cone widens the velocity is reduced. The undis-

solved bubbles keep returning to the top, so only water without bubbles exit the bottom. At higher pressures,

the dissolved oxygen concentration may be increased signi! cantly above saturation. For example, a cone

operating at only 10 psi can deliver water with a dissolved oxygen concentration above 25 mg/l. Cones may

be operated at a pressure of up to 21 psi, no matter what concentration of dissolved oxygen is needed.

Contact Aquasonic for models and specs.

AIM20 AIM40 AIM60 AIM80

% by WT G/HR % by WT G/HR % by WT G/HR % by WT G/HR

LPM O2

Feed

1.42 4.41 4.39

2.85 3.75 7.47

4.73 2.85 9.46 3.98 13.21

5.67 2.55 10.15 3.6 14.34 4.92 19.60

7.56 2.06 10.95 3.28 17.42 4.35 23.11 5.12 27.20

9.45 1.78 11.82 2.86 18.99 3.93 26.10 4.5 29.88

16.05 1.12 12.64 2.01 22.69 2.77 31.27 3.62 40.86

18.9 1.82 24.17 2.64 35.07 3.19 42.36

28.35 1.79 35.66 2.15 42.83

37.8 1.65 43.83

MODEL O2 CONTENT OUTPUTPRESSURE

MAX AIR FLOW(SCFH)

PHOENIX v 90 + 5% -3%

0-7% PSI 11.0 SCFH 5.6LPM

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

84

OZO

NE &

OX

YG

EN

CO

NC

EN

TR

ATO

RS

OZONE / OXYGEN REACTORS This reactor creates a positive pressure and breaks the surface tension of the water resulting in high ef-

! ciency of ozone and oxygen (being around 4 to 5 times more efficient at applying O2 & O3 than the foam

fractionator). In large applications, multiples of the OOR160 are applied with great success.

CODE DESCRIPTION OOR40 <1,250LPH &up to 0.75lpm gas " ow(mini ozone/oxygen reactor) OOR80 <2,500LPH & up to 1.5lpm gas " ow(1,350mmh x 305mm overall) 25mm inlet & 40mm outlet ! ttings and 6mm gas connection OOR160 <10,000LPH & up to 3lpm gas " ow(2,000mmh x 400mm overall) 40mm inlet & 50mm outlet ! ttings and 6mm gas connection

SERIES 100 AMBIENT OZONE DETECT/MONITOR Ensure a safe working environment around your ozone generator with this ozone detect unit.

• Low cost, high reliability. • Immediate, easy to read ambient ozone status via an LED indicator.

• User friendly adjustability. • External trigger signal for control of ozone generator or alarm system.

• Aquasonic can assist in wiring these units into your existing alarm monitoring system.

CODE DESCRIPTION 31304 Ambient Ozone Detect/Alarm Monitoring 100 Series

OXYGEN PURITY METER• Textured grey ABS plastic. • 3.5” (89mm) x 5.5” (140mm) x 1.5” (38mm). • Measurement range is 0-100%

oxygen. • Display resolution is 0.1% oxygen. • 2 x AA alkaline batteries required. • Visual and audible low

battery warning. • Battery life is 1500 hours

• No warm up time required. • Sensor type is Maxtec max-250 galvanic fuel cell

CODE DESCRIPTION 32084 Oxygen Purity Meter

OZONE RESISTANT SOLENOID VALVE• Constructed entirely of ozone resistant materials and specially formulated industrial PVC. • Internal

metering system, mechanically self-cleaning. • Opening and closing action smooth and shock-free. • Flow

ranges from 7 to 95 Lpm. Pressure range from 10 to 150 PSI. • Manual external bleed. • Debris tolerant

design. • High " ow, low friction loss design.

CODE DESCRIPTION 32168 Ozone Resistant Solenoid Valve, 230VAC

TYGON TUBING ( OZONE RESISTANT TUBING)

Use from ozone generator to the contact point such as Ozone Reactor.

CODE DESCRIPTION 44140 Tygon Tubing 1/4” I.D. - per metre 44141 Tygon Tubing 3/8” I.D. - per metre

POLY OZONE AIRLINE FITTINGS Special ! ttings for use with ozone and ozone application.

CODE SIZE / DESCRIPTION 44068 6mm x 6mm x 6mm Barbed Tee 44031 10mm x 10mm x 10mm Barbed Tee 44032 12mm x 12mm x 12mm Barbed Tee 44089 6mm x 6mm Barb Connector 44054 4mm x 6mm Barb Connector 44026 6mm x 10mm Barb Connector 44027 10mm x 12mm Barb Connector 44035 Threaded Elbow 1/8”MPT x 6mm 44024 Threaded Elbow 1/4”MPT x 6mm 44021 Threaded Elbow 1/4MPT x 10mm 44025 Threaded Elbow 1/4MPT x 12mm 44033 Threaded Adapter 1/4MPT x 4mm 44028 Threaded Adapter 1/4MPT x 6mm 44029 Threaded Adapter 1/4MPT x 10mm 44030 Threaded Adapter 1/4MPT x 12mm 44042 Threaded Connector 1/4MPT x 6mm

KYNAR OZONE FITTINGS AND CHECK VALVES Ozone should NOT be used with Nylon airline ! ttings. Use only with Kynar or Poly Ozone airline ! ttings.

Kynar provides the best resistance to ozone corrosion.

CODE SIZE / DESCRIPTION 44136 Threaded Adapter 1/4”MPT x 10mm barb 47018 Check Valve 1/4” x 1/4”BSP female/female (high quality) 44146 Threaded Elbow 3/8”MPT x 6mm 44125 Threaded Elbow 1/4”MPT x 6mm 44126 Threaded Adapter 1/4”MPT x 6mm CKV55 Check Valve 3/16” Tubing (4mm) connections (pack of 2) CKV60 Check Valve 1/4” Tubing (6mm) connections (pack of 2)

85

CLEA

NIN

G &

MA

INTEN

AN

CE

Aquasonic

pty

ltd, 1

4 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

aucho

pe, N

SW

24

46, A

ustra

lia CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE

SWIVEL JOINT SCRUBBER• Swivel joint handle, allowing it to reach hard to get at places. • Clean around tanks standing in the one

place. • PVC handle (see below) for a great reach (1.5m). • Replacement pads available (see below).

CODE DESCRIPTION 111560 Scrubber Swivel Joint Scrubber 111561 Replacement Pads

ALGAE PADS• Surface friendly algae scrub pads. • Safe, non-toxic & easy to use. • Removes lime scum and unsightly algae.

• Two different pads, one for glass, the other for acrylic surfaces.

CODE DESCRIPTION 270910 Algae Pad - Glass Aquarium, 8 x 8cm 270911 Algae Pad - Acrylic Aquarium, 8 x 8cm 270912 Algae Pad - Glass Aquarium, 11 x 16cm 270913 Algae Pad - Acrylic Aquarium, 11 x 16cm

PVC HANDLE • PVC Handle with cap. • Use with the Swivel Joint Scrubber and Pond Mini-Vac.

CODE DESCRIPTION 191126 PVC Handle with Cap - 150cm

TELESCOPIC POLES• Aluminium extension handle. • Use with Swivel Joint Scrubber &/or Pond Mini Vac. • Snap adapt connection.

CODE DESCRIPTION 500074 Telescopic Pole, Extends to 2.4m 191026 Telescopic Pole, Extends to 3.51m

POND MINI-VAC• Use with a garden hose or 1 1/4” x 1 1/2” vacuum hose. • Brush attachment for ! breglass, vinyl or smooth

surfaces. • Nozzle/wheel attachment for rough surfaces. • Snap-adapt handle ! ts any pole.

CODE DESCRIPTION 201144 Pond Mini-Vac 201696 Bag for Mini-Vac

SYPHON• Can be used at either ends of the syphon hose. • Convenient for use in shallow or deep tanks.

• Includes a combination of rigid PVC pipe and " exible vinyl tubing. • Adaptable for short or long reach applica-

tions.

CODE DESCRIPTION SYPHON Multipurpose Syphon

AQUARIUM TONG• All plastic design. • Two models which includes plant cutting feature. • Suitable for reef tanks for aquascaping.

• Feed anemones or large ! sh.

CODE DESCRIPTION AQ 50cm Aquarium Tong Small AQL 70cm Aquarium Tong Large

PREMIUM AQUA TONGS32” Long. Locking Mechanism can be disengaged or engaged at any time and locks on any size object. Easy

to operate with either hand and hanging loop for easy storage. Patented designed multiplies gripping strength.

Tips moulded onto jaws permanently. Non-slip gripping surface is textured for stickiness. Made of durable

thermoplastic resin. Jaws made of strong GE Lexan polycarbonate. Open 5 ½” to pick up larger objects. Rotate

to pick up objects from any angle.

CODE DESCRIPTION CA08125 32” long 5 1/2” wide rotates

AQUAMOP• Pad scraper attachment for the pro scraper. • Safe for all glass and acrylic aquariums. • Removes soft-tissue

algae, diatoms and cyanobacteria.

CODE DESCRIPTION PROSCAQM Aqua Mop for Proscraper PROSCUP1 Utility Pack Aqua Mop PROSCAQMP Replacement pad for Aqua Mop

PRO- SCRAPER MINI AND LARGECompact in size. KENT Marine Pro-Scraper Mini and Large are perfect for cleaning tight areas and corners.

Made from strong ABS plastic, the mini will not rust and resists breaking. The plastic blade will gently scrape off

most naturally-occurring algae without scratching the glass or acrylic surface.

CODE DESCRIPTION PROSCMINI Mini scrapper PROSCMINIR Mini scrapper replacement blade PROSC7P Plastic blade

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

86

CLEA

NIN

G &

MA

INTEN

AN

CE

PROSCRAPER PLASTIC (FOR ACRYLIC)• Industrial quality ABS plastic, ergonomically designed for the hand. • Won’t scratch acrylic or glass like

metal blades. • Soft enough to reach into and clean out scratched glass or acrylic. • Will clean out algae that

naturally grows in scratches. • Won’t cut the user, even if just carried in your pocket. • Effective on even the

most stubborn deposits.

CODE DESCRIPTION PROSCS Short Handle With Plastic Blade PROSCL 24” Handle With Plastic Blade PROSCL35 35” Handle With Plastic Blade PROSCLB Proscraper Spare Plastic Blade PROSC7P small 7” wide plastic Pro scraper for acrylic tanks PROSC12P Pro scraper 12” with plastic blade

PROSCRAPER METAL (FOR GLASS)• Designed for glass aquariums. • Rust resistant. • Flexible 316 stainless steel for smooth scraping. • Yellow

colour to prevent confusion with plastic blade. • Thick enough to be safe to use (will not cut ! esh easily as a

razor would).

CODE DESCRIPTION PROSCSM Short Handle with Stainless Steel Blade PROSCLM 24” Handle Stainless Steel Blade PROSCL35M 35” Handle Stainless Steel Blade PROSCLBM Proscraper Spare Stainless Steel Blade XTND24 24” Extension for Proscraper PROSC12M Pro scrapper 12” with SS blade

CORALIFE AQUA GLOVESFull-arm length with elastic bands to hold them snugly on the upper arm. The gloves measure 28” in total

length and are made of the " nest PVC material with " bre-reinforced sleeves. The Aqua Gloves are designed

to allow the hobbyist to work efficiently inside the aquarium without contaminating the water. The gloves

keep arms and hands completely dry, thus avoiding any possibility of skin contact with the water and its

inhabitants, which prevents stings and allergic reactions.

CODE DESCRIPTION CA08127 Coralife Aqua Gloves

“NET-SAN” NET STERILISER• Effective against bacteria, fungi & viruses. • Ideal for good hygiene. • Use for periodic cleaning and steril-

izing of equipment, especially nets. • Dosage: 3 heaped teaspoons per 10 litres.

CODE DESCRIPTION PL001 375gm Net San PL002 1kg Net San PL003 10kg Net San PL004 20kg Net San

SALT AWAY• Removes salt. • Use periodically to protect metals around saltwater, e.g. pump

motors etc. • Lots of uses including engine ! ushing for in board and outboard motors,

water craft etc. • Water based, non hazardous, bio-degradable. • Contains properties

that attack and remove salt on any surafce and leaves a protective " lm to prevent salt

incursion returning. • Available in ready to use spray bottles and larger 946ml concen-

trate.

CODE DESCRIPTION SA-4 Salt Away 118ml spray bottle SA-16 Salt Away 472ml spray bottle SA-32 Salt Away 946ml concentrate bottle

LARGE BATHISCOPE (UNDERWATER VIEWER)• Makes looking into water so easy. • Check mooring or anchor, search for " sh or

simply see what’s below. • Is easily disassembled into four pieces for easy storage.

• 510 x 360mm total size assembled.

CODE DESCRIPTION RWB3796 Large red bathiscope, for looking below the surface of water

QUICKSET WATERCRETE• Strong as concrete. • Just add water to form putty & apply. • Sets in 5 minutes even underwater.

CODE DESCRIPTION QW750 750g QW45 4.5kg

MEDICORAL• Triple acting coral dip to prepare corals for addition to a pre-existing aquarium. • Bene" cial to corals show-

ing signs of tissue damage. • Safe for all varieties of corals. • Discourages pathogens from establishing

themselves in areas of damaged tissue. • Not a medication, contains no antibiotics or heavy metals. • Add

1ml per 4 litres of seasoned aquarium saltwater in a clean plastic or glass container, then immerse coral.

CODE SIZE CTN MDC30 30ml 12 MDC60 60ml 12

Metal and plastic blades are interchangeable

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

liaW

ATER

QU

ALIT

Y T

ES

TIN

G E

QU

IPM

EN

T

87

WATER QUALITY TESTING EQUIPMENT

LITTLE AUSSIE PH TEST KIT• Attractively carded fresh water pH test kit. • Does approx 90 tests and has samples of pH adjusters. • Ideal

kit for those with small aquariums or bowls. • Price is excellent.

CODE SIZE CTN TK515 Kit 40

PH FRESH TEST KIT• The best fresh water pH test on the market (approx 150 tests per kit). • More test water is used, lessening

the risk of contamination. • Complete with colour chart and pH adjusters. • Range of 6.0 to 7.8.

CODE SIZE CTN TK500 Kit 24 TK501 15ml (Indicator) TK502 100ml (Indicator) TK502A 250ml (Indicator)

MARINE PH TEST KIT• The indicator used in the marine pH kit is unique. It is a mixed indicator with an ideal range 7.5 to 8.7.

• Determinations can be made even without a colour chart. • Yellow is too low, purple too high and a shade

of red is in the safe range. • Includes sample of Carbonate Hardness Generator Powder.

CODE SIZE CTN TK540 Kit 24 TK541 15ml (Indicator) TK542 100ml (Indicator) TK543 250ml (Indicator)

HIGH RANGE PH TEST KIT• Ideal for Cichlids and ! sh preferring high pH values. • Measures pH from 7.6 to 9.0. • Easy to use, immedi-

ate results. • Replacement re! lls available.

CODE SIZE CTN TK740 Kit 24 TK741 15ml (Indicator) TK742 100ml (Indicator)

CALCIUM TEST KIT• Easy to use kit. • Tests in 25 or 50ppm steps. • Displays the colours for the start and end points for easy

use.

CODE SIZE CTN TK720 Kit 24 TK721 50 tab (reagent A) TK722 15ml (reagent B) TK723 15ml (reagent C) TK724 200 tab (reagent A) TK725 100ml (reagent B) TK726 100ml (reagent C)

CARBONATE HARDNESS TEST KIT• The level of Carbonate Hardness is the basis for the value of the pH in a given sample of water. • Carbon-

ate Hardness of water must be maintained for a stable pH. • Easy test to perform in 10 or 20ppm steps.

CODE SIZE CTN TK550 Kit 24 TK551 15ml (indicator) TK552 15ml (titrant) TK554 100ml (titrant)

HARDNESS TEST KIT• Hardness of water can be as critical to the well being of an aquarium as pH. • Measures total hardness in

ppm. • Easy test to perform with 10 or 20ppm steps.

CODE SIZE CTN TK520 Kit 24 TK521 15ml (reagent 1) TK522 15ml (reagent 2) TK523 15ml (reagent 3) TK524 100ml (reagent 1) TK525 100ml (reagent 2) TK526 100ml (reagent 3)

Freshwater Aquariums & Ponds 6.8 - 7.4 for community tanks, 5.8 - 7.4 for most South American Cichlids, 7.2 - 7.8 Live Bearing

tropical ! sh & Gold! sh, 6.6 - 7.4 Egg Laying Tropical ! sh

Saltwater Aquariums 8.0 - 8.4 is acceptable

African Cichlids 7.6 - 8.8 is acceptable

Reef Aquariums Recommended level 380 - 450 ppm

Plants: 70 - 170ppm Australian Na-tives, Guppies, Swordtails, Gold! sh: 125 - 250ppm Cichlid & Brackish Water ! sh:

500ppm & above.

Freshwater 70 - 170ppm, Cichlid 125 - 250ppm, Marine 125 - 250ppm

PH

PH

PH

: : : +

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2

6 65

5 8

686 4 4

93

933

3 F F

AX

AX

: : +6

+61 2

6586

494

4 E

-mail: s

ale

s@

aquaso

nic

.com

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

quaso

nic

.com

.au

88

WATER

QU

ALIT

Y T

ES

TIN

G E

QU

IPM

EN

T

CARBON DIOXIDE TEST KIT• High CO

2 can stress and even kill ! sh. • Also forms carbonic acid, which lowers the pH. • Test will alert you

of any carbon dioxide. • Manipulate/regulate the addition of CO2 in an aquarium with growing plants.

CODE SIZE CTN TK650 Kit 24 TK651 15ml (reagent 1) TK652 15ml (reagent 2) TK653 100ml (reagent 1) TK654 100ml (reagent 2)

AMMONIA TEST KIT• Ammonia is extremely toxic to aquatic life, even in quantities as small as 0.5ppm. • Ammonia is produced

each time something organic, like ! sh waste or even a dead ! sh, decomposes. • Uses the Indophenol

method which will work in fresh and saltwater. Tests down to 0.1ppm and up to 10ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN TK744 Kit 24 TK545 50 test (reagent A powder) TK546 15ml (reagent B) TK648 200 test (reagent A powder) TK649 100ml (reagent B)

NITRITE TEST KIT• Essential for new aquariums for determining when it is safe to release inhabitants. • Measures from 1ppm -

20ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN TK560 Kit 24 TK561 15ml (reagent A) TK562 15ml (reagent B) TK563 100ml (reagent A) TK564 100ml (reagent B)

NITRATE TEST KIT• Nitrate is toxic to ! sh at high levels. • Toxic to some invertebrates even at low levels. • A nitrate test can

determine when a water change should be carried out. • Use 5 or 10 or 20ppm steps to measure from 5 to

160ppm.

CODE SIZE CTN TK570 Kit 24 TK571 15 ml (reagent A) TK572 11 g (reagent B) TK573 15 ml(reagent C) TK575 100 ml (reagent A) TK576 44 g (reagent B) TK577 100ml (reagent C)

IRON TEST KIT• This kit determines iron down to a level of 0.25 ppm and up to 2 ppm. • Correct levels of iron are essential

for the growth of aquatic plants. • Too much iron could harm both ! sh & plants. • The results may be seen in a

luxurious growth of aquatic plants.

CODE SIZE CTN TK530 Kit 24 TK731 15 ml (indicator A) TK732 15 ml (indicator B) TK533 100 ml (indicator A) TK534 100 ml (indicator B)

PHOSPHATE TEST KIT• Phosphate is a very important parameter in fresh and salt water aquaria. • High phosphate levels can often

cause unsightly algae blooms. • In marine aquariums, phosphates can harm sensitive corals. • Phosphate

levels should be monitored on a continuous basis. • Measures from 0.1 to 3.0 ppm levels.

CODE SIZE CTN TK730 Kit 24 TK731 15 ml (reagent A) TK732 15 ml (reagent B) TK733 15 ml (reagent C) TK734 100 ml (reagent A) TK735 100 ml (reagent B) TK736 100 ml (reagent C)

COPPER TEST KIT• Speci! c levels of copper are important to obtain a successful treatment of a disease without harming ! sh.

• Highly accurate test and has a long shelf life. • Levels as low as 0.05 ppm may be determined in fresh or

saltwater.

CODE SIZE CTN TK580 Kit 11 TK581 3 cap (capsules) TK582 20 cap (capsules) TK583 25 ml (standard) TK584 100 ml (standard)

Generally preferred levels below < 0.1ppm

Generally preferred levels below 5ppm to 0ppm

Generally preferred levels below 40 ppm

Plants: between 0.25 - 1.0 for healthy plant growth

Reef Aquariums preferred < 0.25 ppm

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

liaW

ATER

QU

ALIT

Y T

ES

TIN

G E

QU

IPM

EN

T

89

PH FRESH TEST TUBE CODE DESCRIPTION TK590 Spare test tubes for testing of Fresh pH

EYE DROPPERS CODE DESCRIPTION TK595 Spare eye droppers

TEST TUBES 20ML GRADUATED CODE DESCRIPTION TK593 Spare test tubes 20ml

30ML MEASURING CUP CODE DESCRIPTION TK596 Spare 30mL measuring cups. High quality plastic.

TEST TUBES (GLASS) USED IN COPPER TEST KIT CODE DESCRIPTION TK594 150mm L x 18mm D. Use with Aquasonic copper test kit.

LITTLE AUSSIE TEST TUBE CODE DESCRIPTION TK597 Spare test tubes for Little Aussie Test Kit

YSI 9300 & 9500 PHOTOMETERS• Navigate among the list of available tests on the screen. • Simple, convenient and accurate. • Direct reading

concentrations with automatic set up. • Waterproof & " oats. • Large backlit display. • Unique sample tube

holder accommodates various diameters. • 100+ test choices on the photometer display.

• Power via USB port. • Internal memory. • Software not required for Windows 2000, ME or XP. • Enclosed in

a black carry case.

CODE DESCRIPTION YSI930 Photometer YSI950 Photometer

REAGENTS 50 TESTS 250 TESTS

TEST/METHOD RANGE KIT STARTER REAGENTS Alkalinity – Methyl-Orange 0-500 YPM250 YAP250 Alkalinity – Phenolphthalein 0-500 YPM251 YAP251 Alkalinity – Total 0-500 YPM188 YAP188 Aluminium 0-0.5 YPM166 YAP166 Ammonia 0-1.0 YPM152 YAP152 Boron 0-25 YPM190 YAP190 Bromine 0-10.0 YPM060 YAP060 Calcium Hardness 0-500 YPM252 YAP252 Chloride 0-50,000 YPM268 YAP268 Chlorine DPD 1 0-5.0 YPM011 YAP011 Chlorine DPD 2 0-5.0 YPM021 YAP021 Chlorine DPD 1&3 0-5.0 YPM031 YAP031 Chlorine DPD 4 0-5.0 YPM041 YAP041 Chlorine HR 0-250 YPM162 YAP16 Chlorine Dioxide 0-4.0 YPM052 YAP052 Chlorine Dioxide (Low Range) 0-2.5 YPM064 YAP064 Chlorine Dioxide (High Range) 2.5-20 YPM065 YAP065 Chromium Hexavalent 0-1.0 YPM281 YAP281 Chromium III 0-1.0 YAT283 N/A Copper 0-5.0 YPM186 YAP186 Copper (free) 0-5.0 N/A YAP187 Colour (includes turbidity) 10-500 YPM269 N/A Cyanuric Acid 0-200 YPM087 YAP087 Fluoride 0-1.5 YPM179 YAP179 Hardness 0-500 YPM254 YAP254 Hydrazine 0-0.5 YPM103 YAP103 Hydrogen Peroxide LR 0-2.0 YPM104 YAP104

REAGENTS 50 TESTS 250 TESTS

TEST/METHOD RANGE KIT STARTER REAGENTS Hydrogen Peroxide HR 0-100 YPM105 YAP105 Iron LR 0.1.0 YPM155 YAP155 Iron MR 0-5.0 YPM292 YAP292 Iron HR 0-10 YPM156 YAP156 Magnesium 0-100 YPM193 YAP193 Manganese 0-0.03 YPM173 YAP173 Molybdate LR 0-20 YPM258 YAP258 Molybdate HR 0-100 YPM175 YAP175 Nickel 0-10 YPM284 YAP284 Nitrate 0-20 YPM163 YAP163 Nitrite-N 0-0.5 YPM109 YAP109 Nitrite-NaNO2 0-1500 YPM260 YAP260 Organophosphate 0-20 YPM262 YAP262 Ozone 0-2.0 YPM056 YAP056 pH (Phenol Red) 6.8-8.4 YPM130 YAP130 Phenol 0-5.0 YPM287 YAP287 Phosphate LR 0-4.0 YPM177 YAP177 Phosphate HR 0-100 YPM114 YAP114 Potassium 0-12 YPM189 YAP189 Silica 0-4.0 YPM181 YAP181 Silica HR 0-150 YPM290 YAP290 Sulphate 0-200 YPM154 YAP154 Sulphide 0-0.5 YPM168 YAP168 Sulphite 0-500 YPM266 YAP266 Zinc 0-4.0 YPM148 YAP148 YSI Round Test Tubes (5 Pack) YPT595

PH

PH

PH

: : : +

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2

6 65

5 8

686 4 4

93

933

3 F F

AX

AX

: : +6

+61 2

6586

494

4 E

-mail: s

ale

s@

aquaso

nic

.com

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

quaso

nic

.com

.au

90

WATER

QU

ALIT

Y T

ES

TIN

G E

QU

IPM

EN

T

LIFEGARD TEST STRIPS• A complete line of custom designed test strips by Pentair Aquatics. • Testing of fresh or saltwater aquariums

or ponds. • Hinged pop-top lid and wrap around desiccant liner to protect strips from moisture intrusion.

• Packed in bright colour coded hang or stand alone boxes. “For salt or freshwater aquariums or ponds.”

CODE DESCRIPTION R440001 6 Way, Alkalinity, pH, Nitrite, Nitrate, Hardness and Ammonia quick, reliable, 25 tests. R440002 5 Way test strips, Alkalinity, pH, Nitrate, Nitrite and Hardness. 25 tests R440003 Ammonia, 25 tests• 0-6ppm R440004 Nitrite/Nitrate, reliable, 25 tests, Nitrite 0-10ppm, Nitrate 0-200ppm R440005 pH, reliable, 25 tests, pH 6.0 to 9.0

THERMO-SCIENTIFIC COLOURIMETERS MADE BY EUTECH• High quality reagents. • Large easy to read display. • Waterproof and lightweight. • Rugged carry case.

• Meter comes with reagents and sample vials. • 4 x “AAA” batteries (included).

CODE DESCRIPTION EC-C301 Free chlorine, total chlorine & pH EC-104 Bromine meter EC94X377001 Free chlorine reagent kit, pack of 100 pouches EC94X377002 Total chlorine, ozone and bromide reagent kit , pack of 100 pouches EC94X377004 pH indicator reagent kit, 1 bottle EC-CLOL0RREF Chlorine colour reference kit for C301, C104 & C105 EC-C105 Ozone meter

AQUARIUM THERMOMETER Floating Thermometer. This thermometer indicates 0 - 40 °C. Has a sucker that you can attach to the side of

the aquarium so it doesn’t " oat away.

CODE DESCRIPTION TH011 Floating glass thermometer

HYDROMETER/ THERMOMETER (FLOATING TYPE)• 0 to 40°C temperature and 1.000 to 1.060 speci! c gravity (SG). • Glass construction.

CODE DESCRIPTION GS-01 Floating glass hydrometer/thermometer

BIOCUBE MINI HYDROMETERThe Biocube Mini Hydrometer can remain submerged inside the aquarium for continuous monitoring of salt

levels. Compact design allows for discreet placement and will not detract from the natural beauty of your reef

or saltwater aquascape.

CODE DESCRIPTION

CA3601 Biocube Mini Hydrometer

CHAMBER TYPE HYDROMETER• Inexpensive hydrometer. • Accurate and reliable salinity readings. • Durable in construction. • Range: 16-

40%ppt (1.010- 1.030 SG). • Accuracy: ± 0.001 SG. • Direct reading in ppt & SG. • Does not require tempera-

ture corrections.

CODE DESCRIPTION HYD12 Chamber type hydrometer

FG-211 REFRACTOMETER• Temperature compensated between 10 - 30°C. • Includes cleaning cloth, case, transfer pipettes & calibra-

tion screw driver. • Reads speci! c gravity & PPT. • Easily calibrated. • Adjustable eyepiece. • Accurate to

0.002 sg / 0.2PPT. • Range from 1.000 sg - 1.070 sg / 0 PPT - 100PPT.

CODE DESCRIPTION FG-211 Refractometer standard

SR6 REFRACTOMETER• Temperature compensated between 10 - 30°C. • Includes cleaning cloth, carry case, transfer pipets & cali-

bration screw. • Reads speci! c gravity & PPT. • Easily calibrated. • Adjustable eyepiece. • Accurate to 0.001

sg / 1 PPT. • Range from 1.000 sg - 1.070sg / 0 PPT - 100 PPT. • Large magni! ed easy to read twice the size

of FG-211 display. • Easy grip body.

CODE DESCRIPTION SR6 Refractometer premium

TUBE TYPE THERMOMETERS• Large display. • Inexpensive. • Durable design.

CODE DESCRIPTION R440015 Tube Thermometer 2 to 50°C (1m rope) R440016 Easy read, sink or " oat thermometer.

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

liaW

ATER

QU

ALIT

Y T

ES

TIN

G E

QU

IPM

EN

T

91

LITTLE TIME OR TEMP DIGITAL THERMOMETER• A digital clock/thermometer with illuminating light for accurate measurement of water or room temperature

in °F & °C.

CODE DESCRIPTION 270778 Little Time or Temperature Thermometer

CORALIFE DIGITAL THERMOMETERIdeal digital thermometer for your aquariums or terrariums. It is economically priced, digitally accurate and

this unit is completely transportable. All you need to do is attach this digital thermometer to the side of your

aquarium for temperature reading and you can monitor the temperature through its LCD.

CODE DESCRIPTION CA05032 Digital Thermometer

BIG DIGITAL TEMP ALERT• Large display digital thermometer. • Displays water temperature & room temperature. • Measures in °F & °C.

• Four alert features (alarm will sound and LED " ashes).

CODE DESCRIPTION 270779C Big Digital Temperature Alert Thermometer

DIGITAL TIMER• Countdown timer for ! eld and laboratory. • Super large LCD makes it easy to read from a distance. • Ideal

for timing test kit solutions.

CODE DESCRIPTION DT Four Channel Digital Timer Jumbo Display

DIGITAL ROOM THERMOMMETER/HYGROMETER• Clock display with alarm function. • Temperature range: -30 ° to +50°C. • Humidity range: 30-99% relative

humidity. • Requires 1x AAA battery (included).

CODE DESCRIPTION THG-1A Digital Thermometer

DIGITAL MIN/MAX THERMOMETER• Displays time and in/out temperature on LCD screen. • Maximum/minimum temperature recording, mea-

sures water temp. • Alarm function. • Requires 1x AAA battery (included).

CODE DESCRIPTION THR-1A Temperature range: -50° to +70°C

PISTOL INFRARED THERMOMETER• 30:1 optical resolution. • Accurate @ over 20 metres. • Temp range -50°C to +1000°C. • 0.1°C resolution.

• Backlit LCD display. • Built in laser pointer. • Min/max/avg/difference logging. • Trigger lock. • High & low

alarm. • 230mmL x 100 mmH x 56mmW. • Supplied in blow moulded carry case.

CODE DESCRIPTION QM-7226 Pistol Infrared thermometer

POCKET INFRARED THERMOMETERThermometer, LCD display, optical resolution of 3:1. Accurate to approximately 2-3 metres. Comes with bat-

teries and lanyard. • 3:1 optical resolution. • Accurate @ 2-3 metres. • Temp range -33°C - + 250°C. • 0.1°C

resolution. • LCD screen. • 22.5mm x 60mm, 63g. • Built in laser pointer.

CODE DESCRIPTION EC-BA-TN203L Pocket infrared thermometer

DIGITAL LIGHT METER/LUX METER• Ideal for photography, laboratory and engineering. • Measures incident light in : 0.01-200, 200 to 2000,

2,000 to 20,000 and 20,000-50,000 lux. • 1 metre cord. • Sensor cover included.

CODE DESCRIPTION QM-1587 Digital Lux Meter

MINI DATALOGGER MICROLITE USBMicro lite mini temperature data logger with USB connector, up to 16000 samples.

CODE DESCRIPTION EC-FOLITE5016 Mini Data logger MicroLite USB

PH

PH

PH

: : : +

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2

6 65

5 8

686 4 4

93

933

3 F F

AX

AX

: : +6

+61 2

6586

494

4 E

-mail: s

ale

s@

aquaso

nic

.com

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

quaso

nic

.com

.au

92

WATER

QU

ALIT

Y T

ES

TIN

G E

QU

IPM

EN

T

UVT MONITOR• Used for monitoring the quality and clarity of water, providing an indication of how much organic matter

there is present in your water. • Use as an alternative or supplemental test for other organic testing methods

such as TOC, DOC, BOD and COD. • Monitoring of wastewater quality, or water treatment plant input water

quality. • As an indicator of when Activated carbon or membrane treatment processes need to be renewed.

• Use to size UV sterilizers and determine UV sterilizer performance. • Available in several models including

online continuous monitoring systems. • Use for application high organic laden waters (waste water) to high

purity water (after reverse osmosis etc). • UV254 testing is biased towards reactive organics, which tend to

have the most signi! cant impact on water quality.

Real UVT meter speci! cations• Measures 0 - 1.3UVA and 5-100% UVT. • 0.001UVA and 0.1% UVT resolution. • 22cmL x 19cmW x 10cmH

• Rugged Compact and watertight. • 12VDC/1A wall adaptor. • 12VDC car adaptor.

CODE DESCRIPTION UVTREAL 5 - 100% UVT portable Field monitor Applications

VITAL SINE PH TESTER • Suitable for fresh and salt water aquariums, garden ponds, hydroponics and aquaculture. • Reads from 0-14

with .1 accuracy at 20°C. • One point calibration with screwdriver included. • 3 x 1.5V button cell batteries

included. •1 year warranty.

CODE DESCRIPTION VS62 Vital Sine pH tester

THERMO-SCIENTIFIC PH PEN METERS MADE BY EUTECH INSTRUMENTS• Large custom display LCD screen and unique ribbed body for better grip and ‘anti-roll’ function. All pH pens

up to pHtestr20 measure pH only, pHTestr30 measures both pH and temperature. • Large custom display

LCD on pHtestr10, pHtestr10BNC, pHtestr20 and pHtestr30. • 3 point calibration for pHtestr10, pHtes-

tr10BNC, pHtestr20 and pHtestr30. • 1 point calibration on EcoTestrpH1, up to 3 point calibration on EcoTes-

trpH2. • Auto-buffer recognition on all pens. • IP67 waterproof standard for all pens. • User-replaceable double

junction Ag/AgCl polymer sensor. • EcotestrpH1 and 2 have long sensor life, no replaceable sensor needed.

• 2 year meter warranty (1 year on EcoTestrpH1 and 2).

CODE DESCRIPTION Ec-oTestrpH2 pH tester pen, range 0-14pH, resolution 0.1pH accuracy ±0.1pH EC-PHTESTR10 pH tester pen, range -1.00 - 15 pH resolution 0.1 pH, accuracy ± 0.1 EC-PHTESTR10BNC pH tester pen with BNC connector for pH probe, range -1.00 - 15 pH resolution 0.01 pH, accuracy ± 0.01 EC-PHTESTR20 pH tester pen, range -1.00 - 15 pH resolution 0.01 pH, accuracy ± 0.01 EC-PHTESTR30 pH and temperature tester pen range -1.00 - 15 pH resolution 0.01 pH, accuracy ± 0.01 EC-PHSENSOR03DJ Replacement double junction sensor for PHTESTR10, 20 & 30 EC-FC7252201B 1 metre double junction pH probe for PHTESTR10BNC

THERMO-SCIENTIFIC ORP TESTER MADE BY EUTECH INSTRUMENTS• Dual display LCD for enhanced readability. • Dustproof and IP67 waterproof housing. • User replaceable

sensor. • Auto power off saves battery power after non use. • Range: -999 to +1000mV, resolution 1mv, ac-

curacy ±22mV. • One point calibration. • 3 year warranty.

CODE DESCRIPTION EC-ORPTESTR10 ORP pen meter EC-ORPTESTR10BNC ORP pen meter with BNC connector for probe attachment EC-ORPWPSENDJ Replacement sensor for ORPTESTR10 EC-FC-79601-01B 1 metre ORP probe for ORPTESTR10BNC

THERMO-SCIENTIFIC TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLIDS (TDS) & CONDUCTIVITY (EC) PEN METERS MADE BY EUTECH INSTRUMENTS• Multiple ranges with selectable or auto-ranging options. • Large display screen displays mode, battery level

and temperature. • User replaceable sensors. • 1 point calibration on TDSTESTR11 & 11+, 2 point calibra-

tion on EC-TESTR11 & 11+. • Automatic temperature compensation on all models. • All models have 0-50°C

temperature range with 0.1°C resolution and ±0.5°C accuracy. • Accuracy on all meters ±1% of full scale.

CODE DESCRIPTION RANGES RESOLUTION EC-OTESTRTDSHIGH TDS pen meter 0-10.00ppt 0.1ppt EC-OTESTRTDSLOW TDS pen meter 0-1990ppm 10ppm EC-TDSTESTR11 TDS pen meter 0 -2000.00ppm 10ppm. 0 -10.00ppt 0.10ppt EC-TDSTESTR11+ TDS pen meter 0 -200.0ppm 0.1ppm, 0 -2000.00ppm 10ppm 0 -10.00ppt 0.10ppt EC-OTESTRECHIGH Conductivity pen meter 0-19.90mS/cm 0.1mS/cm EC-OTESTRECLOW Conductivity pen meter 0-1990µS/cm 10µS/cm EC-ECTESTR11 Conductivity pen meter 0 - 2000µS/cm 10uS/cm 0 - 20.00mS/cm 0.10mS/cm EC-TESTR11+ Conductivity pen meter 0 - 200uS/cm 0.1 uS/cm 0 -2000uS/cm 1uS/cm 0 -20.00mS/cm 0.01mS/cm EC-SENSOR11 Replacement sensor for ECTESTR11 & TDSTESTR11 EC-SENSOR11PLS Replacement sensor for ECTESTR11+ & TDSTESTR11+

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

liaW

ATER

QU

ALIT

Y T

ES

TIN

G E

QU

IPM

EN

T

93

THERMO-SCIENTIFIC SALINITY PEN METER MADE BY EUTECH INSTRUMENTS• Large screen displays mode. • ATC and battery level. • User replaceable sensor. • IP67 rated waterproof,

anti roll design. • Range: 0-10.00ppt. • Resolution 0.10ppt. • Accuracy ± 1% of full scale. • Automatic tempera-

ture compensation (0° to 50°C). • 2 year warranty.

CODE DESCRIPTION RANGES RESOLUTION EC-OTESRTSALT Salinity pen meter 0-10.00ppt 0.1ppt EC-SaltTestr11 Salinity pen meter EC-TDSSENSOR Replacement Sensor for SaltTestr11

THERMO-SCIENTIFIC MULTIPARAMETER PEN METER -PH, CONDUCTIVITY, TDS, SALINTY AND TEMPERATURE MADE BY EUTECH INSTRUMENTS• Measures up to ! ve parameters, pH, conductivity, TDS, salinity and temperature. • Low, medium and high

conductivity/TDS ranges. • Salinity measurements of up to 10.00 ppt or 1%. • Up to 5 point pH calibra-

tion and 3 point conductivity/TDS/ salinity calibration. • Waterproof IP67 rated. • pH: range 0.00 - 14pH,

resolution 0.01pH, accuracy ± 0.01pH. • Conductivity range/resolution: 0-199.9us/cm/0.1uS/cm, 200-

1999uS/cm/1us/cm, 2.0-20.00mS/cm/0.01mS/cm. Accuracy ± 1% of full scale. • TDS range/resolution:0.0-

99.9ppm/0.1ppm,100-999 ppm/1ppm, 1.00-10.00 ppm/0.01ppm. Accuracy ± 1% of full scale. • Salinity range/

resolution: 0.0-99.9ppm/0.1ppm,100-999ppm/1ppm,1.00-10.00ppt/0.01ppt, 0.0-1.00%/0.01%. Accuracy ± 1%

of full scale. • Temperature range: 0.0 to 50.0 °C, resolution 0.1°C, accuracy ± 0.5°C. 2 year warranty.

CODE DESCRIPTION EC-PCTEST35 Multiparameter pen meter pH, Conductivity, Temp EC-PCSTESTR35 Multiparameter pen meter pH, Conductivity, TDS, Salinity, Temp EC-PCSSENSOR Replacement sensor for PCSTESTR35

SPARES AND ACCESORIES FOR EUTECH PEN METERS• Protect your pen meter with this small inexpensive pouch. • Spare batteries for Eutech pen meters available

in packs of 2 (4 x LR44 batteries required per meter).

CODE DESCRIPTION EC-POUCH01 Carry pouch for pocket testers EC-BATT14-2 Alkaline button cell batteries for Eutech pen meters (2 per pack)

PH/ORP MONITOR• Completely waterproof, making it perfect for aquaculture or aquarium use. • Features a large LCD display,

simultaneously showing pH or ORP and temp in °C/°F. • Includes a rubber boot which protects the monitor

from damage and can also be used to mount on a wall. • Comes standard with a pH/temp probe. • Separate

ORP probe can also be purchased, which enables ORP/temp/pH to be measured from the same monitor.

CODE DESCRIPTION VS99 Vital Sine Palm pH meter, waterproof inc pH electrode(probe) 1m cable VSPW ORP probe with cable (1m) VSPC pH probe with cable (1m)

SALINTY METER BY EUTECH INSTRUMENTS• Push-button calibration for easy, quick calibration with ±1% full scale accuracy. • Automatic temperature

compensation. • Auto power off. • Sturdy built-in stand for easy bench top operation. • Rugged carry case -

includes 5ppt, 25ppt, 45ppt and deionized water(60 mls each) • Salinity Range: 1 to 50.0 ppt/0.1 to 5.00 %.

• Resolution: 0.1 ppt/0.01% accuracy: ±1% full scale. • Temperature range: 0-100°C. • Auto power off after 17

minutes. • 4 AAA x 1.5V batteries (included). 3 year warranty.

CODE DESCRIPTION EC-SALT6/03PLUSK Salt 6+ monitor and probe with carry kit set. EC-CONSEN91B Replacement probe for ECOSCAN SALT6, 1m cable length

PC 300 MULTIPARAMETER PH/TEMP, CONDUCTIVITY TEMP, TDS/TEMP ME-TER BY EUTECH INSTRUMENTS• IP67 Waterproof and dust proof housing. • Multi-parameter, pH/Temperature and Conductivity/Temperature,

TDS/Temperature. • Up to 5 point calibration. • Auto buffer for pH calibration. • Auto ranging for Conductivity.

• Stability indicator. • Rugged carry case. • pH range: -2.00 to 16.00. Resolution: 0.01 pH, accuracy ± 0.01 pH.

• Conductivity range:0 to 19.99, 199.9, 1999 µS/cm; 19.99, 199.9 mS/cm.

• TDS range: 0 to 9.99, 99.9, 999 ppm; 9.99, 99.9 ppt, max. 199.9 ppt (depending on factor setting). Tempera-

ture range:0 to 100.0°C. • 4 AAA x 1.5V batteries (included). • 3 year warranty.

CODE DESCRIPTION PCWP300/03K PC300 pH/temp, conductivity/temp, TDS/temp meter 1m cables CONSEN91W Conductivity/TDS/temp probe for PC300 FC72522-01B pH/Temp Probe for PC300

PH

PH

PH

: : : +

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2

6 65

5 8

686 4 4

93

933

3 F F

AX

AX

: : +6

+61 2

6586

494

4 E

-mail: s

ale

s@

aquaso

nic

.com

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

quaso

nic

.com

.au

94

WATER

QU

ALIT

Y T

ES

TIN

G E

QU

IPM

EN

T

DISSOLVED PD300 OXYGEN/PH/TEMPERATURE METER BY EUTECH INSTRU-MENTS• Multi-parameter. Toggle between DO, Temperature and pH. • IP67 waterproof and dust proof, " oats on

water.

• Auto buffering recognition, up to 5 point calibration for pH. • Calibration to 100% in air and/or 0% in known

solution. • Manual Salinity and Barometric pressure compensation. • No warm up required, takes measure-

ments immediately and fast response. • Galvanic oxygen probe. • Auto power off. • Rugged carry case.

• pH range: -2.00to 16.00. • Resolution: 0.01pH, Accuracy:± 0.01pH. • Dissolved Oxygen range: 0 to 19.9

mg/L/ppm % Saturation of Oxygen: 0.0 to 199.9%. • Dissolved Oxygen resolution: 0.01 mg/L/0.1 ppm, 0.1 %.

• Accuracy ±1.5% full scale. • Temperature range: -10.0 to 110.0°C. • Temperature resolution: 0.1°C, Accu-

racy:± 0.3 °C. • Automatic temperature compensation. • Salinity correction to 50ppt. • 4 AAA x 1.5V batteries.

(included). • 3 year warranty.

CODE DESCRIPTION PDWP300/03K PD300 DO/pH/Temperature meter with 3m cables 01X211226 DO electrolyte 60ml 01X241603 Membranes & O rings (5 pack) for PD300 DOHANDYNEW Replacement DO probe and cable 3m DA93506-03B Replacement pH probe and cable 3m

DO200 DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER• 12 month instrument and 6 probe warranty. • Has all the features of the YSI 5512 & 550A Dissolved Oxygen

meters. • Able to display DO in ppm or % saturation and temperature. • Quick calibration and fast response

time. • Also includes Salinity and altitude compensation. • Meter and 4m cable are sold separately.

CODE DESCRIPTION DO200 Dissolved Oxygen Meter only 605352 4m Dissolved Oxygen cable assembly - sold separately 605306 5908 Membrane Kit 1.25ml (6 yellow caps)incl electrolyte for YSI DO200, 550A & 556 meters

PH100 3 IN 1 METER• Monitors pH or ORP and Temperature. • Available with a 1m or 4m cable length to suit laboratory or ! eld

applications. • Cable sold separately. • All probes are laboratory grade. • 1 year instrument and 6 month

probe warranty.

CODE DESCRIPTION pH100 “3 in 1” Meter only 605374 110-1m pH Probe - sold separately 605375 130-1m Temp. Probe 605376 115-1m ORP Probe 605377 1m Combo pH/Temp. cable 605378Y 4m Combo pH/Temp. cable

EC300 CONDUCTIVITY METER• Monitors Conductivity, Salinity, TDS, Speci! c Conductance and Temperature. • Available with a 4m cable

length to suit laboratory or ! eld applications. • Sold separately. • 2 year Warranty, 1 year for probes.

CODE DESCRIPTION EC300 Conductivity meter only 605395 4m cable assy - sold separately

POINT 4 “TRACKER” TOTAL DISSOLVED GAS METER• Measures Total Dissolved Gas Pressure (TGP). • Measures Barometric Pressure (BP). • Data-logging capa-

bilities. • Rechargeable batteries. • ISSM001 includes monitor, probe, cable, AC charger, data transfer cable,

software. • Other probes such as pH/Temp, ORP/Temp and Salinity/Conductivity/Temp are also available.

CODE DESCRIPTION 1SSM001 Total Gas Pressure Monitor and sensor 1SSP003 Replacement TGP Cartridge (includes membrane) 1SSA005 Charger Cable with AC Adapter 1SSA006 Charger Cable with Car Adapter 1SSA007 Data Transfer Cable with USB Adapter 1SSA008 Data Transfer Cable with RS232 Adapter

YSI ECOSENSE CARRY CASES CODE DESCRIPTION 605382 Hard carrying case w/ form ! tted foam insert for YSI pH100 605383 Hard carrying case w/ form ! tted foam insert for YSI DO200 605384 Hard carrying case w/ form ! tted foam insert for YSI EC300 605381 Vinyl case, form ! tted w/ shoulder strap for YSI pH100, DO200 & EC300 605139 Soft sided carrying case for YSI pH100, DO200 & EC300

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

liaW

ATER

QU

ALIT

Y T

ES

TIN

G E

QU

IPM

EN

T

95

INSTRUMENT CASES• Alternative cases for your precious monitors and other equipment. • Attaché cases contain removable 15 x

15mm foam inserts so you can match up the exact size of the monitor or equipment being stored. • Atta-

ché cases are lockable and are available in two sizes. • Waterproof ABS cases are perfect for transporting

smaller monitors (especially pen type meters). • ABS cases are waterproof, " oat, have 2 snap lock fasteners

and include eyelets for applying padlocks to further increase security.

CODE DESCRIPTION HB-6355 Attaché case (407W x 277D x 95H mm) w/ removable inserts HB-6356 Attaché case (450W x 320D x 145H mm) w/ removable inserts HB-6380 ABS case (260W x 200D x 100H mm)

YSI 550A & 556MPS CARRY CASES CODE DESCRIPTION 655100 Small soft carrying case w/ form ! tted foam insert for YSI 550A & 556 MPS 655102 Large soft carrying case w/ form ! tted foam insert for YSI 550A & 556 MPS 655259 Vinyl carrying case w/ foam insert & shoulder strap for YSI 550A & 556 MPS 655101 Small hard carrying case w/ form ! tted foam insert for YSI 550A & 556 MPS

PT4 ION MONITORING SYSTEMThe PT4 ION monitor/controller system can measure and log a variety of parameters, as well as control vari-

ous items from feeders to alarms, pumps and lighting. The PT4 ION uses a unique “smart sensor” technol-

ogy, whereby data from probes etc, is sent wirelessly to a user interface (such as a PC or Laptop) or to the

optional touch panel. This data can be transferred over a 4km radius.

FEATURES:• Runs off 12VDC power. Solar power charging is an optional feature. • Built in battery voltage indicator that

will indicate when a recharge is required. • Multiple applications include; Hatcheries and Farms, Sea Cages,

and Live Fish Transport. • Can measure and control a multitude of parameters/equipment such as; pH, ORP,

Dissolved Oxygen, Total Gas Pressure, Alarms, Pumps, Ozone Generators, Lighting and Feeding, all of

which are entirely dependent on your individual application.

SPECIFICATIONS:• PT4 ION controller features an IP66 rated NEMA 4X enclosure, 2 x 2-wire RS485/232 COM ports (wireless

card optional). • ROC10 (Intelligent Relay Output Card) features up to 10 relay outputs, with up to 5 ROC10

units can be linked to a single PT4 ION controller, 2-wire RS485 communication input. • SIC5 (Intelligent

Signal Isolation Card) features up to 5 inputs for various probes and a 2-wire RS485 communication output.

For more detailed speci! cations please view the product brochure on Aquasonic’s website

CODE DESCRIPTION 1SSS100 PT4 ION monitoring system, pH/Temp probe, Oxy/Temp probe, ORP/Temp probe, TGP/Temp probe, Touch panel

YSI 556 MULTI-PROBE SYSTEM (MPS)The YSI 556 MPS combines an easy-to-use and easy-to-read handheld unit with all the functions of a com-

plex multi-parameter system. Featuring a water proof, impact resistant case, the 556 Multi-Probe System

simultaneously displays Dissolved Oxygen, pH, Conductivity, Temperature, ORP, Salinity & TDS. Barometer

is optional. With 512K memory, the instrument can store up to 49,000 data sets with time and date stamp.

• Compatible with EcoWatch™ for Windows™ data analysis software. GLP conforming. • Available with 4m,

10m & 20m cable lengths. Comes with 5061 case as shown here. • Field-replaceable DO, pH, ORP, and

Conductivity/Temp Probes. • Compatible with Ecowatch for Windows software available at no cost, • Internal

memory stores over 49,000 data set points. • Soft sided carry case included.

• Temperature: Range -5°C to +45°C, Resolution 0.1°C, Accuracy 0.15°C.

• Dissolved Oxygen: Range 0 to 50mg/L, Resolution 0.01mg/L, Accuracy ± 2%.

• Conductivity: Range 0-100mS (0-70ppt), Resolution 0.001mS/cm, Accuracy ± 0.5%.

• pH: Range 0-14 units, Resolution 0.01, Accuracy ± 0.2units.

• ORP: Range -999 to +999mV, Resolution 0.1mV, Accuracy ± 20mV.

CODE DESCRIPTION 556-01 YSI 556 Multi Probe System, Memory Function, No Barometer 556-02 YSI 556 Multi Probe System, Memory Function, With Barometer 5565 Combo pH/ORP Probe kit for MPS 556 or 5200 Monitor Controller 5563-4 4 Metre Cable Kit For DO, Temp & Conductivity 5563-10 10 Metre Cable Kit For DO, Temp & Conductivity 605307 5909 Membrane Kit 2.00 mL PE (6 blue caps), incl. electrolyte for 556 model. 605306 5908 Membrane Kit 1.25 mL PE (6 yellow caps), incl. electrolyte for DO200, 550A and 556 models 655100 Small soft carrying case w/ form ! tted foam insert for YSI 556 MPS 655102 Large soft carrying case w/ form ! tted foam insert for YSI 556 MPS 655259 Vinyl carrying case w/ foam insert and shoulder strap for YSI 556 MPS 655101 Small hard carrying case w/ form ! tted foam insert for YSI 556 MPS 063516 556 charger (cigarette lighter) for YSI 556 MPS 655227 Hands free harness for YSI 556 MPS, YSI 550A 063517 Ultra c-clamp to attach to a table or boat for YSI 556 MPS, 550A & Pro Plus

H a t c h e r y S y s t e m L a y o u t

Oxygenation & Water Management

Making your water better!Making your water better!

Oxygenation and

Water Management

103 - 16 Fawcett RoadCoquitlam BC V3K 6X9CANADAwww.pointfour.com

Toll Free: 1-800-267-9936Phone: +1 604 759 2114

Fax: +1 604 759 [email protected]

System Access Via

Web Server

Computer

System

Alarm

Wireless Communication

Hatchery O!ce

PT4 Smart O2 Probe

PT4 Wedge-Lock Diffuser

PH

PH

PH

: : : +

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2

6 65

5 8

686 4 4

93

933

3 F F

AX

AX

: : +6

+61 2

6586

494

4 E

-mail: s

ale

s@

aquaso

nic

.com

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

quaso

nic

.com

.au

96

WATER

QU

ALIT

Y T

ES

TIN

G E

QU

IPM

EN

T

PRO20 DISSOLVED OXYGEN MONITOR• User-replacable cables and sensors. Choose Polarographic or Galvanic for the ! eld or a self-stirring BOD

probe for the Lab. • 3-year instrument; 2-year cable warranty • Ranges; D.O: 0-500%, 0-50mg/L, Tempera-

ture: -5-70°C, mmHg: 375-825mmHg • Accuracy; D.O: 0-200% ±1% reading, 200-500% ±15% reading, Temp:

±0.2°C, mmHg: ±1.5% • One Touch Cal allows easy DO calibrations within 3 seconds with the press of a but-

ton. Automatic barometric pressure compensation. • Stores 50 data sets; no need to write down data.

• Graphic backlit display and glow in the dark keypad • Available with 1, 4, 10, 20, 30 and 100m cable lengths

standard(special order up to 100-meter cables in 10-meter increments) • Tough. IP-67, impact-resistant, wa-

terproof case even without the battery cover. Rubber over molded case provides extradurability. Military spec

connectors. • Quick response times; 95% response time in approximately 8 seconds with standard mem-

brane (fastest response time in the market)

• 8.3 cm width x 21.6 cm length x 2.3 cm depth (3.25 in. x 8.5 in. x 2.25 in.) • 475 grams (1.05 lbs.) • 2 alka-

line C-cells providing 400 hours of battery life; low battery indicator on Pro20 • warranty - 1-year Polarograph-

ic sensors; 6-months Galvan sensors • Salinity Input Range 0-70 ppt; manual (automatically compensates for

manual input value)

CODE DESCRIPTION6050020 Pro20 Handheld instrument60520-1 1-m cable for DO/temp60520-4 4-m cable for DO/temp (includes cable management kit)60520-10 10-m cable for DO/temp (includes cable management kit)605780 Self-stirring BOD probe with 2-m (6 ft.) cable included605202 Galvanic Sensor for any cable605203 Polarographic Sensor for any cable603077 Flow cell, 203 mL, with single port adapter603075 Soft-sided carrying case603074 Hard-sided carrying case603069 Belt clip to attach instrument to belt063517 Ultra clamp (attach to instrument to secure it to a desk, boat, etc)063507 Small tripod (attach to instrument to sit on any " at surface)603062 Cable management kit (included with 4- 10- 20- and 30-m cables)605978 Cable weight, 4.9 oz., attach to stainless steel probe guard605913 1.25 mil PE membranes for galvanic (6 yellow caps and solution)605306 1.25 mil PE membranes for polarographic (6 yellow caps and solution)605914 2 mil PE membranes for galvanic (6 blue caps and solution)605307 2 mil PE membranes for polarographic (6 blue caps and solution)

Cables up to 100m in lenght available on request

YSI PRO ODO OPTICAL DISSOLVED OXYGEN METERUtilizes “smart” digital sensor technology which stores calibration data within the sensor. This allows probes

to be placed on any ProODO instrument without re-calibration. YSI ODO technology reduces the time re-

quired calibrating and maintaining sensors while utilizing a user replaceable sensing element that requires

approximately annual replacement. There are no electrodes to clean or solutions to change. Based on usage,

calibrations can be stable for up to one year and are stored in each sensor.

Optical technology also increases DO accuracy and eliminates probe fouling by common gases such as

hydrogen sul! de.

• Expanded DO range of 0-500% • Non-consumptive luminescent method eliminates the need for stirring •

Easy to read graphic, backlit display and keypad for use in any lighting condition • Truly ! eld-worthy, impact

resistant, IP-67 waterproof case and connectors; rubber over molded, non-slip case for extra durability and

grip • User-replaceable cables in lengths of 1 to 100-metres. Cable management kit included with 4-me-

tre and longer cables • USB connection allows interaction with powerful desktop Data Manager software

• Stores 2000 data sets (sensor data, date, time, site and user de! ned information) • Multiple languages

include English, Spanish, French, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese and German. Asian language support in

the future.

• 3-year instrument warranty; 2-year cable and probe warranty

CODE DESCRIPTION626281 ProODO Handheld instrument626320 Replacement sensing element (included with initial probe purchase)626250-1 1-m probe/cable for DO/temp626250-4 4-m probe/cable for DO/temp (includes cable management kit)626250-10 10-m probe/cable for DO/temp (includes cable management kit)626250-20 20-m probe/cable for DO/temp (includes cable management kit)626250-30 30-m probe/cable for DO/temp (includes cable management kit)603075 Soft-sided carrying case603074 Hard-sided carrying case603069 Belt clip to attach instrument to belt063517 Ultra clamp (attach to instrument to secure it to a desk, boat, etc)063507 Small tripod (attach to instrument to sit on any " at surface)603062 Cable management kit (included with 4- through 100-m cables)605978 Cable weight, 4.9 oz, attach to stainless steel probe guard

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

liaW

ATER

QU

ALIT

Y T

ES

TIN

G E

QU

IPM

EN

T

97

PROFESSIONAL PLUS• Backlit display and keypad for use in true low-light conditions. • The ! le system allows for a 100 folder and

site list structure to store and easily manage 2,000 data sets. • Adjustable right or left-handed hand strap.

• Detailed on-screen help function. • MS (military-spec) connectors - rugged, waterproof, keyed, bayonet

style quarter-turn lock. • Easy to install cable weights; can be daisy - chained for additional weight. • Rubber,

over - molded IP-67 water proof case

• 3 year instrument warranty • 2 year cable warranty. • Rugged cables, sensors and military spec connec-

tors • Drop tested 1 metre at all angles • Scratch resistant lens; viewable with polarized glasses • Instrument

" oats • Weighted. • User replaceable multi sensor design. • Measures DO, pH, Conductivity,ORP, Ammonium,

Nitrate, Chloride, Salinity, Total Dissolved Solids and Barometric Pressure. • 2,000 data set memory with GLP

event logging. • Interval or event logging capability.

• Rubber over moulded IP67 waterproof case. • User upgradable software via USB. • Backlit display and

keypad.

• Rugged cables, connectors and probes. • Free, Data Manager desktop software and procomm II saddle.

• Interval or single event logging. • Password protection. • Detailed GLP Data. • USB connection also powers

the instrument.

• 6 point calibration with auto buffer recognition. • User adjustable. • Atuo stable with prompts.

• User upgradeable software via waterproof USB port. • Recalibration prompts. • Search function ! lters user

de! ned data information. (All cables include temperature. Cables over 1 metre include cable management

kit). Please note: Ammonium, Chloride and Nitrate sensors have a 6 month shelf life.

Instrument CODE DESCRIPTION 6050000 YSI Professional Plus multiparameter instrument

CODE DESCRIPTION60510 1, 4, 10, 20 or 30-metre ISE1/temp60520 1, 4, 10, 20 or 30-metre2 DO/temp60530 1, 4, 10, 20 or 30-metre conductivity/temp6051010 1, 4, 10, 20 or 30-metre ISE/ISE/temp6051020 1, 4, 10, 20 or 30-metre ISE/DO/temp6051030 1, 4, 10, 20 or 30-metre ISE/conductivity/temp6052030 1, 4, 10, 20 or 30-metre DO/conductivity/temp605790 1, 4, 10, 20, or 30 metre: ISE/ISE/DO/ conductivity/temp605107 1-metre single-junction probe & cable for pH/temp605177 4-metre single-junction probe & cable for pH/temp605108 1-metre single-junction probe & cable for ORP/temp605178 4-metre single-junction probe & cable for ORP/temp605109 1-metre single-junction probe & cable for pH/ORP/temp605179 4-metre single-junction probe & cable for pH/ORP/temp605202 Galvanic DO605203 Polarographic DO605780 Self-stirring BOD (2 metre cable included)605101 pH (ISE)605102 ORP (ISE)605103 pH/ORP combination (ISE)605104 Ammonium (ISE)605790-4 4 metre 4 Port Probe w/ Cond/Temp probe standard

Quatro cable - This multiparameter cable allows the measurement of Temperature, Conductivity, Salinity, Dis-solved Oxygen and your choice of any two ISEs - pH, ORP, Ammonium, Nitrate or Chloride.

Quatro " ow cell: The Quatro " ow cell (606850) is available for multiparameter low-" ow monitoring.

DATA MANAGER SOFTWARE• New software speci! cally for YSI Pro-series monitors.

• Easy to use, manages all your data. Set up instruments or conduct real time studies.

• View graphical and tabular data.

• USB connection also powers the instrument.

CODE DESCRIPTION605105 Chloride (ISE)605106 Nitrate (ISE)3841 1 mg/L ammonium solution (500 mL)3842 10 mg/L ammonium solution (500 mL)3843 100 mg/L ammonium solution (500 mL)3885 1 mg/L nitrate solution (500 mL)3886 10 mg/L nitrate solution (500 mL)3887 100 mg/L nitrate solution (500 mL)603059 Flow Cell, standard, 203 mL603077 Flow Cell Kit, 1 or 2 port probe (includes603059 & 603078)606850 Quatro cable " ow cell603078 Flow Cell adapter, single port (used with 603059)603056 Flow Cell mounting spike603075 Carrying Case, soft-sided603074 Carrying Case, hard sided603069 Belt Clip063517 Ultra Clamp063507 Tripod603062 Cable Management Kit605978 Weight, probe/cable, 4.9 oz.063019 Weight, probe/cable, 24 oz., 3”605978 Weight, probe/cable, 4.9 oz.

ISE Probes, pH, ORP,

Ammonium*, Nitrate* or Chloride*

* = can only be used in fresh water

Conductivity/Temp probe

Dissolved Oxygen probe

PH

PH

PH

: : : +

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2

6 65

5 8

686 4 4

93

933

3 F F

AX

AX

: : +6

+61 2

6586

494

4 E

-mail: s

ale

s@

aquaso

nic

.com

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

quaso

nic

.com

.au

98

WATER

QU

ALIT

Y T

ES

TIN

G E

QU

IPM

EN

T

ALPHA PH560• Compensates variance in measured readings due to temperature " uctuations either automatically or manu-

ally. • Can be mounted on the wall or in a control panel. In addition, the IP65 rated housing allows the meter

to be installed outdoors or indoors. Mounting accessories are included for both types of mounting. • Unique

mode available in the Alpha pH 550 monitor and 560 controller allows the meters to be operated in environ-

ments with electrical interferences. Simply con! gure the meter to the symmetrical mode.

• Two switching contacts acting as set-point relays simplify your task of controlling various processes. • Tem-

perature can be monitored by attachment of PT100 temperature probe. • pH range: 0.00-14.00. • pH resolu-

tion: 0.01 pH. • pH accuracy: 0.01 pH. • ORP range: -1000 to +1000. • ORP resolution: 1mV. • ORP accuracy

± 1mV. • Temperature: -10°C to 125°C. • Temperature: resolution: 0.01°C. • Temperature: relative accuracy:

±0.5°C.

CODE DESCRIPTION EC-ALPHA560 pH or ORP and temp monitor/controller EC-FC79601/01B 1M ORP probe EC-FC79602-2 2M ORP probe EC-FC79602-5 5M ORP probe EC-FC-72522/02B 2M pH probe EC-FC-72522/05B 5M pH probe

5200A RECIRCULATING MONITOR AND CONTROLLER• The 5200A will have all of the features of the 5200 recirculating monitor/controller and more. Extra features

such as:

• Large graphic display or touch screen display which allows for menu driven operation and supports foreign

languages. All parameters displayed simultaneously. • Use images instead of words whenever possible.

• All relays can be named by user and their status is displayed by name, eg R1=pH dosing pump, R2= con-

ductivity dosing pump. • No red or green status lights. • Relay status is continuously displayed as an image.

• One button press gives system status history. • Non-volatile memory. • No loss of data when power is lost.

• AC or DC main power. • Event cascading timers control multiple devices and manage photo period.

• Option for internal ethernet device for network communication. • Option for e-modem, can send email

alarms directly from instrument. • Network speed is 20 times faster. • Improved diagnostic capability.

• Enhanced event logging capability. • Expandable I/O with relays and 4/20 mA outputs/inputs.

• AquaManager will have expanded graphic interface capability with larger library of devices to choose from.

• New look packaging. • Comes with conditional feed timer utilizing feedsmart software which manages feed

delivery based on user selectable inputs for the number of daily feeds, daily feedweights, total biomass and

food conversion ratios. • Send SMS/email via IP modem or serial connection to ethernet device with or with-

out Aquamanager. • Can be used with radio communication (spread spectrum) to send data wirelessly.

CODE DESCRIPTION 5200-02 5200A recirculating monitor and controller 5562-4 4m DO/Conductivity/Temperature cable 5565 pH/ORP combo probe 5402 Serial to Ethernet Module 5403 IP phone Modem Module 5909 DO cap membrane kit 2 Mil PE for 5200A 5400 poarographic DO probe (6 caps and solution)

Cables also available in 10m and 20m lengths. Replace the 4 metre with the chosen cable length (e.g: 5562-20 - 20m DO/Conductivty/Temperature cable).

YSI 5400 MULTICHANNEL DISSOLVED OXYGEN MONITOR & CONTROLLERThe YSI 5400 is perfectly suited for continuous DO monitoring for multiple sources. Up to 32 instruments can

be con! gured on one local network with each instrument capable of housing up to 8 DO probes in either

polarographic or galvanic (4 DO probes will connect directly to the 5400 and another 4 can be supported

with the use of an expansion card). 12VDC feature enables the 5400 to be used in live transport applications.

System speci! cations include:

• 4 timers – 10 cascading events each start/duration. • 4 feeder timer channels. • 8 internal relays 5amp @

230volt for control of aerators, pumps, feeders or lights, each with independent set points. • 2 user con! gu-

rable inputs, 1 analog/digital and 1 digital that could be used for level or pressure. • Unit comes standard with

4 DO inputs. • Cables available in 4,10, 20 or 30 metre lengths.

• An additional 4 DO inputs are available by use of expansion card. • Alarming options include SMS and

email for up to 3 email addresses. • Permanent data and event logging, non volatile memory with up to 1000

data records and more. • Communication through RS485, IP phone Modem, RS232, Ethernet and radio

(spread spectrum, sends RS232 wirelessly). • Use with Aquamanager software for full control and data

logging. • Can be used in conjunction with the 5200 (or 5200A) for 24 hour monitoring and control of water

quality parameters. • Comes standard with conditional feed timer utilizing feedsmart software which man-

ages feed delivery based on user selectable inputs for the number of daily feedings, daily feed weights, total

biomass and feed conversion ratios.

• Graphic backlit LCD display. • DO range from 0-500% saturation or 0-60mg/l (ppm). • DO resolution 0.1%

or 0.01mg/l (ppm). • Accuracy of ± 2% or ± 0.2mg/l (ppm). • Please contact Aquasonic for application design.

Cables also available in 10m, 20m and 30m lengths. Replace the 4 metre with the chosen cable length (e.g: 5421-20 - 20 metre cable with galvanic DO/Temp).

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

liaW

ATER

QU

ALIT

Y T

ES

TIN

G E

QU

IPM

EN

T

99

YSI 5400 CONT. CODE DESCRIPTION 5400-02 5400 DO monitor and controller 230 volt / 12VDC 5420-4 4 metre cable with galvanic DO / no temp 5421-4 4 metre cable with galvanic DO / Temp 5422-4 4 metre cable with polarographic DO / Temp 5402 Serial to Ethernet Module 5403 IP phone Modem Module 5405 DO membrane kit 2Mil te" on for 5400 Galvanic probe 5406 DO Probe solution for Galvanic probe 450mls 5909 DO cap membrane kit 2 Mil PE for 5200A & 5400 parographic DO probe

GLASS DISTILLED WATER

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE ES800 Glass Distilled Water 100ml ES805 Glass Distilled Water 250ml ES810 Glass Distilled Water 1L ES815 Glass Distilled Water 5L

PROBE STORAGE SOLUTION• Increase service life and prevent fouling of probes by storing them in specialised probe storage solution.

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE ES414 Probe Storage Solution 100ml ES415 Probe Storage Solution 250ml ES416 Probe Storage Solution 1L

CLEANING SOLUTION• For cleaning pH and ORP probes.

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE ES417 Probe Cleaning Solution 100ml ES418 Probe Cleaning Solution 250ml ES419 Probe Cleaning Solution 1L

SALINITY CALIBRATION SOLUTION

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE ES600 Salinity Solution 53.0mS 100ml ES601 Salinity Solution 53.0mS 250ml ES602 Salinity Solution 53.0mS 1L ES603 Salinity Solution 53.0mS 5L

ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS

CODE DESCRIPTION ES710 Quinhydrone Vial 800mg, mix with pH 4 or 7 to obtain known mV calibration solutions 061320 Zobell solution EC-442-50BT 50ppm TDS/75us calibration solution 100ml EC-442-300BT 300ppm TDS/449us calibration solution 100ml EC-442-1000BT 1400ppm TDS/1450us calibration solution 100ml

PH CALIBRATION SOLUTIONSCalibration solutions give the microprocessor in the pH meter a starting point, most pH meters are calibrated

with two of these solutions, usually a pH 7.00 and a pH 4.00. To calibrate a pH meter you have to adjust it to

the pH of a known solution. All meters should be calibrated and checked regularly. Without calibration, meters

cannot operate accurately.

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE ES400 Calibration Solution pH 7.00 100ml ES401 Calibration Solution pH 7.00 250ml ES402 Calibration Solution pH 7.00 1L ES403 Calibration Solution pH 7.00 5L ES404 Calibration Solution pH 4.00 100ml ES405 Calibration Solution pH 4.00 250ml ES406 Calibration Solution pH 4.00 1L ES407 Calibration Solution pH 4.00 5L ES408 Calibration Solution pH 9.00 100ml ES409 Calibration Solution pH 9.00 250ml ES410 Calibration Solution pH 9.00 1L ES411 Calibration Solution pH 9.00 5L ES412 Calibration Solution pH 10.00 100ml ES413 Calibration Solution pH 10.00 250ml

PH

PH

PH

: : : +

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2

6 65

5 8

686 4 4

93

933

3 F F

AX

AX

: : +6

+61 2

6586

494

4 E

-mail: s

ale

s@

aquaso

nic

.com

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

quaso

nic

.com

.au

100

WATER

QU

ALIT

Y T

ES

TIN

G E

QU

IPM

EN

T

SECCHI DISK• Used for measuring viability/turbidity of water • 200mm in diameter • 20 metres of 3mm line supplied with

orange " oat that will keep unit " oating if dropped in water.

MODEL DESCRIPTION WSC-SD Economy Secchi Disk

YSI SPARES & CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS

CODE DESCRIPTION 060907 3167 Conductivity Calibration Solution 1,000uS/cm (570mLs) Freshwater 060911 3168 Conductivity Calibration Solution 10,000uS/cm (570mLs) Brackish water 060660 3169 Conductivity Calibration Solution 50,000uS/cm (570mLs) Sea water 065274 3162 Conductivity Calibration Solution 100,000uS/cm supersaturated seawater 005580 5580 Con! dence Solution, for quick checking of conductivity(uS), ORP(mV) and pH (not to be used for calibration purposes)

PH/ORP SIMULATOR• Handy, easy-to-use service tool for testing the accuracy of pH meters.

• Used for trouble-shooting and fault diagnosis of meters.

• Works with most pH/ Redox instruments with BNC connectors.

• Comes with a BNC cable and a sturdy rubber boot which doubles up as a stand.

• 16 combination values.

• pH accuracy ±0.05, mV accuracy ± 2mV.

• BNC to BNC cable connector provided.

CODE DESCRIPTION EC-PHSIMULATOR pH/ORP electronic simulator

EUTECH CONDUCTIVITY TDS CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS• NaCL - Sodium chloride - 100mL.

CODE DESCRIPTION EC-CON-84BT 84 uS/cm conductivity calibration solution 100ml EC-CON-100BT 100 uS/cm conductivity calibration solution 100ml EC-CON-500BT 500 uS/cm conductivity calibration solution 100ml EC-CON-1288BT 12.88 uS/cm conductivity calibration solution 100ml EC-CON-111.8BT 111.8 uS/cm conductivity calibration solution 100ml

EUTECH SALINITY CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS• Salinity solutions for Eutech pens and meters - 100mL.

CODE DESCRIPTION EC-NACL-5PPT 5ppt salinity calibration solution EC-NACL-25PPT 25ppt salinity calibration solution EC-NACL-45PPT 45ppt salinity calibration solution

ASK FOR YOUR FREE

DISSOLVED OXYGEN HANDBOOK

101

LA

BO

RATO

RY

& M

ISC

ELLA

NEO

US

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

aucho

pe, N

SW

2446

, Austra

liaLABORATORY

USB DIGITAL MICROSCOPE CAMERA• This excellent microscope consists of a colour zoom CMOS video camera mounted in a microscope styled

housing. • Connects to a PC via USB connection. • Up to 640 x 480 image resolution. • 5x optical zoom, with

maximum magni! cation x 130. • 30fps maximum video frame rate.

CODE DESCRIPTION QC-3244 USB Digital Microscope Camera System

N-117M BIOLOGICAL BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE• Adjustable binocular eyepiece 30° incline. • 10x/18 eyepiece.• Achromatic objectives in 4x, 10x, 40x, 100x.•

Double layer mechanical stage 132mm x 142mm/75mm x 40mm.• Coaxial course and ! ne adjustment capa-

bilities down to 0.004mm.• Iris condensor with diaphram and ! lter.• 3 watt LED and halogen lamp (6v/20W)

combination with adjustable illumination.

CODE DESCRIPTION N-117 Binocular biological microscope

N-800M LABORATORY TRINOCULAR BIOLOGICAL MICROSCOPE WITH CAMERA ATTACHMENT• Adjustable binocular eyepiece 30° incline.• Double layer mechanical stage 185mm x 142mm/75mm x 55mm.

• In! nite plan achromatic objectives in 4x, 10x, 40x and 100mm. • Extra wide ! eld eyepiece 10x/22. • Trinocular

head for camera attachment. • External illumination, halogen lamp 6v/30W.

CODE DESCRIPTION N-800M Trinocular Biological Microscope

NTB-1A STEREO BINOCULAR DISSECTING MICROSCOPE• Adjustable binocular eyepiece. • 5x/20x eyepiece. • Zoom objective 1x - 4x. • 6v/20W halogen lamp (transmit-

ted). • 6v/20W halogen lamp with re# ector.

CODE DESCRIPTION NTB-1A Stereo binocular dissecting microscope

XPS-102B MONOCULAR BIOLOGICAL MICROSCOPE• Adjustable monocular eyepiece 45° inclined, 360° rotatable. • Wide ! eld eyepiece 10x/18x. • Achromatic

objectives in 4x, 10x, 40x, 100x. • Double layer mechanical stage 120mm x. 130mm/60mm x 30mm. • Iris con-

denser with diaphragm and ! lter. • Built in 220v/15W incandesent lamp. • Separate coaxial. Coarse and ! ne

adjustment.

CODE DESCRIPTION XPS-102B Monocular biological microscope

XSZ-N107CCD TRINOCULAR LABORATORY BIOLOGICAL MICROSCOPE –CAMERA ATTACHMENT READY• Wide ! eld eyepiece 10x/18x, 16x/11x. • Achromatic objective 4x, 10x, 40x, 100x.

• Camera C mount attachment • Single layer mechanical stage 140mm x 140mm/ 75mm x 50mm. • Coaxial

coarse and ! ne adjustment, 0.002mm divisions. • Iris Abbe Condenser with diaphragm and ! lter. • Built in il-

lumination by 6V/20W halogen lamp.

CODE DESCRIPTION XSZ-N107CCD Trinocular Laboratory Biological Microscope

MICROSCOPE COVER SLIPS• 22mm x 22mm plain square glass slips. • Suitable for use with the MS50 slides.

CODE DESCRIPTION MCS100 Microscope Cover Slips pkt of 100

MICROSCOPE SLIDES• Clear glass slides with ground edges. • Slides are 25mm x 75mm x 1.2mm thick. • Pack of 50.

CODE DESCRIPTION MS50 Microscope Slides pkt of 50

MICROSCOPE CASE• Easy storage of slides. • Ideal protection for your microscope slides. • Slides and cover slips not included.

CODE DESCRIPTION M90 Microscope Case

DEPRESSION SLIDES PK12Perfect for observing cultures and liquids for microscopic examination. • View pond, swamp, dam water and other

low viscous # uids with ease using these well or depression slides.• The slight depression on these slides contains

the liquid on the slide and prevents the specimen from rolling off.

CODE DESCRIPTION WSCD10 Depression Slides Single WSCD20 Depression Slides Double

PH

PH

: : +

+

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2

6 6 65

5 8

686 4 4 4

93

93

933

3

3 F F F

AX

AX

: : +6

+61

1 2

2 6

56586

86

494

4 E

mail: s

ale

s@

aq

uason

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

aso

nic

.com

.au

102

LA

BO

RATO

RY

& M

ISC

ELLA

NEO

US

SEDGEWICK RAFTER CELL-GRIDDEDThese cells are commonly used for counting zooplankton. • Each cell consists of a rectangular frame mounted on a

slide and includes one cover slip. • Cell size is 50 mm x 20 mm x 1 mm and volume is 1.0 mL. • Cells are available

in glass and contain a grid subdivided into microlitres, allowing the user to count more accurately.

CODE DESCRIPTION WSC-G20 Sedgewick Rafter Cell-gridded. WSCD20 Depression Slides Double

HEMACYTOMETER COVERSLIPS PK10Pack of 10 coverslips designed for use with our 1804-H10 Hemacytometer. 22 mm x 22mm.

CODE DESCRIPTION WSC-H12 Hemacytometer Coverslips Pk10

HAEMOCYTOMETER• Count algae cells, blood cells and other small items. • Made in USA

CODE DESCRIPTION IM717805 Heamocytometer 267135 Replacement Cover Slips for the IM717805

HEMACYTOMETER DOUBLE RULEDThis hemacytometer/cell counter is useful for counting very small plankton. The counting chamber features

Neubauer improved, double net ruling, dark-lined and without clamps. Each set contains the following: one

counting chamber, two coverslips, two diluting pipettes, and two silicone rubber tubing pieces that have mouth

piece attachments. The tubing is approximately 16 mm long. The hemacytometer is contained in a plastic case

for easy transport.

CODE DESCRIPTION WSC-H10 Hemacytometer Double Ruled

DISSECTING KIT• Two dissecting needles. • Probe with eye. • Scissors sharp/sharp. • Scissors sharp/blunt. • Forceps blunt/sharp

straight. • Forceps sharp curved. • Scalpel plus handle. with interchangeable blade. • Hook with chain. • This will last

you for years.

CODE DESCRIPTION DK Dissecting kit in Zipped Case

DISSECTING TRAY• Inexpensive, polyethylene dissecting trays. • Includes a long-lasting vinyl pad. • Great for use in labs and with

juvenile ! sh.

CODE DESCRIPTION DT9003 Dissecting Tray

ERLENMEYER FLASKS• Moulded polypropylene transparent # asks. • Autoclavable and chemically resistant.

CODE DESCRIPTION EF250 Erlenmeyer Flask 250mL EF500 Erlenmeyer Flask 500mL

MEASURING CYLINDERS• Moulded polypropylene transparent # asks. • Autoclavable and chemically resistant. • Permanently moulded

graduations.

CODE DESCRIPTION MC50 Measuring Cylinder 50mL MC100 Measuring Cylinder 100mL MC250 Measuring Cylinder 250mL

GRADUATED JUGS WITH HANDLE• Polypropylene transparent graduated jugs. • Ideal for liquid dispensing.

CODE DESCRIPTION JG1 Jug Grad. 1000mL Polypropylene JG5 Jug Grad. 5000mL Polypropylene

30ML MEASURING CUP• Inexpensive measuring cup. • Perfect for measuring medications, liquid plant food etc.

CODE DESCRIPTION TK596 Spare 30mL Measuring cups

GRADUATED BEAKERS• Graduated polypropylene beakers. • Autoclavable.

CODE DESCRIPTION BK50 Beaker 50mL Polypropylene BK250 Beaker 250mL Polypropylene BK1 Beaker 1L Polypropylene

103

LA

BO

RATO

RY

& M

ISC

ELLA

NEO

US

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

aucho

pe, N

SW

2446

, Austra

lia ZOOPLANKTON COUNTING WHEEL• Especially suited to low powered microscopes. • Holds 5 to 10ml samples in the trough. • Zooplankton are

counted as the wheel is turned, making it easy and accurate.

CODE DESCRIPTION 181080 Zooplankton Counting Wheel

HAND COUNTER• Easily ! ts in the hand to be operated by the thumb.

CODE DESCRIPTION M42 Hand Counter

SYRINGES CODE DESCRIPTION SY1 1ml Syringe - 0.1m Graduations SY25 25ml Syringe - 1ml Graduations

TRANSFER PIPETTES• Made from polypropylene. • 0.5ml moulded graduations for easy use.

CODE DESCRIPTION TP20 3ml Graduated Transfer Pipettes pkt of 20 TP50 3ml Graduated Transfer Pipettes pkt of 50

AQUATIC PIPETTESThis aquatic pipette is useful for collecting bottom organisms in the ! eld or for transferring organisms for study

in the Laboratory. The clear plastic tube is marked in mL and ounces. • It comes with a cleaning brush. • The

total volume of the pipette is 30 mL.

CODE DESCRIPTION WSC-P35 Aquatic Pipette 30ml

PETRI DISHESThese disposable Petri dishes are 90mm x 15mm in size and made from polystyrene.

CODE DESCRIPTION PD20 Petri Dishes pkt of 20

LATEX GLOVES• Strong latex gloves in large size.

CODE DESCRIPTION LATEX Latex Disposable Gloves (100/pkt, Large)

WEIGHING PANS CODE DESCRIPTION WP2 Medium Weighing Pan (10 pack) WP3 Large Weighing Pan (10 pack)

BACTERIA FILTER•Reusable or throw away. Filters air for use with single species algae culture, artemia and rotifers, bio-assay

work, experiments, etc. • Filtering down to 0.3 Microns. • 6-8mm Hose barb connection.

CODE DESCRIPTION FL2 0.3micron Bacteria Air Filter

DIY CORAL PROPAGATION KIT• 15cm long Bone Cutter stainless steel. • 15cm long Soft Coral tissue cutting scissors stainless steel. • 15cm

forceps stainless steel. • Bottle of Cyanoacrylate Reef Glue GEL (28g) • Includes a bag of 25 small aragonite

coral plugs.

CODE DESCRIPTION OW61748 Propagation kit

PREMIUM DIY CORAL PROPAGATION KIT• 15cm long Bone Cutter stainless steel. • 15cm long Soft Coral tissue cutting scissors, stainless steel. • 15cm

forceps for specimen handling, stainless steel. • 15cm Coral Scalpel stainless steel with 5 blades. • Bottle of

Cyanoacrylate Reef Glue GEL (28g). • Tube of Purple Coralline Reef safe Epoxy (57g). • Includes a bag of 25

small aragonite coral plugs

CODE DESCRIPTION OW61755 Premium propagation kit

ULTIMATE DIY CORAL PROPAGATION KIT• 15cm Bone Cutter stainless steel. • 15cm soft Coral tissue scissors stainless steel. • 15cm forceps for speci-

men handling. • 15cm Coral Scalpel, stainless steel with 5 blades. • Bottle of Cyanoacrylate Reef Glue GEL

(28g). • Tube of Purple Coralline Reef Safe Epoxy (57g). • Includes a bag of 25 small aragonite coral plugs. •

Velcro roll-up storage case with plenty of extra room and pockets for additional tools that you may have.

CODE DESCRIPTION OW61755 Premium propagation kit

-I(s((((

PH

PH

: : +

+

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2

6 6 65

5 8

686 4 4 4

93

93

933

3

3 F F F

AX

AX

: : +6

+61

1 2

2 6

56586

86

494

4 E

mail: s

ale

s@

aq

uason

ic.c

om

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

aso

nic

.com

.au

104

LA

BO

RATO

RY

& M

ISC

ELLA

NEO

US

SOFT CORAL CUTTING SCISSORS• Coral Cutting Scissors can cut soft corals and plant leaves. • Made with surgical steel, non rusting and hand

ground for smooth and sharper cutting.

CODE DESCRIPTION OW6CS Length: 150mm

CORAL SCALPEL• Coral Scalpel for cutting soft corals and plants. • Made with surgical grade stainless steel and slip lock design.

• Excellent for ! ner details and hard to reach areas. 5 blades included.

CODE DESCRIPTION OW6CSB Scalpel OW6RSB Replacement Blades

STONY CORAL BONE CUTTER• 22mm jaw with slight curve for cutting stony corals. • No wound spring to trap moisture and rust like similar

cutters. • Sharp cutting edges minimize crushing and damage to the coral tissue.

• A great tool for precisely cutting hard and semi-hard corals.

CODE DESCRIPTION OW6BC 150mm OW8BC 200mm

CORAL FORCEPS• Coral Forceps are perfect for specimen handling. • Heavy duty and made with 410-stainless steel. • Serrated

points and knurled shanks for excellent grip. • Perfect for handling small delicate coral frags.

CODE DESCRIPTION OW6CF 150mm

REEF EPOXY• Reef Safe Epoxy that bonds to just about anything. • Designed to be used for attaching coral frag mounts on

live rock. • Works in or out of water. • Safe for all ! sh, corals and invertebrates in freshwater or marine aquari-

ums. • Hardens in about 5 minutes and fully cures after 45 minutes. • Combined with Reef Glue Gel you can

bond, build and hold just about anything in your aquarium. • Available in blue (cures white) and purple (cures

purple to look just like corraline algae).

CODE DESCRIPTION OW182537 Reef Epoxy Grey 56g OW1872337 Reef Epoxy Coraline Purple 56g

REEF GLUE GEL• Cyanoacrylate (CA) Reef Glue GEL. • No more messy tubes. • Over 4 times as thick as previous formula! •

Super strong triple distilled pure Cyanoacrylate Reef Glue. • Incredible strength • Marine grade. • Clean, clear

! nish. • Non Toxic 100% reef safe. • Reef Glue GEL is extremely thick.

CODE DESCRIPTION OW61786 Reef Glue GEL 28g

T28 TABLE SCALES• 3-25KG table scales. • 24mm LCD display. • Rechargeable battery powered.

CODE DESCRIPTIONT28-3 3kg Capacity. 0.2g Readability.T28-6 6kg Capacity. 0.5g Readability.T28-15 15kg Capacity. 1g Readability.T28-25 25kg Capacity. 5g Readability.

JW TABLE SCALES• 3-45KG Table Scales. • 52mm LCD display. • Rechargeable battery powered. • Functions include units conver-

sion, parts counting, percentage weighing, check weighing and accumulation.

CODE DESCRIPTIONJW-3 3kg Capacity. 0.1g ReadabilityJW-6 6kg Capacity. 0.2g ReadabilityJW-15 15kg Capacity. 0.5g ReadabilityJW-30 30kg Capacity. 1g ReadabilityJW- 45 45kg Capacity. 1g Readability

KW PLATFORM SCALES• 60KG or 150KG Capacity. • 24mm LDC display. • High precision accuracy. • Stainless Steel Platform.• Battery

or AC Adaptor Power.

CODE DESCRIPTIONKW-60 60kg Capacity. 400mm x 300mm PlatformKW-150 150Kg Capacity. 500mm x 400mm Platform.

HATC

HER

Y, F

EED

S &

FEED

ER

SA

quasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

lia

105

HATCHERY, FEEDS & FEEDERS

VITAMINSVITAMARIN-C• Highly-concentrated Vitamin-C solution. • Buffered; will not impact pH when used as directed. • Associated with im-

proved tissue growth and with aiding the immune system. • Intended to provide bene! ts to all aquarium inhabitants.

• Well suited to use in coral propagation. • Composed of puri! ed water and ultra-high purity ingredients. • Begin by

adding 2mL (approximately 16 drops) per 75 litres of water weekly for the ! rst four weeks of use.

CODE SIZE CTN VTC125 125ml 12 VTC250 250ml 12 VTC500 500ml 12

VITAMARIN-F• Full-spectrum vitamin supplement formulated to bene! t freshwater ! shes and motile invertebrates. • Provides a

full-complement of water and fat-soluble vitamins in ratios found to improve overall health and coloration. • Useful

when preparing ! shes for spawning; also bene! ts parents caring for their brood. • Requires no refrigeration. • Com-

posed of puri! ed water and ultra-high purity materials.

CODE SIZE CTN VTF125 125ml 12

VITAMARIN-M• Full-spectrum vitamin supplement formulated to bene! t marine ! shes, corals and other invertebrates. • Provides a

full-complement of vitamins. • Requires no refrigeration. • Composed of puri! ed water and ultra-high purity materi-

als. • Formulated by a marine scientist. • Add 2 mL (approximately 16 drops) per 75 litres of water weekly for the ! rst

four weeks of use.

CODE SIZE CTN VTM125 125ml 12 VTM250 250ml 12 VTM500 500ml 12

PLANKTONIC SUSPENSIONSPHYTOGREEN-S• Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 1 - 2µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams, sponges, tuni-

cates, tube worms and larval invertebrates. • Formulated to provide over 1 billion phytoplankton cells per mL. • Does

not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates. • Target

Feeding (recommended): Target feeding may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe,

pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 ml (1 capful) into a small container and suck a por-

tion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target

organism(s). • Repeat these steps as deemed necessary.

CODE SIZE CTN PNS125 125ml 12 PNS250 250ml 12 PNS500 500ml 1

PHYTOGREEN-M• Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 10 - 15µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams, sponges,

tunicates, tube worms and larval invertebrates. • Over 650-million phytoplankton cells per mL. • Does not require

refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates. • Target Feeding

(recommended): Target feeding may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette,

dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion

of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target



PHYTOGOLD-S• Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 4 - 10µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams, sponges,

tunicates, tube worms and larval invertebrates. • Over 75-million phytoplankton cells per mL. • Does not require

refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates. • Target Feeding

(recommended): Target feeding may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette,

dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar device. Pour 5 mL (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion

of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target


CODE SIZE CTN PDS125 125ml 12 PDS250 250ml 12 PDS500 500ml 12

CODE SIZE CTN PNS2 2L 4 PNS20 20L 1

CODE SIZE CTN PNM2 2L 4 PNM20 20L 1

CODE SIZE CTN PDS2L 2L 4 PDS20L 20L 1

HATC

HER

Y, F

EED

S &

FEED

ER

S

106

PH

PH

PH

: : +

+

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2

6 6 65

5

5 8

686 4 4

93

933

3 F F

AX

AX

: +6

1 2

6586

494

4 E

mail: s

ale

s@

aq

uasonic

.co

m.a

u W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

asonic

.co

m.a

u

PHYTOGOLD-M• Provides phytoplankton ranging in size from 8 - 20µm. • Ideally-sized for many soft corals, clams,

sponges,tunicates, tube worms and larval invertebrates. • Over 50-million phytoplankton cells per mL. • Does not

require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid colouration of invertebrates. • Related

products: PhytoChrom, PhytoGold-S, PhytoGreen-M and PhytoGreen-S. • Target Feeding (recommended): Target

feeding may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt

feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 ml (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding

device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s). Repeat

these steps as deemed necessary.


PHYTOCHROM• Provides 6 types of phytoplankton ranging in size from1 - 30µm. • Ideally sized for many soft corals, clams,

sponges,tunicates, tube worms, bryozoans, larval crustaceans and juvenile ! shes. • Over 200-million phytoplan-

ton cells per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in coloura-

tion of invertebrates. • Target feeding (recommended): Target feeding may be carried out with a lengthy piece of

rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 ml (1 capful) into

a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the

device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s). • Repeat these steps as deemed necessary.

CODE SIZE CTN PCM125 125ml 12 PCM250 250ml 12 PCM500 500ml 12

ZOOPLANKTOS-S• Provides zooplankton and fully-digestible, unhatched eggs ranging in size from 50 - 300µm. • Ideally-sized for

many stony corals, clams, sponges, tunicates, tube worms, larval crustaceans, juvenile ! shes etc. • Over four

thousand prey per mL. • Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in

colouration of invertebrates and ! shes. • Target Feeding (recommended): Target feeding may be carried out with

a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5

ml (1 capful) into a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the

contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s).

CODE SIZE CTN ZPS125 125ml 12 ZPS250 250ml 12 ZPS500 500ml 12

ZOOPLANKTOS-M• Provides zooplankton ranging in size from 500 - 1,000µm (1mm). • Ideally-sized for many stony corals, clams,

tube worms, larval crustaceans, juvenile ! shes, adult planktivorous and microinvertebrate-predatory ! shes.

• Does not require refrigeration. • Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of inverte-

brates and ! shes. • Target Feeding (recommended): Target feeding may be carried out with a lengthy piece of

rigid air tubing, plastic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. • Pour 5 ml (1 capful) into

a small container and suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the

device 5 - 10cm upstream of the target organism(s).

CODE SIZE CTN ZPM125 125ml 12 ZPM250 250ml 12 ZPM500 500ml 12 ZPM2L 2L 4 ZPM20L 20L 1

ZOOPLANKTOS-L• Provides zooplankton ranging in size from 500 - 2,000µm (2mm). • Ideally-sized for many stoney corals, clams,

tube worms, larval crustaceans, juvenile ! shes etc. • Does not require refrigeration.

• Supplemented with a proprietary amino acid to aid in colouration of invertebrates and ! shes.

• Target Feeding (recommended): Target feeding may be carried out with a lengthy piece of rigid air tubing, plas-

tic syringe, pipette, dropper, Sea Squirt feeding device or similar. Pour 5 ml (1 capful) into a small container and

suck a portion of this into the feeding device, then slowly discharge the contents of the device 5 - 10cm upstream

of the target organism(s).

CODE SIZE CTN ZPL125 125ml 12 ZPL250 250ml 12 ZPL500 500ml 12 ZPL2L 2L 4 ZPL20L 20L 1

CODE SIZE CTN PCM2 2L 4 PCM20 20L 1

CODE SIZE CTN PNM2L 2L 4 PNM20L 20L 1

CODE SIZE CTN ZPS2L 2L 4 ZPS20L 20L 1

HATC

HER

Y, F

EED

S &

FEED

ER

SA

quasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

lia

107

PARTICULATE FOOD SUSPENSIONSMACROVORE• Macrodiet for Anemones, LPS Corals & Planktivorous motile invertebrates & ! shes. • Suspension of North

American marine crustacean roe with a size range of ~0.7 - 1.2 mm. • Forti! ed with free-form essential amino

acids, vitamins important to immune system function, carotenoid-rich oils of marine origin (also rich in omega-3

HUFA) and natural feeding attractants to improve feeding responsiveness in ! shes.

• Appropriate for feeding anemones, LPS corals, gorgonians and solitary and colonial. polyps, particularly at night

when tentacles are extended to maximize chances of prey-capture.

• Readily consumed by planktivorous ! shes. • Add 2.5ml per 190 litres of aquarium water.

CODE SIZE CTN MAV125 125ml 12

MICROVORE• Suspension of particulate of microencapsulated marine proteins, lipids and carbohydrates forti! ed with com-

plex and free form amino acids. • Ideal for feeding zooxanthellate & azooxanthellate soft corals, LPS, gorgonians

anemones & other solitary & colonal polyps. • Readily eaten by a multitude of reef associated ! shes known to feed

on food particles drifting in the water column. • Does not require refrigeration. • Formulated by a marine scientist.

• Related product - Reef Snow. • Add 2.5 ml per 225 litres of water in the entire aquarium in an area of rapid water

movement every other day for the ! rst four weeks of use. • The dosage may be gradually increased if desired.

CODE SIZE CTN MIV250 250ml 12 MIV500 500ml 12 MIV2 2L 4 MIV20 20L 1

REEF SNOW• Liquid suspension. • Replicates marine snow for coral and other suspension feeding organisms.

• Complex of carbonate-bound, non-conservative major, minor and trace elements. • Delivers inorganic and

organic nutrients required by stoney corals, soft corals, clams etc. • Ideally fed at night when most corals extend

their tentacles. • Does not require refrigeration. • Shake product well before using. Turn protein skimmer and other

mechanical ! ltration off prior to adding Reef Snow and allow 10-15 minutes after use before resuming operation of

! ltration. Add 2.5ml per 190 litres of aquarium water.

CODE SIZE CTN SNO250 250ml 12 SNO500 500ml 12 SNO2 2L 4 SNO20 20L 1

FISH NUTRITIONAMINOMEGA• Increases the nutritional value of foods with sources of amino acids, omega-3 and 6 highly unsaturated fatty

acids.

• Composed of a blend of unique marine ! sh and crustacean sources.


• Liquid food suspensions may be forti! ed by adding 0.5 ml (approximately 4 drops) of Aminomega per 10 ml of

food suspension; stir to mix and allow 5 minutes to elapse before feeding.

CODE SIZE CTN AMO60 60ml 12 AMO125 125ml 12 AMO250 250ml 12 AMO500 500ml 12

GARLICPOWER• Delivers the nutritional bene! ts of raw garlic to ! shes primarily by being applied to their food.

• Consists solely of extract of raw garlic with a small amount of vitamin C.

• Improves the health of ! sh.

• Motivates ! nicky feeders.


• Liquid food suspensions may be forti! ed by adding 1.0 ml (approximately 8 drops) Garlic Powder per 10ml of

food suspension, stir to mix and allow 5 minutes to elapse before feeding.

CODE SIZE CTN GAR30 30ml 12 GAR60 60ml 12 GAR125 125ml 12 GAR1000 1L 1

HATC

HER

Y, F

EED

S &

FEED

ER

S

108

PH

PH

PH

: : +

+

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2

6 6 65

5

5 8

686 4 4

93

933

3 F F

AX

AX

: +6

1 2

6586

494

4 E

mail: s

ale

s@

aq

uasonic

.co

m.a

u W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

asonic

.co

m.a

u

MAXAMINO• Unique complex of 20 free form amino acids in the same ratios found in the tissues of ! shes. • Bene! cial

to all marine, brackish and freshwater ! shes. • Increases the protein concentration of ! sh foods.

• Enhances the nutritional value of ! sh foods. • Acts as a food attractant. • Add 5ml per 225 litres of water

in the entire aquarium system daily for the ! rst 4 weeks of use then the dosage may be gradually in-

creased as desired.

CODE SIZE CTN MAX125 125ml 12 MAX250 250ml 12

ANGELIXER• Complex of free form amino acids in the same ratios found within the tissues of sponges. • Utilizes natu-

ral attractants and marine derived proteins to improve feeding response and increase protein percentage

of ! sh foods respectively. • Bene! cial to all ! shes whose diets are in large parts composed of sponges,

including angel ! shes, butter# y ! shes, Moorish Idols, and their respective allies. • Free form amino acids

encourage vibrant colouration, provide building blocks of protein in ideal ratios to encourage the formation

of new tissue, speeding up growth rates. • Encourages new tissue growth to aid in recovery from wounds

incurred during aggressive encounters with tank mates or during spawning periods. • Formulated based

upon sponge tissue analysis and marine ! n! sh culture.


CODE SIZE CTN ANG125 125ml ANG250 250ml ANG1000 1L

CORALIFE TRAP’EMThe fast, efficient way to trap and remove bristle worms from any reef aquarium. • Bristle worms grow

and multiply rapidly and must be removed quickly to prevent them from becoming a problem. • They are

nocturnal, reclusive animals that hide in the rocks during the day, but come out at night to feed on your

corals. • By placing a small amount of bait plankton in the Trap’Em and placing it in your aquarium at night

wherever bristle worms seem most active, you can safely and easily remove these pests. • Comes with a

sample of Freeze Dried Plankton.

CODE CA08129

FISH NET BREEDERIsolation net, tank for birthing live-bearers and wounded or aggressive ! sh.

CODE DESCRIPTION FNS1516 15 x 16cm FNS1526 15 x 26cm

AUTOMATIC FEEDERControlled aquarium feeder, suitable for # ake and pellets. • Automatic feeding 1 to 4 times daily for heathy

! sh. • Takes two AA 1.5V batteries (not included).

CODE AF8800

AQUA CHEF AUTOMATIC AQUARIUM FEEDERS• Aqua Chef will automatically feed your ! sh up to four times per day and also allows you to perform

double feedings, which when programmed will occur within 60 seconds of each other.

• Manual override button allows immediate feeding with the press of a button. • Has a programmable, digi-

tal timer with a large display. • Hopper holds 35 grams of food.

• It’s patented design keeps moisture from spoiling the feed while also mixing and crumbling at each feed-

ing. • Dispenses # ake, pellets and even crumble. • Includes a mounting bracket, double-sided tape and

two AA 1.5V batteries.

1 year warranty.

CODE DESCRIPTION AQCF Aqua Chef electronic ! sh feeder

FISH MATE AQUARIUM FISH FEEDER• The AF7 feeds between 1-4 times per day over a 2 hour period.

• Requires one “AA” battery (not included) for quartz timed motor.

CODE DESCRIPTION AF7 Fish Mate Fish Feeder

HATC

HER

Y, F

EED

S &

FEED

ER

SA

quasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

lia

109

FISH MATE POND FISH FEEDER• Perfect for gold! sh ponds, Koi ponds and large aquariums. • Automatic daily feeder (Feeds small amounts

over a 5 hour period). • Suitable for all foods from # ake to pellets up to 6mm.

• Adjustable feed quantity and timing. • Battery included. • Weatherproof. • Average 21 days food capacity.

• Versatile ! tting bracket included for pole or bracket mounting.

CODE DESCRIPTION PF21 Fish Mate Pond Feeder

POND AUTOMATIC FEEDER 3LHolds up to 1.8kg of food and feeds up to 8 times per day. • Either allow to hang from a tree branch or

stand over the pond edge. • Battery operated. • Takes two C 1.5V batteries (not included) will last approx. 4

months.

CODE AF8801

SCREW FEEDER SYSTEM - FIAP• Used throughout the world in commercial aquaculture facilities. • Extremely well built, durable and de-

signed speci! cally for both indoor and outdoor aquacultural applications. • Designed for accurate dispens-

ing of feed, they feature rheostat adjustable auger which can be set for speed and duration.

• Stainless steel spiral conveys the feed from the hopper to the discharge outlet. • Optional spreading unit

located underneath the discharge distributes feed directionally over approximately 10m of the pond or tank.

• Available with 10 or 20kg hopper. • Best controlled using the FFAZ Control System (see below).

CODE DESCRIPTION 4285 FFAZ Spiral conveyer w/o spreader incl. 10L hopper 4280 FFAZ Spiral conveyer incl. spreader incl. 10L hopper 4044 FFAZ Spiral conveyer w/o spreader incl. 20L hopper 4041 FFAZ Spiral conveyer incl. spreader incl. 20L hopper

FFAZ ELECTRONIC FEEDING CONTROLLER• The FFAZ Feeding System can be used to operate up to 3 automatic feeders. • Number of feeds and time

between feeds are set on the control unit. • Can be driven by either 12/24 DC (battery or transformer) or

230V AC. • The total feed duration per day can be set as required using a time switch, eg. 6am-6pm (such

as the MS6110). • Feeding duration - step free 1-88 sec. • Pause - step free 1-99 min. • Operation - step free

1-24hr.

CODE DESCRIPTION 4051 FFAZ Compact Control Unit 12/24V 4052 FFAZ Compact Control Unit 230V/12V output

growth rates of as much as 30% have been achieved using demand feeders. • Require no electricity or

batteries. • Fish supply the energy, by striking the only moving part, a pendulum that extends into the water

to release the feed.

CODE DESCRIPTION 4006 Demand feeder (including 10L hopper) 4000 Demand feeder (including 10L)

BELT FEEDERS - FIAP• One of the most reliable and well built models available in the world today. • 12 or 24 hour models avail-

able in 3kg or 5kg. • Stainless steel clock mechanisms. • Double gearing. • ABS plastic construction.

CODE DESCRIPTION FP4300 12 Hour (3kg) Belt Feeder FP4305 24 Hour (3kg) Belt Feeder FP4310 12 Hour (5kg) Belt Feeder FP4320 24 Hour (5kg) Belt Feeder FP4330 12-Hour replacement clock mechanism FP4340 24-Hour replacement clock mechanism

VIBRATORY FEEDERS - FIAP• 12 Volt Vibratory feeder by FIAP, excellent for use in hatcheries, small tanks and K oi ponds. • 3L clear

hopper holds about 1-2 Kg of 1.7mm dry or moist pellets without clogging and includes a 5m cable and

hanger.

• Adjustable plate for varying quantity of food dispensed. • Can be used with a range of digital timers de-

pending on accuracy of feeding importance or number of feeders wished to be operated.

CODE DESCRIPTION 4584 Vibratory Feeder (Hatchery/Koi) incl. 3L Hopper 4470 Vibratory Feeder (Includes 20L hopper)

HATC

HER

Y, F

EED

S &

FEED

ER

S

110

PH

PH

PH

: : +

+

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2

6 6 65

5

5 8

686 4 4

93

933

3 F F

AX

AX

: +6

1 2

6586

494

4 E

mail: s

ale

s@

aq

uasonic

.co

m.a

u W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

asonic

.co

m.a

u

DIGITAL TIMER• 8 ON/OFF per day minimum duration of 1 minute. 7 day programming.

• Great for use with feeders such as the FIAP Vibratory feeder.

• For use when using a 240/12V transformer or turning on and off lights etc.

• 240V operation, max load 10 Amp.

CODE DESCRIPTION MS6110 Digital timer 8 on/off per day

MULTI-VOLTAGE BATTERY ELIMINATORS• Multi-voltage (3, 4.5, 6, 7.5, 9 or 12 volt selector switch) battery eliminator includes seven interchangeable

plugs so it can be used for a number of different applications.

CODE DESCRIPTION MP3012 0.5 Amp 240V/12V Transformer MP3016 1 Amp 240V/12V Transformer

ARVO-TEC T DRUM 2000 FEEDER• One of the most accurate feeders ever made. • The Arvo-Tec Drum feeder has very high accuracy, whilst

remaining at a competitive price. • The feeder is multifunctional and is suitable for feeding fry in hatcheries

through to grow-out of ! sh in tanks, ponds and cages.

Technical Speci! cations:

• 1, 6 & 10L transparent and 50, 150 and 350L white hoppers. • Standard motor 24 VAC, 7W, 1 or 2 rpm.

• Granule/pellet size 0.3-6mm. • Minimum dose of 0.3, 1, 5, 20, 45 or 100gm. • Strong, 316 stainless steel

bracket. • Accuracy greater than 98%. • Dosing drums sold separately from feeders.

CODE DESCRIPTION 1000 Feeder TD2000 - 24 VAC / 2RPM 1060 Dosing Drum 0,3g/24 cups 1061 Dosing Drum 1g/24 cups 1062 Dosing Drum 5g/12 cups 1063 Dosing Drum 20g/8 cups

ARVO-TEC PROFESSIONAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR TD2000 FEEDER/ ROBOTIC FEEDER

• Individual feeder control for each tank/cage/pond/raceway. • Integrated feeding, measurement,

alarm and light dimming control system (optional light dimming control hardware with 1-10 V signal

output). • Feeding automatically related to temperature and oxygen using mathematical energy

demand model. • Measurements (T, O2, pH, # ow, etc.). Oxyguard or other manufacturer’s sensors

and system can be linked.

• Alarms for measurements and feeding. • Alarms for ON/OFF sensors like water level switch, # ow

guard, etc. • Any alarm can be de! ned to stop feeding in emergency cases. • Alarm outputs can

be connected to auto dialer or sms mobile phone text message unit. • Up to 32 tanks/feeders (or

ponds, raceways, cages) per control unit, up to 30 units in a network (total max. 960 tanks in one system). • 7

measurements to one control computer, max. 60 in the one complete system (10 measurements/unit more with

expansion card). • Feeder line supervision system to automatically detect individually for each feeder control

line. For example - feeder not connected, fuse broken, cable problem and motor broken. • PC-computer con-

nection for MS Windows (professional and up-to-date way to control your ! sh farm). • Any alarm can be de! ned

to stop feeding in emergency cases.

CODE DESCRIPTION 3530 Arvotec feeding control unit 8 3531 Arvotec feeding control unit 16 3532 Arvotec feeding control unit 24 3533 Arvotec feeding control unit 32

ARVO-TEC ROBOT FEEDING SYSTEM• Single feeding unit for up to 199 tanks/feeders. • The Arvo-Tec Feeding Robot improves feed efficiency and

saves labour time. • One feeding robot supplies many tanks, eliminating the need for a feeder at each tank.

• A high feed turnover rate through the hopper eliminates rancidity and other storage problems. Controlled

through local programmer or from a PC.

Options:

• Temperature and Oxygen related feeding with advanced PC

control. • “Light” PC connection. • MS Windows connection for

PC/infra-red or radio communication with robot. • Automatic re! ll-

ing system.

Technical Speci! cations:

• Travel speed 18m/min (6min/100m). • Battery powered 24 VDC

recharges at home-base. • Optical “eye” to avoid collision. • 2

feed types in 50L silos. • Maximum rail length 450m / robot, 199

tanks / robot. • Rail: 80mm steel I, INP80, DIN 1025. • Feeds

whilst moving and spreads feed across the tank. .

CODE DESCRIPTION 1064 Dosing Drum 45g/4 cups 1065 Dosing Drum 100g/4 cups 1030 Hopper, transparent acrylic 5L 1031 Hopper, transparent acrylic 9L 1050 Hanger bracket for TD2000

HATC

HER

Y, F

EED

S &

FEED

ER

SA

quasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

lia

111

FEED SCOOPS• High quality, strong design for easy use with feed.• Calibrated to1litre volume • Food safe, made from

polypropylene.

CODE DESCRIPTION 11600 Feed scoop\

TUBULAR BIOREACTOR SYSTEM FOR HIGH DENSITY ALGAE PRODUCTION• Ideal for hatcheries through to biofuel. • Uses light to maximum efficiency. • 10 to 20 times greater algae

production than bag culture and can be even greater depending on species. • Use indoors or outdoors.

• Dramatically reduces labour requirements and eliminates handling problems. • Tube self cleaning mecha-

nisms reduce fouling. • They are closed, controlled, usually automated systems. • Tubes can be joined to-

gether and the manifolds stacked making this system highly expandable. The manifold system also reduces

the size of pump required to recirculate the algae thus saving both cost and algal damage.

• BioFence uses very tough, very clear food grade plastic tubes. Thanks to patented special cleaning beads

that continuously circulate with the algae, the tubes are self cleaning. This enables the system to be run

for extended periods without culture crashes or cleaning. • Tubes can be mounted vertically in a fence-like

arrangement, horizontally on the ground or at an angle on a roof. They take up a lot less room than other

growing methods and are growing algae at a much higher concentration. • An array of tubes 10 m x 1.8 m

produces the equivalent of 2000 litres of bag strength algae per day. • Because the BioFence is automati-

cally controlled and delivers algae either continuously or at set intervals it requires very little attention. A cell

count once a day should suffice. Algae can be delivered either directly to where it will be used or into easily

handled containers.

• Systems are tailored to your application for continuous algae production, Contact Aquasonic for prices and

information.

CODE DESCRIPTION VBF200 Varicon 200L/day (photostage 2.8mL x 2.8mH + tank 500L) VBF400 Varicon 400L/day (photostage 5.3mL x 2.8mH + tank 500L) VBF600 Varicon 600L/day (photostage 7.8mL x 2.8mH + tank 500L) VBF1200 Varicon 1200L/day (photostage 10.3mL x 2.8mH + tank 600L) VBF2400 Varicon 2400L/day (Duplex 10.3m double/double photostage x 2.8mH + tank 1200L)

F/2 ALGAE GROWTH FORMULA-CELL-HI F2PBased on the Guillard F/2 formulation (having exactly the same N, P trace element & vitamin content). •

This media has a very wide range of applications and is suitable for growing most aquaculture algae. • 1Kg

makes 10,000L of culture F2 medium strength.

“GREAT VALUE FOR MONEY”

CODE DESCRIPTION VF2P1 1 Kg Cell hi F2 Media makes 10,000L VF2P18 Box of 18 x 1Kg bags Cell hi F2 media makes 180,000L

Bulk quantities also available at discount pricing

WALNES ALGAE GROWTH FORMULA-CELL-HI WPBased on the Walnes medium and has exactly the same N, P trace element and vitamin content. • Walnes

is particularly good for # agellate algae such as Isochrysis and Tetraselmis cultures. • 1.5Kg makes 10,000L

culture medium at Walnes strength.

“GREAT VALUE FOR MONEY”

CODE DESCRIPTION VWP1 1 Kg Cell hi WP Media Makes 6,666L VWP18 Box of 18 x 1Kg bags of Cell hi WP Media Makes 119,988L

Bulk quantities also available at discount pricing

SODIUM METASILICATEAdded for culture of diatom algal species at the rate of 30g to 1000L.

CODE DESCRIPTION VSM0.5 500g sodium metasilicate VSM1 1Kg sodium metasilicate VSM10 10Kg sodium metasilicate

Other Algal culture materials available

BACTERIA FILTER• Reusable or throw away. ! lters. • Air used with single species algae culture, artemia and rotifers, bio-assay

work, experiments, etc.

• Filters down to 0.3 Microns. • 6-8mm hose barb connection.

CODE DESCRIPTION FL2 0.3micron Bacteria air ! lter

HATC

HER

Y, F

EED

S &

FEED

ER

S

112

PH

PH

PH

: : +

+

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2

6 6 65

5

5 8

686 4 4

93

933

3 F F

AX

AX

: +6

1 2

6586

494

4 E

mail: s

ale

s@

aq

uasonic

.co

m.a

u W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

asonic

.co

m.a

u

SUPER FRESH CHLORELLA V12Concentrated Algae paste ideal for intensive Rotifer Culture.

• Super Fresh Chlorella V12 has been specially formulated for cultivating rotifers.

• Each cell of the new Chlorella contains enriched DHA, EPA and Vitamin B12 which is indispensable for

cultivating rotifers especially at high densities.

• Delivered by air freight to your nearest International Airport, in an insulated foam box with chemical cold

keeper.

• A fact sheet for Super Fresh Chlorella SV12 is available on request and from the brochures section of

Aquasonic’s website.

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE SV12 Super Fresh Chlorella 20LMultiple of 20L boxes are available at bulk prices.

GULF BREEZE GSL ARTEMIA CYSTSPremium Gold Label• Premium grade, highest quality Artemia from the Great Salt Lakes (GSL).

• Gulf Breeze Premium Gold Label has an average hatch rate of 90% with an average NPG (Nauplii per

gram) count of 250,000.

• Gulf Breeze Premium gold label Artemia Cysts have excellent separation with no need for decapsula-

tion.

Grade A Red Label• Grade A high quality Artemia from the Great Salt Lakes (GSL).

• Gulf Breeze Red Label has an average hatch rate of 80% with an average NPG (Nauplii per gram)

count of 230,000.

• Hatch rates of 85% - 88% can be achieved when decapsulation practices are employed.

Siberian Tiger• Siberian Tiger Artemia from the vast salt lakes of Siberia.

• Named "Artemia Parthogenetica", this species is very similar to Artemia from the Great Salt Lakes.

• Hatch rates range from 85% to 90+% with NPG(Nauplii per gram) counts averaging 200,000.

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE BSE-7 Brine Shrimp Eggs small vial with spoon 7g BSC010 Gulf Breeze Premium GSL 90% artemia 425gm can BSC020 Gulf Breeze Premium GSL 90% artemia Case of 12x425gm can BSC020B Gulf Breeze Premium GSL 90% artemia 10+ cases BSC030 Gulf Breeze Grade A GSL 80% artemia 425gmcan BSC040 Gulf Breeze Grade A GSL 80% artemia Case of 12x425gm cans BSC040B Gulf Breeze Grade A GSL 80% artemia 10+ cases BSC050 Gulf Breeze Siberian Tiger 87% artemia 425gmcan BSC060 Gulf Breeze Siberian Tiger 87% artemia Case of 12x425gm cans BSC060B Gulf Breeze Siberian Tiger 87% artemia 10+ cases

BRINE SHRIMP HATCHERSBS25 - Small brine shrimp hatcher.

• 2.5L moulded acrylic hatcher. Ideal for small hatcheries, ornamental ! sh farms and hobbyists.

• Hatches up to 2 tablespoons of brine shrimp eggs. • Includes moulded drain valve, airline, rigid delivery

tube, air valve & collection cup with sturdy plastic stand. All you need is an air pump.

BSCHV - Aquasonic brine shrimp hatcher.

• Artemia hatching unit which holds 15L and is capable of hatching approximately 10-15 tablespoons of

artemia cysts. • Features a built in ball valve for easy harvesting. Made from acrylic and comes with its

own PVC stand. Australian made by Aquasonic.

CCH1 & CCH2 - Aquatic habitats brine shrimp hatcher

• 19 litre brine shrimp hatcher, made from moulded polycarbonate. • Can be used for hatching Rotifers

and Artemia. • Includes clear lid, rigid air tube, 2.4m of aquarium tubing and drain valve. • Hatches up to

20 tablespoons of cysts in water. • Optional stand is 480mm high and features a bottom access port to

the drain valve.

CODE DESCRIPTION BS25 2.5 Litre brine shrimp hatcher with stand BSCHV 15 Litre brine shrimp hatcher acrylic vessel and PVC stand CCH1 Hatching vessel, holds 19 litres brine shrimp hatcher, moulded polycarbonate vessel and lid CCH2 HDPE stand for CCH1

ARTEMIA/FISH HATCHING & REARING TANK• Fibreglass conical based tank ideal for live feed production egg hatching and larval rearing for many

! sh, molluscs and crustaceans. • Centre bottom outlet with moulded stand with optional inclusion of a

perspex viewing window vertically with the height of the tank.

• Colour white. Other colours available on request.

CODE DESCRIPTION FHRT Artemia or ! sh hatching & rearing tank, holds 400 litres, conical base, ! breglass Tank,1350mm (H) x 700mm (D), 35° taper FHRTO Optional viewing window

BS25

CCH2

BSCHV

HATC

HER

Y, F

EED

S &

FEED

ER

SA

quasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

lia

113

ROTIFER RECIRCULATION SYSTEM• Designed to culture a continuous supply of high density rotifers.

• Labour efficient method of producing high numbers of rotifers.

• Capacity to produce rotifers at densities between 1000-5000/ml.

• Has the potential to harvest 500 Million rotifers a day.

The Rotifer Recirculation System consists of a 200L culture tank, 2 x internal screened standpipes, ! lter

screens, moving bed biological ! lter, foam fractionator, air pump, 600W heater with thermostat, peristal-

tic dosing pump with timer and stainless steel stand.

Optional extras include: additional screened standpipes and ! lter screens, harvest screen, YSI water

quality monitor, ozone generator, ORP monitor and controller.

CODE DESCRIPTION RRS Rotifer recirc system

OTOHIME HIRAME• Premium Japanese manufactured larval ! sh diet. • Currently recognised as one of the worlds best

larval ! n ! sh diets. • Commercially used to culture many species in Australia and overseas such as

Barramundi, Yellowtail King! sh, Tuna, Red Sea Bream, Flat! sh, Sturgeon and many Australian native

freshwater and marine species including ornamental species. • Balanced diet ideally suited for virtually

all ! n ! sh species. • You will be amazed with the cleanliness of your larval system using this feed.

• Small packet sizes to keep freshness. • Multiple sizes from 250 micron to 2.3mm to suit your larval

! sh requirements. • Highest quality ingredients, using advanced manufacturing technology.

• Colour enhancement.

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE PACKAGE SIZE OTOHIME A Fin ! sh larval diet <250µm 1Kg Foil Pack OTOHIME B1 Fin ! sh larval diet <360µm 2Kg Foil Pack OTOHIME B2 Fin ! sh larval diet 360-650µm 2Kg Foil Pack OTOHIME C1 Fin ! sh larval diet 580 - 840µm 2Kg Foil Pack OTOHIME C2 Fin ! sh larval diet 840-1410µm 2Kg Foil Pack OTOHIME S1 Fin ! sh larval diet 610 - 1410mm 2Kg Foil Pack OTOHIME S2 Fin ! sh larval diet 920 - 1800mm 2Kg Foil Pack OTOHIME EP1 Fin ! sh larval diet 1.5mm 5Kg Plastic Pack OTOHIME EP2 Fin ! sh larval diet 2.3mm 20Kg Paper Bag.

AQUASONIC’S “PLATINUM” AQUARIUM FISH FOOD• Superior growth rate. • Natural Astaxanthin for colour enhancement. • Excellent water stability, keeps

it’s shape in the water for a long period of time. • Accepted by most species of ! sh. It contains a range

of natural attractants designed to entice even the most ! nicky eaters. • Nutritionally balanced and highly

digestible. • Available in 3 pellet sizes. • Used world wide by hatcheries of many different species of ! sh.

• Suitable for all ! sh species as part of a balanced diet. • Contains the highest quality ingredients and

high quantities of Krill (extremely high in Astaxanthin), ! sh and squid meal for better colour enhance-

ment and nutrition.

CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE PPFF1S Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 1mm 15gm PFF1M Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 1mm 120gm PFF1L Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 1mm 180gm PPFF1.5S Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 1.5mm 10gm PFF1.5M Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 1.5mm 100gm PFF1.5L Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 1.5mm 160gm PFF2S Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 2mm 15gm PFF2M Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 2mm 120gm PFF2L Aquasonic Platinum Fish Food 2mm 180gm

PELLET

SIZE

PROTEIN%

MIN

FAT%

MIN

FIBRE%

MAX

ASH%

MAX

CALCIUM%

MIN

PHOSPHORUS%

MIN

0.61 - 1.41mm 53 8 3 16 2.3 1.5

1.5mm 51 8 2 17 2.5 1.5

2.3mm 48 12 2 17 2.5 1.5

HATCHING JAR • Clear, high-impact, all plastic egg hatching jar, complete with a screen that prevents egg loss.

• When the ! sh hatch, take out the screen and let the ! sh swim out. Can be used for many different

types of ! sh.

• Height: 45.7cm. Diameter: 16cm.Volume: 8 litres for approximately 40,000 eggs.

• An all plastic jar hanger allows the hatching jar (J30) to be used without a bench or a separate stand.

• Made in USA.

• Aquasonic can design and size hatching systems utilizing these hatching jars.

CODE DESCRIPTION J30 Hatching jar - suggested # ow rate is 5-20 lpm JH Hatching jar hanger J6 Replacement tube J8 Replacement screen

PHOSOSPHORORUS%%

HATC

HER

Y, F

EED

S &

FEED

ER

S

114

PH

PH

PH

: : +

+

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2

6 6 65

5

5 8

686 4 4

93

933

3 F F

AX

AX

: +6

1 2

6586

494

4 E

mail: s

ale

s@

aq

uasonic

.co

m.a

u W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

asonic

.co

m.a

u

AQUASONIC EGG UP-WELLER INCUBATOR• The Aquasonic egg upweller incubator is ideal for salmonoid egg incubation. The upwelling action creates

optimum conditions for incubating and hatching eggs eliminating dead areas and producing healthy fry with

low labour/maintenance requirements. With a water volume of 25L resulting in it being capable of incubating

approximately 220,000 Trout eggs. The perforated plate facilitates even water # ow to eliminate dead spots.

Recommended water # ow rate of 18LPM (# ow rates may vary based on different species egg requirements).

Made from clear acrylic allows visual observation. Dead eggs can be easily removed at the incubator

surface. Free standing design and able to be dismantled for cleaning, custom con! guration and orientation

for plumbing arrangements. Overall height is 1240mm and diameter 300mm. 25mm inlet and 40mm outlet

over# ow.

CODE DESCRIPTION E125 Hatching jar - suggested # ow rate is 18 lpm

INCUBATING TRAYS AND INSERTS• Material is glass ! bre.

• Robust design. • inside plane surface. • Includes pipe outlet.

• Egg inserts with integrated stainless steel sieves. • Inserts in hole size 1.1 - 1.5 - 1.75mm available.

• High quality outlet sieve. • infused in plastic frame. • Hole size 1.75mm.

• Stainless steel underframe for incubating trays. • Working height 80cm.

CODE DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS/HOLE SIZE 3110 Incubating tray 4-fold 200 x 44 x 17 cm 3130 Incubating tray 7-fold 360 x 44 x 17 cm 3147 Egg insert extra ! ne 1,1 mm 3146 Egg insert ! ne 1,5 mm 3140 Egg insert standard 1,75mm 3142 Outlet sieve 1,75 mm 3121 Underframe stainless steel for 4-fold tray 3131 Underframe stainless steel for 7-fold tray

VAN GAALEN FISH EGG SORTER• Using a patented standard disk, the Van Gaalen Egg Sorter will sort trout eggs from 150 to 500 per

23grams, or if equipt with the Salmon disk, it will sort any size Salmon egg. Best of all, you never have to

change disks to handle different sized eggs. • Safe and Versatile - the Van Gaalen Fish Egg Sorter is used all

around the world and will accommodate any local voltage. Standard voltage is 12V DC

• Patented technology uses ! bre optics & modulated infrared light to scan the egg and assure you of the

highest level of accuracy. Our customers regularly report 98-99% accuracy. • Egg Counts are accurate

with both live and dead egg counters incorporated. • Sorts 100,000 trout eggs per hour.

• New low price model available has all the same features, just without the counting function.

CODE DESCRIPTION ES1 Van Gaalen Egg Sorter ES2 Van Gaalen Egg Sorter without counting function

PLASTIC TWEEZER CUPPED• Speci! cally designed for picking up Trout and Salmon eggs for sorting.

CODE DESCRIPTION 3008 Plastic tweezer cupped for egg

TROUT AND SALMON EGG COUNTING PLATES• Quick and easy counting devices for counting eggs. • Cupped holes are sized to allow eggs to nestle indi-

vidually for accuracy.

CODE DESCRIPTION 3006 Egg counting plate for 100 eggs 3007 Egg counting plate for 250 eggs

PIPETTE WITH SUCTION BALL• These pipettes are sized to enable eggs to be sucked up quickly and easily.

CODE DESCRIPTION 3005 Pipette 6mm w/suction ball 3009 Pipette 7mm w/suction ball

FISH MEASURING BOARDLarge ! sh measuring board• Measure ! sh quickly and accurately in the ! eld or Lab. • Made of acrylic and brass with clear plastic overlay

• Brass arm, bearing and rod are precision machined for accuracy. • Measures 76cmL x 23cmW with a lip on

3 sides. • Measures 0-750mm long ! sh.

MODEL DESCRIPTION WSC-E40 Small ! sh measuring Board WSC-B30 Large Fish measuring board WSC-L10 Overlay for Large Fish Measuring Board metric/english

Small ! sh measuring board• Lightweight and economical, made from white PVC. • Built in handle with raised lip for positioning ! sh

• Measures in inches and centimeters printed on in high resolution black. • 38cm long, reads ! sh up to 36cm

long

HATC

HER

Y, F

EED

S &

FEED

ER

SA

quasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

lia

115

FISH TAGS• Tags ! sh to check growth rates or for breeding purposes. • Use to distinguish male from female ! sh,

brood stock, mark genetic strains or individual ! sh.

• Fish tags are the best way to identify individual ! sh. Easy to insert, cause minimal stress and can

remain in the ! sh for years. • Available in nine colours, we offer the popular T-bar anchor style. • The

tagging gun uses a needle to insert the tags to a depth of 16mm.

CODE DESCRIPTION FFT1 100 Light Blue FFT2 100 Dark Blue FFT3 100 Yellow FFT4 100 Red FFT5 100 Brown FFT6 100 Orange FFT7 100 Dark Green FFT8 100 Pink FFT9 100 Clear TG Tagging Gun TGN Replacement Needle TGS Needle Sharpener

TEFLON CATHETER TUBING• Used for sampling egg stage development in brood stock. • Has a wall thickness of 0.15 mm (150

microns) and is safer than glass capillary tubes.

CODE I.D. O.D. TT86 0.86 1.16 TT97 0.97 1.27 TT119 1.19 1.49 TT173 1.73 2.03

FISH BAG BANDING TOOL• No more sore ! ngers! This handy tool is fast and easy to use to band bags.

• Using extra heavy-duty rubber bands, this tool seals oxygen-! lled bags in one quick motion.

CODE DESCRIPTION FBT Banding tool FBT1 Replacement bands, 100 pack

FISH GRADERS• Fully adjustable in seconds, with no tools required.

• The Mag and Super Mag Graders adjust on the spot to size ! sh by width.

• Grades adjust accurately from 0 up to 35mm width, with up to 50 divisions in between.

• Floating design and rolling bars in the Mag series graders allow for easier use and safe passage of

! sh as grading is performed in water.

• The sturdy aluminium construction will last for years

• Made in USA.

CODE DESCRIPTION FFMG Box Size: 38 x 44 x 29cm, Depth to Bars: 19cm, Grading Range: 6.25mm to 28mm, Divisions: 30 FFMG00 Box Size: 38 x 44 x 29cm, Depth to Bars: 19cm, Grading Range: 0 to 14mm, Divisions: 20 FFSG Supermag Grader, Box Size: 53 x 71 x 41cm, Depth to Bars: 28cm, Grading Range: 4 to 35mm, Divisions: 50

CERAMIC CORAL FRAG PLUGS SMALL AND LARGE• Perfect for the propagation or fragging of hard and soft branching corals. • Small: 22mm Crown, 10mm

plug Large: Larger Plug, 25mm high with larger 30mm crown, both have 10mm plug that ! ts perfectly

into standard egg crate or into cracks and crevices of live rock

CODE DESCRIPTION OW62110 Frag Plugs Ceramic Sm 25pc OW62127 Frag Plugs Ceramic Lge 20pc

CERAMIC CORAL FRAG DISCS SMALL AND LARGE• Perfect for the propagation or fragging of hard and soft branching corals such as Acropora, Birdsnest,

Montipora, Kenya Trees, Xenia, etc. • Small: 30mm diameter, 6mm thick large: 40mm diameter, 10mm

thick discs for attaching directly to live rock. • Made from ceramic. • 100% inert, super strong.

CODE DESCRIPTION OW62134 Frag Discs Ceramic Sm 20pc OW62141 Frag Discs Ceramic Lge 15pc

HATC

HER

Y, F

EED

S &

FEED

ER

S

116

PH

PH

PH

: : +

+

+ 6

161

61 2 2 2

6 6 65

5

5 8

686 4 4

93

933

3 F F

AX

AX

: +6

1 2

6586

494

4 E

mail: s

ale

s@

aq

uasonic

.co

m.a

u W

EB

: ww

w.a

qu

asonic

.co

m.a

u

CERAMIC REEF TILES• Designed to sit directly next to each other with no gaps between the tiles allowing corals to grow and

spread across them for easy propagation. • Simply tile the bottom of your frag tank and in no time you

will have many frags ready for sale with no effort at all. • Remove the tile with the frag on it and replace

it with a new tile. • The simplest and easiest way to catch all those loose frags with no effort.

• Approximate size 30mm x 30mm x 10mm thick.

CODE DESCRIPTION OW62158 20 ceramic reef tiles

N52 V2 MAG RACKThe most versatile MAG rack on the market today. • Works will ALL frag plug sizes. • Made with N52

grade neodymium magnets. • Thin plate (65mm).

• Stabilizer legs to prevent the rack from tipping forward.

• Made from injection moulded aquarium grade ABS plastic.

• Epoxy coated internal magnets sealed into pockets that will never rust or be exposed to saltwater.

• External magnets plastic coated.

CODE DESCRIPTION OW63162 Mag Rack OWNS2RM Replacement Magnet

CORAL FRAG PLUGS SMALL AND LARGE• Perfect for the propagation or fragging of hard and soft branching corals.

• Small: 22mm Crown, 10mm plug Large: Larger Plug, 25mm high with larger 30mm crown, both have

10mm plug that ! ts perfectly into standard egg crate or into cracks and crevices of live rock.

• Made from fused, special white, natural calcium based coral sand.

CODE DESCRIPTION OW61113 Frag Plugs Aragonite Sm 25pc OW100CFP Frag Plugs Aragonite Sm 100pc OW61175 Frag Plugs Aragonite Lge 20pc OW100LCFP Frag Plugs Aragonite Lge 100pc

CORAL FRAG DISCS SMALL AND LARGE• Perfect for the propagation or fragging of hard and soft branching coral.

• Small: 30mm diameter, 6mm thick Large: 40mm diameter, 10mm thick discs for attaching directly to

live rock.

• Made from fused, special white, natural calcium based coral sand, shown to speed the spread of

coraline algae and coral growth in fragged and propagated coral.

CODE DESCRIPTION OW61151 Frag Discs Aragonite Sm 20pc OW100CFD Frag Discs Aragonite Sm 100pc OW61700 Frag Discs Aragonite Lge 15pc OW50LCFD Frag Discs Aragonite Lge 50pc

CORAL FRAG ROCKS• Designed to be more attractive than disk or plugs by having varying shape and height giving a more

natural look.

• Secure # at bottom so they do not roll around or move easily.

• Measure approx. 50mm in size and approx. 12mm thick.

CODE DESCRIPTION OW61182 Frag Rocks 10pc OW50CFR Frag Rocks 50pc

CORAL FRAG TILES• Designed to sit directly next to each other with no gaps between the tiles allowing corals to grow and

spread across them for easy propagation. • Simply tile the bottom of your frag tank and in no time you

will have many frags ready for sale with no effort at all. • Remove the tile with the frag on it and replace

it with a new tile. • The simplest and easiest way to catch all those loose frags with no effort. • Approxi-

mate size 30mm x 30mm x 10mm thick.

CODE DESCRIPTION OW61120 Coral Frag Tiles Aragonite 20pc OW100CFT Coral Frag Tiles Aragonite 100pc

CORAL FRAG MAG DISCS• Secure your new coral frags to the sides or on the back or on over# ows of the tank.

• Made with super strong epoxy coated Neodymium magnets.

• Works on tanks with a wall thickness up to 10mm.

CODE DESCRIPTION OW63124 Frag Disks Aragonite Magnetic 4pc

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e s

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

aucho

pe, N

SW

2446

, Austra

lia

117

MES

H, N

ETS

AN

D N

ETTIN

GMESHEXTRUDED MESH

• Available in both diamond and square con! gurations.

• Available per metre, simply add PM to the code.

• Lightweight, strong and durable.

• Constructed of aquaculture and aquarium safe materials.

• UV stabilized.

• Used for cages, traps, trays, dividers, screens, tank covers and

fences.

DIAMOND MESH CODE SIZE K027499 Diamond mesh 4mm heavy rigid 915mm W x 30m L K027505 Diamond mesh 7mm low pro! le 915mm W x 50m L K027512 Diamond mesh 7mm heavy rigid 915mm W x 30m L K072475 Diamond mesh 13mm low pro! le 915mm W x 50m L K082009 Diamond mesh 15mm heavy rigid 915mm W x 50m L K072741 Diamond mesh 17mm low pro! le 915mm W x 50m L

SQUARE MESH CODE SIZE K830116 Square mesh 6mm 915mm W x 30mL K830113 Square mesh 10mm 915mm W x 30mL K830100 Square mesh 20mm 915mm W x 30mL

SEMI-RIGID FINE MESH NETTING• Square mesh construction consists of integral, bonded joints.

• Greater dimensional stability of rigid polypropylene.

• Available in 3 different opening hole sizes.

• Easily fabricated.

• Can be used in a number of applications, e.g. Outlet screens,

barriers, dividers for small ! sh and ! ngerlings, etc.

CODE HOLE SIZE ROLL SIZE (MM) (M) XN6070PM 0.5 Per metre XN6070 0.5 1.1 x 15 XV3019PM 0.762 Per metre XV3019 0.762 1.2 x 15 XN3234PM 1.5 Per metre XN3234 1.5 1.05 x 15

FINE SCREENS• Used for plankton collection (Artemia & Rotifer), particulate

! ltration (drum ! lters etc).

• Very strong and made from polyester or nylon.

• Available by the linear metre.

CODE MESH ROLL SIZE SIZE (MM FS25N 25 micron 1,140mm wide Heavy Duty Nylon FS62P 62 micron 1,520mm wide Heavy Duty Polyester FS210N 210 micron 1,540mm wide Nylon FS250N 250 micron 1,420mm wide Heavy Duty Nylon FS500N 500 micron 1,350mm wide Nylon

ROUND MESH TUBE SCREENS• Made from polypropylene and can be used for multiple applica-

tions. • Place over outlet pipes to prevent ! sh escaping. • Houses

media such as activated carbon for water treatment. • Ideal for fry

and ! ngerling tanks. • UV stabilized.

• Easy to clean. • Range of diameters & mesh. • Great in tanks to

stop ! sh being sucked into ! lters.

CODE DIAMETER TUBE SIZE HOLE SIZE (MM) (MM) RN2300 90.7 1,220 app 5mm x 3mm naturall RN4430 58 1,115 app 5mm x 3mm natural RN4810 42 1,140 app 6mm x 6mm natural RN2370 34.5 1,070 app 4.35mm x 2.9mm natural

K027499 K0830116

K082009

K027505

K830113

K072741

K027512

K830100

K072475

XN-3234XN-3019

XN-6070FS210N

MES

H, N

ETS

AN

D N

ETTIN

GP

H: +

61 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

94

4 s

ale

s@

aq

uason

ic.c

om

.au

ww

w.a

qu

asonic

.co

m.a

u

118

BRINE SHRIMP NET• Fine nylon mesh (350 microns). • Vinyl coated handle. • Ideal for catching brine shrimp

and ! sh larvae.

• Frame size 101.6mm x 76.2mm.

CODE DESCRIPTION BSN1 Brine Shrimp Net

PICKING NETS• High quality handmade nets are popular with tropical ! sh farmers and ! sh hatcher-

ies. • Frames are non-rusting 4mm diameter wire. • Hardwood handles are 30cm long,

15mm in diameter. • Hanging eyelets.

• Fine mesh netting approx. 794 microns.

CODE DESCRIPTION PN6F 10cm Bag, 30cm Handle, 15x10cm Frame - Fine PN8F 18cm Bag, 30cm Handle, 20x15cm Frame - Fine PN10F 20cm Bag, 30cm Handle, 25x18cm Frame - Fine PN12F 22cm Bag, 30cm Handle, 30x25cm Frame - Fine PN14F 22cm Bag, 30cm Handle, 35x25cm Frame - Fine PN16F 22cm Bag, 30cm Handle, 40x28cm Frame - Fine

EXTENSION HANDLE NETS• Made of knot-less mesh that reduces damage to ! sh.• Includes a handle that extends

to 720mm

CODE DESCRIPTION 10172 30cm x 20cm with 16cm handle

FINE MESH SMALL NETS• Strong plastic coated 3 wrap wire handles. • Use in hatchery or aquarium for delicate

species.

CODE DESCRIPTION FN-0201F 3” Bag, 9.5” Handle, 2.5”x 3” Frame - Fine FN-0203F 5” Bag, 11” Handle, 4”x 5” Frame - Fine FN-0206F 8” Bag, 13.5” Handle, 6.5” x 8” Frame - Fine FN-0208F 10” Bag, 14” Handle, 7.5”x 10” Frame - Fine

COARSE MESH SMALL NETS• Strong plastic coated 3 wrap wire handles. • Use in hatchery or aquarium for delicate

species. • Coarse mesh.

CODE DESCRIPTION FN-0201C 3” Bag, 9.5” Handle, 2.5”x 3” Frame - Coarse FN-0203C 5” Bag, 11” Handle, 4”x 5” Frame - Coarse FN-0206C 8” Bag, 13.5” Handle, 6.5” x 8” Frame - Coarse FN-0208C 10” Bag, 14” Handle, 7.5”x 10” Frame - Coarse

DURABLE METAL HANDLE NETS• Strong knot less black mesh.

CODE DESCRIPTION FN-0704 6” Bag, 18” Handle, 5”x 6” Frame FN-0705 8” Bag, 18” Handle, 8”x 6.5” Frame FN-0706 10” Bag, 18” Handle, 10” x 8.5” Frame FN-0707 12” Bag, 18” Handle, 12”x 9.5” Frame FN-0708 14” Bag, 18” Handle, 14” x 11” Frame

POND, KOI, FISHING NETS• Strong knot less black mesh. • Handles are sold separately and are interchangeable.

• Strong aluminium frame with monorail construction.

CODE DESCRIPTION FN-0501 12” Bag, 12”x 12” Frame FN-0601 12” Round

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e s

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

aucho

pe, N

SW

2446

, Austra

lia

119

MES

H, N

ETS

AN

D N

ETTIN

GLARGE HARVEST NETS• Strong knot-less black mesh. • 3 mm mesh light weight. • Monorail construction with

interchangeable handles sold separately.

CODE DESCRIPTION FN-0404-N-B 16” Bag, 13.5”x 16” Frame FN-0604-N-B 18” Bag, 16.5”x 18” Frame FN-0606-N-B 22” Bag, 18” x 22” Frame FN-0409-N-B 26” Bag, 22”x 26” Frame

LARGE HARVEST NETS WHITE MESH• Strong knot-less white 5mm mesh. • Handles are sold separately and are interchange-

able. • Strong aluminium frame with monorail construction.

CODE DESCRIPTION FN-0409-N-BW 22” Bag, 18” x 22” Frame FN-0606-N-BW 26” Bag, 22”x 26” Frame

ALUMINIUM NET HANDLES• Strong construction with non slip grip. • Easy to change handle or net.

CODE DESCRIPTION T50RH 20” Aluminium handle T100RH 40” Aluminium handle T150RH 60” Aluminium handle

MONORAIL NETS• Made of lightweight, yet strong extruded aluminium.

• Gentle on ! sh yet sturdy enough to last for years.

• Various sizes for greater " exibility.

• Top quality nets. • Made in the USA.

CODE FRAME SIZE MESH BAG HANDLE SIZE DEPTH LENGTH DN31A 40cm x 40cm 3mm 15cm 46cm DN31AL 40cm x 40cm 3mm 30cm 46cm DN31 40cm x 40cm 6mm 15cm 46cm DN31D 40cm x 40cm 6mm 30cm 46cm DN31B 40cm x 40cm 15mm 15cm 46cm DN31BL 40cm x 40cm 15mm 30cm 46cm DN32A 40cm x 40cm 3mm 15cm 91cm DN32AL 40cm x 40cm 3mm 30cm 91cm DN32 40cm x 40cm 6mm 15cm 91cm DN32D 40cm x 40cm 6mm 30cm 91cm DN32B 40cm x 40cm 15mm 15cm 91cm DN32BL 40cm x 40cm 15mm 30cm 91cm DN33A 40cm x 40cm 3mm 15cm 152cm DN33AL 40cm x 40cm 3mm 30cm 152cm DN33 40cm x 40cm 6mm 15cm 152cm DN33D 40cm x 40cm 6mm 30cm 152cm DN33B 40cm x 40cm 15mm 15cm 152cm DN33BL 40cm x 40cm 15mm 30cm 152cm DN34A 30cm x 33cm 3mm 8cm 46cm DN34 30cm x 33cm 6mm 8cm 46cm DN35A 23cm x 15cm 3mm 10cm 46cm DN35 23cm x 15cm 6mm 10cm 46cm

REPLACEMENT BAGS• Replacement bags are available for any of the above Monorail Nets.

• Just add “R” to the end of the respective net code when ordering.

DESCRIPTIONW 22” Bag, 18” x 22” Frame2” Bag, 18” x 22” Fra

6” Bag, 22”x 26” FramW 26” Bag, 22”x 26” Frame

ALUMINIUM NET HANDLESStrong construction with non slip grip. • Easy to chan

CODE T50RH

00R

MES

H, N

ETS

AN

D N

ETTIN

GP

H: +

61 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

94

4 s

ale

s@

aq

uason

ic.c

om

.au

ww

w.a

qu

asonic

.co

m.a

u

120

HEAVY DUTY HARVEST NETS (BUILT TO LAST)• Used for heavy loads. • Can carry up to 45kg. • Metal hand grip at the frame throat. • Constructed of 316

stainless steel. • Frame size 54cm x 46cm.

CODE DESCRIPTION DN11SS 61cm Bag, 46cm x 38cm 316 Stainless Steel 107cm Handle 25mm Knotted PolyMesh DN13SS 30cm Bag, 46cm x 38cm 316 Stainless Steel 107cm Handle 6mm Knot less Nylon Mesh DN11R Replacement bag for DN11SS DN12R Replacement bag for DN13SS DN13R Replacement bag for DN11SS & DN13SS

SEINES - LIGHT DUTY• Ideal for light duty applications. • Mesh sizes available in 3mm, 6mm and 12mm. • Sizes

up to 6m long and 1.8m high. • Float and lead line has a 4mm cord. • Australian made.

CODE SIZE DNS4 122cm (H) x 3m (L) - 6mm Mesh 105612-20 183cm (H) x 6.1m (L) - 13mm Mesh DNS6 183cm (H) x 6.1m (L) - 6mm Mesh

SEINES, HEAVY DUTY• Very strong in construction. • Foam ! oats are sewn in. • Lead line has internal leads. • Made from knot less

mesh. • Made in USA.

CODE SIZE HDS1 122cm (H) x 3m (L) - 3mm Mesh HDS2 183cm (H) x 6.1m (L) - 3mm Mesh HDS3 183cm (H) x 3m (L) - 6mm Mesh HDS4 183cm (H) x 6.1m (L) - 6mm Mesh HDS5 122cm (H) x 3m (L) - 10mm Mesh HDS6 183cm(H) x 6.1m (L) - 10mm Mesh HDS7 183cm (H) x 3m (L) - 10mm Mesh HDS8 183cm(H) x 6.1m (L) - 13mm Mesh

NET-SAN STERILISER• Highly effective against bacteria, fungi & viruses. • For periodic cleaning and sterilising of equipment,

especially nets. • Dissolve in water, add approximately 3 heaped teaspoons per 10 litres. • A second bucket

should be used to rinse the nets after treatment.

CODE DESCRIPTION PL001 375gm Net San PL002 1kg Net San PL003 10kg Net San PL002 20kg Net San

PLANKTON NETS, MINIATURE• Plankton nets have a 12.7cm diameter net mouth and measure 38cm long. • Net mouth has stainless steel

bridle ring with 3 point tow line attachments. • Nets include a 125mL sampling bottle. • Great for shallow

water sampling.

CODE DIAMETER LENGTH MESH-SIZE (CM) (CM) (MICRONS) LM007 12.7 38 153 LM008 12.7 38 80

PLANKTON NETS• Designed for biological plankton & oceanographic studies. • Used for a variety of aquaculture applications.

• Includes a stainless steel mouth ring/towing bridle, cod end ring. • Rubber coated hose clamp. • 1 litre ca-

pacity cod end jar. • Effective conical design with a large mouth allows for easy collecting of large samples.

CODE DIAMETER LENGTH MESH SIZE (CM) (CM) (MICRONS) PKN1 30 90 35 PKN2 30 90 63 PKN3 30 90 80 PKN4 30 90 100 PKN5 30 90 150 PKN6 50 150 80

PLANKTON NETS FOR STUDENT AND LAB USE• Easy method for collecting and sampling Plankton from water. • Made from durable Nitex Nylon mesh, the

standard for plankton net design. • Towing point and collection cup included, just tie on the length of cord you

require. • Available in two sizes (mini measuring 13cmD x 38cmL and student measuring 20cmD x 50cmL)

and in 80 and 153 micron.

MODEL DESCRIPTION WSC-110 Mini Plankton Net 80 micron 130mmD x 380mmL WSC-100 Mini Plankton Net 153 micron 130mmD x 380mmL WSC-210 Field Plankton Net 80 micron 200mmD x 500mmL WSC-200 Field Plankton Net 153 micron 200mmD x 500mmL

CODE DIAMETER LENGTH MESH SIZE (CM) (CM) (MICRONS) PKN7 50 150 150 PKN8 50 150 200 PKN9 50 150 335 PKN10 50 150 500 PKN11 75 225 250

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

lia

121

HEATIN

G &

CO

OLIN

GHEATING AND COOLING

Chiller sizing application.

1. Insulate water lines to and from chillers.

2. Insulate as much of the water tank as possible.

3. Keep the chiller well ventilated. The higher the temperature around the chiller, the longer it has to work.

4. Submersible water pumps add heat to the water. If a submersible pump must be used, choose the next size larger chiller.

5. Water must be run through the chiller at all times while the unit is on.

6. For tanks smaller than 11,300 litres, allow 24 hours for initial chilling. For tanks larger than 11,300 litres, allow 48 hours or

more.

7. Reduce bio-fouling by ! ltering water prior to chiller. Check ! lter often. If it clogs and reduces water " ow below the minimum

required, freeze damage can occur.

8. Consult with Aquasonic for " ow-through and other applications.

9. Ambient air temperature for sizing should be measured directly above the tank to be chilled.

10. An oversized chiller will not cost more to operate, as it only turns on when needed and runs for a shorter time.

CHILLER SIZING CHART

Tank Volume in litres.

5oC

340

544

983

1361

2079

3122

4993

7995

9979

14969

19958

24948

39917

49962

21oC

87

151

265

378

582

873

1399

2098

2533

3799

5065

6237

10130

12679

16oC

110

189

340

491

756

1340

1890

3024

3213

4820

6426

8033

12852

16086

11oC

170

272

491

684

1058

1588

2540

4064

4990

7484

9979

12474

19958

24981

in HP

1/6 hp

1/5 hp

1/4 hp

1/3 hp

1/2 hp

3/4 hp

1 hp

1 1/2 hp

2 hp

3 hp

4 hp

5 hp

8 hp

10 hp

NOTE (1.16 IS THE THERMAL FACTOR)

KW = V X 1.16 X ∆T X 0.001 (W to KW)

HOURS X 1.3 (LOSSES)

Recirculation:

LPM X 1 X 8.33 X T

Temperature

Rise

5oC

If AMB. 21oC11oC

If AMB. 15oC

16oC

If AMB. 10oC

HEATER SIZING CHART

Litres

1890

3780

7560

11340

15120

18900

22680

26460

30240

34020

37800

56700

75600

113400

151200

226800

302400

378000

kW

0.5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

15

20

30

40

60

80

100

kW

1

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

30

40

60

80

120

160

200

kW

1.5

3

6

9

12

15

18

21

24

27

30

45

60

90

120

180

240

300

NOTES: The table assumes a target temperature of 26oC, and a 24

hour heat up period.

For a 48 hour heat up divide the kW figure by 2. Other factors

must be considered such as agitation, LPM & surface heat loss

if the tank temp is above 26oC AMPS = WATTS / VOLTS

KW = V X 0.48 X 8.35 X ∆T

3412 X H

Total system volume in litres

Heat up time in hoursTemperature difference

between ambient room

temperature and desired

water temperature

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

122

HEATIN

G &

CO

OLIN

G

GLASS HEATER• Safe and reliable in both fresh & saltwater aquariums • Simple adjustment & easy to read temperature

indicator • Compact design • Submersible • Includes suction cups & clips.

CODE DESCRIPTION A1200 200W Glass heater A1300 300W Glass heater

THERMAL BLANKET• For aquarium or aquaculture applications.

• Thermal blanket provides great temperature retention whether you are chilling or heating your water.

• Consists of a top layer (woven PE), an insulating layer (cross linked PE foam) and a bottom layer (wo-

ven PE) for effective temperature stabilisation.

• Extremely lightweight, only 140gms per m2 and only 3mm thick.

• Can be used to partially cover the top of tanks, to retain heat whilst

still leaving part of the tank uncovered for gas transfer (CO2, O2).

• Wrap around tank and sump walls to maintain temperature.

• Wrap around pipes for insulation.

• Designed for water applications, this blanket can be used in many temperature retention applications

around the farm.

• Sold per square metre, any width and length available to suit your speci" c application.

CODE DESCRIPTION 03THERBL Thermal Blanket per m2

TITANIUM HEATERS• The titanium heating elements from Schego are the optimum supplement to the Nema

temperature controller. • Their power range is 300 or 600 watts. • They are manufactured

from high-quality titanium tube, therefore indestructible and sea water-proof. • Multiple

heaters can be controlled from one Nema.

CODE DESCRIPTION TIT300 300W Titanium heater TIT600 600W Titanium heater AQH300 300W Titanium heater and nema controller AQH600 600W Titanium heater and nema controller AQH1200 Two 600W Titanium heaters and nema controller AQH1800 Three 600W Titanium heater and nema controller

PROCESS TECHNOLOGY HEATER ELEMENTS AND SYSTEMS Aquasonic is the Australian distributor for the Process Technology range of

aquaculture heating products.

For over thirty years, Process Technology has been the leading manu-

facturer of electric immersion heaters, heating and cooling coils, controls,

instantaneous heaters, liquid level controls, over-temperature protection

systems and accessories. Process Technology are renowned for excel-

lence in design and quality of process heating equipment.

• Easyplug over the side immersion heater elements.

• Industrial, rugged complete heater elements. • Thermal overload protec-

tor built in, replaceable fuse.

• cUL and CE certi" ed.

• Available in 316 stainless steel for freshwater and titanium for saltwater.

• For tank and sump wall mounting.

• Requires thermostat, either codes NEMA or DTWPR0.1.


CODE DESCRIPTION SA1211 1000 watt 316SS SA1.8217 1800 watt 316SS Immersion heater SA2.5223 2500 watt 316SS Immersion heater SA3.5229 3500 watt 316SS Immersion heater TA1211 1000 watt Titanium Immersion heater TA1.8217 1800 watt Titanium Immersion heater TA2.5223 2500 watt Titanium Immersion heater TA3.5229 3500 watt Titanium Immersion heater

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

lia

123

HEATIN

G &

CO

OLIN

G DIGITAL THERMOSTATS, RELAYS AND CONTACTORS FOR HEATERS AND CHILLERS• Thermostats commonly used with heater elements and chillers. • Aquasonic provides a free wiring

service when heater/chiller and thermostat are purchased separately (not in heater system).

CODE DESCRIPTIONComplete thermostats NEMA Digital Thermostat for hard wiring 1 degree accuracy. Operates chiller or heater up to 3500 watts 15 amps DRAE15-2 Easy plug digital thermostat 1 degree accuracy. Operates chiller or heater up to 3500 watts 15 amps DTWPR0.1A Digital thermostat in splash proof box, Heaters or chillers up to 5,280 watts, 0.1°C accuracy, 10amp DTWPR0.1B Digital thermostat in splash proof box, Heaters or chillers up to 5,280 watts 0.1°C accuracy, 15amp. HCT Digital Thermostat with heat and chill control features in a splash proof plastic box. XR20C Dixcell Thermostat unit, does not include splash proof box (0.1°C accuracy as used in the DTPWR unit as above)

Relays and contactors RELAY Relay - up to 1.5hp chiller, or 7200 watt heater CN11 Contactor - up to a 3hp (240V) 7.5hp (460V) or 3kW (230V), chiller or heater. CN16 Contactor - up to a 5hp (240V) 10hp (460V) or 4kW (230V), chiller or heater.

Spare probes for thermostats SA100X2 Thermostat probe (only) for DTWPR ALTP Spare titanium probe for Nema controller

TITANIUM INLINE HEATERS WITH THERMOSTATS BY ELECROThe Elecro Titanium Aquatic heater is the latest addition to our expanding product range.

Manufactured in England to the highest standards comprising of Pure Titanium " ow tube and Pure

Titanium heating elements thus ensuring their suitability for use on all aquatic applications including salt

water / tropical marine.

All Elecro heaters are supplied fully pre-wired and are therefore very easy to install

requiring only # nal connection to a power supply (2kW comes with 10amp plug, 3kW

comes with 15 amp, models 4kW and above will require installation by an electrician)

and connection to the pipe work of the system.

• Pure titanium " ow tube.

• Pure titanium heating element(s).

• Accurate temperature control with 0.5°C differential.

• Digital temperature display to 0.1°C.

• External reversible " ow switch (Allowing water input from either direction).

• High limiting safety thermostat (manual reset).

• Integral Schneider / Telemecanique contactor.

• Circuit protection delay switching.

• Optional 24-Hour time clock.

CODE DESCRIPTION FLOW RATE RANGE INLET/OUTLET SIZE EET02 2kW Titanium inline heater (9amp) single phase 1000-17000L/H 40mm/40mm EET03 3kW Titanium inline heater (13amp) single phase 1000-17000L/H 40mm/40mm EET04 4kW Titanium inline heater (18amp) single phase 1000-17000L/H 40mm/40mm EET06 6kW Titanium inline heater (27amp) single phase 1000-17000L/H 40mm/40mm EET08 8kW Titanium inline heater (35amp) single phase 1000-17000L/H 40mm/40mm EETA36 6kW Titanium inline heater (9amp) Three phase 1000-17000L/H 40mm/40mm EETA38 8kW Titanium inline heater (13amp) Three phase 1000-17000L/H 40mm/40mm

TITANIUM HEATERS• Titanium heating elements from IHC are the optimum supplement to the Nema temperature controller.

• Their power range is 2000 or 6000 watts.

• They are manufactured from high-quality titanium tube, therefore indestructible and sea water-proof.

CODE DESCRIPTION QDPTY2 2000W Titanium Sub. Heater QDPTY2219 2000W Titanium Sub. Heater QDPTY3 3000W Titanium Sub. Heater QDPTY3225 3000W Titanium Sub. Heater QDPTY4 4000W Titanium Sub. Heater QDPTY6 6000W Titanium Sub. Heater

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 s

ale

s@

aq

uaso

nic

.com

.au w

ww

.aqu

ason

ic.c

om

.au

124

HEATIN

G &

CO

OLIN

G

DAEIL CHILLERS• Built on titanium heat exchangers

• Thermostat has 0.1°C resolution and +/- 0.5°C accuracy.

• Aquarium chillers based on a 12 hour pull down time, commercial

chillers based on an 8 hour pull down time.

• Pump not supplied with chiller.

• 1 year warranty. • Made in Korea.

• Quiet operation.

• 13, 16 and 19mm " exible hose connections on 1/15 - 1/3hp chill-

ers, 25mm hard PVC connection on 1/2 - 1 1/2HP, and 32mm hard

PVC connection on 2 & 3 hp.

CODE HP COOLING FLOW DIMENSIONS RECOMMENDED VOLUME @ °C PULL DOWN CAPACITY LPM W X D X H MM 5°C 10°C 15°C 20°C DBI-050-D 1/15 150 7-15 196 x 320 x 358 308 146 92 65 DBA-075 1/10 290 10-40 250 x 420 x 460 595 282 178 125 DBC-150 1/5 460 10-40 250 x 420 x 530 944 448 282 198 DBC-200 1/4 660 15-50 250 x 420 x 530 1354 642 404 284 DBM-250 1/3 1020 15-60 350 x 460 x 460 2093 992 624 439 DA-500B 1/2 1230 30-60 530 x 350 x 390 2051 986 630 405 DA-1000B 1 2320 50-100 670 x 380 x 490 3868 1860 1188 764 DA-1500B 1 1/2 3720 50-100 670 x 380 x 490 6203 2982 1905 1224 DA-2000B 2 5810 50-150 670 x 420 x 940 9687 4658 2975 1912 DA-3000B 3 7320 50-150 670 x 420 x 940 12205 5868 3749 2409

OASIS HEAT/CHILL UNITS• Constructed of 316 stainless steel, suitable for fresh and marine environ-

ments.

• Uc2 Carell controller included -40 to +80°C, 0.1 degree accuracy.

• Uses R407 or R410 refrigerant (dependent on model).

• Contains internal microprocessor control with internal self diagnostics

and safety feature to stop operation if malfunction occurs.

• Made speci# cally for aquaculture facilities.

• Titanium heat exchanger.

• Flow switch included.

2 year warranty (one year workmanship, 2 year parts)

MODEL OASISC8 OASISC10 OASISC17 OASISC21 Heating capacity kW 8.8 13.2 17.5 21 Cooling capacity kW 5.5 8 10.5 13 Power supply 50Hz V/phase 220-240/1 220-240/1 220-240/1 220-240/1 Noise level Db 51 54 54 56 Water connection mm 50 50 50 50 Water " ow LPH 3000 4500 6000 7500 Pressure loss PSI 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.75 Dimensions L/W/H(mm) 1005/420/650 1005/420/650 1200/470/850 1110/470/1250

MODEL OASISC25 OASISC25T OASISC35 OASISC50 Heating capacity kW 25 25 38 55 Cooling capacity kW 15.5 15.5 28 42 Power supply V/phase/Hz 220-240/1 380-400/3 380-400/3 380-400/3 Noise level dB 56 56 61 61 Water connection mm 50 50 63 63 Water " ow Lph 9000 9000 12000 19500 Pressure loss PSI 1.75 1.75 2.2 2.2 Dimensions L x W x H(mm) 1110/470/1250 1110/470/1250 1470/725/980 1470/725/980

Other sizes available

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

liaBACTERIA

125

BACTERIA

BIO-AIDBio-aid is a proprietary mix of pro-biotic bacteria. Probiotic bacteria improves the quality of your water by

digesting solid and dissolved waste in your aquarium and out-competing disease causing bacteria. • Dose

rate guide:- Standard - 20mls per 100 litres of water or 100mls per 30m2 of biological media (if known) sur-

face area. • Concentrate - 20mls per 1000 litres of water or 100mls per 300m2 of biological media surface

area. Super concentrate - 1 drop per 50 litres of water every 7 days.

CODE DESCRIPTION PROB15 15ml super concentrate PROB100 100ml PROB250 250ml PROB1L 1 litre PROB5L 5 litre PROB20L 20 litre

PRO-BIOTIC BACTERIA - PRO BIO PLUS• Disease prevention. • Chemical, copper and drug free. • Helps control white spot, aeromonas spp. vibrio

spp. velvet and fungal infections. • Create a hostile environment for harmful pathogenic bacteria, which

cause disease. • Treat any stages of ! sh fry through to adults. • Great for treating newly arrived ! ngerlings

during quarantining. • Suitable for fresh and saltwater applications.

• Standard - 20mls per 100 litres. • Concentrate - 100mls per 2000 litres.

CODE DESCRIPTION PBP50 50ml standard PBP100 100ml standard PBPC100 100ml concentrate

BIO-CULTURELive Bacterial Strains For Biological Inoculation• Contains live strains of nitrifying bacteria for seeding of aquatic bio-! lter. • Suitable for fresh and saltwater

with outstanding results. • Enhanced by several species of bacillus, a waste assimilating bacteria that initi-

ate the nitrogen cycle by breaking down waste into ammonia and nitrite and reduces disease by competi-

tive exclusion(probiotic). • This ensures not only a quicker start up but also gives protection from diseases

in the early stages of the aquarium’s life cycle. • Contains genuine nitrifying bacteria that are adhesive

to the ! lter medium. • They provide more effective biological ! ltration compared to other products on the

market. • Bio-Culture contains:-

1. Nitosospira (Multiformis) which converts ammonia to nitrite.

2. Nitospira (Marina) which converts nitrite to nitrate.

3. Bacillus sp. a waste assimilating bacteria.

• Dose rate guide:-

Standard - 50mls per 500 litres of water or 100mls per 30m2 of biological media (if known) surface area.

Concentrate:- 20mls per 1000 litres of water or 100mls per 300m2 of biological media surface area.

Super Concentrate:- 5mls per m3 of water.

CODE DESCRIPTION BC50 50ml Bio culture standard BC100 100ml Bio culture standard BCC100 100ml Bio culture concentrated BCC1L 1 litre Bio culture concentrated BCSC1L 1 litre super concentrate BCSC5L 5 litre super concentrate

WSR – WASTE & SLUDGE REDUCER BACTERIA• Waste and sludge reducer is a blend of naturally occurring bene! cial bacteria and bio-nutrient complex

for application to shrimp, ! sh or mariculture ponds.• Controls sludge, Ammonia (NH3), Nitrite (NO2),

Nitrate (NO3), Total Suspended Solids (TSS) and Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) and controls nutrients

through accelerated microbial decomposition of organic wastes in aquaculture systems. • Dry formula in

water soluble packet for easy application • Control organic sludge between growth cycles. • Reduces blue

green algae. • Improves growth and survival in intensive aquaculture systems. • Improve nutrient recycling. •

Helps stabilize phytoplankton and sustain oxygen levels. • Microbes provide a 35% protein bio" oc (for ! lter

feeding organisms, shrimp, some ! n! sh) and reduces overall FCR. • Salt tolerant, effective over a range of

salinities from fresh to saltwater.

• 1.8 billion viable bacterial cells per gram. • Effective over a wide pH range 5-10.5. • 2 year shelf life

• Effective at temperatures between 4 and 38 °C. • Improves water quality and production capacity

• Helps maintain pH and Alkalinity through de nitri! cation and sequestering of Carbonates from the re-

moval of Nitrate.

• Dose rates Ponds:- • 2.7kgs per 0.4ha initial dose. • 0.9kgs per 0.4ha. Maintenance dose every

one to 2 weeks thereafter.

Dose rates tanks and recirc systems:- • 30 - 60gms per 3780 litres every 3 days for 3 treatments.

• 30gms per 3780 litres weekly thereafter.

BACTERIA

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944

Em

ail: s

ale

s@

aqu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u W

EB

: ww

w.a

qua

son

ic.c

om

.au

126

LYMNOZYME LIQUID PROBIOTIC BACTERIA FOR DISEASE CONTROL Lymnozyme is a patented probiotic formula. It is not a medication of chemo-therapeutic, but a naturally oc-

curring mix of probiotic/bene! cial bacteria which can improve water quality in aquaculture systems.

Lymozyme is safe for use with ! sh and aquatic organisms when used as directed (may cause an increase

in Oxygen demand temporarily during initial use). It is a blend of naturally occurring enzymes, bacteria and

micro nutrients. • Safe for use with aquatic animals intended for human consumption.

Lymozyme has the following bene! ts and uses:-

• Competitive excluder, will reduce pathogenic bacteria such as Vibrio, Pseudomonas, Aeromonas, Step-

tococcus, Allococcus, Mycobacterium, Columnaris, Edwarsiella Ictaluri and other gram negative and gram

positive bacteria. • Increases immune response and general ! sh health. • Reduces mortalities, increases

survivability and growth rates. • Requires no refrigeration, viable at 25°C for 1 year. • Higher cell counts

and active ingredients than other brands. • Improves culture water, can be used in live food production for

increased survivability. • Effective in a wide range of water temperatures. • Effective over a wider pH range

than other probiotics pH 5 to pH 10.5. • Effective at temperatures between 4° and 38 °C. • Effective in fresh,

brackish and salt water applications. • Use in hatcheries, grow out and holding systems, recirculating sys-

tems, ponds and any water body to improve water quality and reduce disease.

•600 million viable bacterial cells per ml.

Dose rates: • Initial dose of 30 - 60 mls per 3780 litres every three days for three treatments. • Maintenance

dose of 30ml per 3780 litres per week until bacterial infections clear. • Preventative dose of 20ml per 3780

litres per week.

AQUATRON - BACTERIAL SUPPLEMENT FOR LAKES, WATER COURSESA complete bio-remediation mix of bene! cial microbes for the maintenance of water bodies, such as lakes,

golf course dams, water courses, Koi ponds and Aquaculture systems.

• Contains a blend of naturally occurring microbes, nutrients and trace minerals.

• Reduce Phosphorus, Nitrogen, Ammonia and break down organics.

• Phosphorus is taken up by the microbes in Aquatron and rapidly converted into an organic form unavail-

able to aquatic plant species, eliminating their food source and regulating nuisance algae growth and

undesirable aquatic plant growth.

• Clears water by removal of Phosphorous, Nitrogen, suspended solids and organic particulates.

• Add weekly/biweekly to maintain high level of nutrient reducing bacteria for maintenance of water quality.

• Minimizes oxygen swings by regulating algae blooms and reducing BOD.

• Adds clarity to water, increases carrying capacity.

• Reduce hydrogen sul! de and methane gas odours.

• Safe for aquatic plants and animals.

Dose rate:-

• 2.7kgs per 0.4ha initial dose.

• 0.9 kgs per 0.4ha maintenance dose every week to 2 weeks.

POND TOSS - LYMOZYME/WSR COMBINATION PACK An easy way to apply Lymozyme and WSR bacterial products quickly and easily. Combination disease

control and waste and nutrient control for Aquatic systems.

• Comes in water soluble 250 gram bags complete with bio-nutrient.

• 2.5 billion viable bacterial cells per gram.

• 1kg per hectare every 3 days for 3 treatments, then 0.5kg per hectare each week to maintain water

quality and disease control. • Treat as necessary.

LYMNOZYME AND WSR 1200L PREBLEND GROW OUT PACKS WITH BIONUTRIENT• Get the bene! ts of Lymnozyme and WSR (waste and sludge reducer) for disease and water quality con-

trol in an economic package.

• 1200L pre blend packets allow you to incubate (bloom out) the bacteria on site to dramatically reduce the

cost of treatment for large aquaculture facilities, namely prawn and ! sh ponds.

• Tested and proven by some of the worlds largest prawn/! sh farms. Grow pack produces 1200L in 24 to 48

hours and is ready to apply.

• Simply add 1000L of clean fresh or saltwater to the incubation tank, add the bio-nutrient, cover, aerate,

and maintain at 28-30°C.

• Harvest a solution containing between 3 and 4 billion live bacterial cells per ml.

• Use at a rate of 50-100L per hectare per week to maintain water quality and control disease.

Ly

cu

Ly

in

mi

Ly

•

to

po

su

an

in

th

eudomonas, Aeromonas, Step-

nerals.

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

liaLIGHTING

127

TRUELUMEN FLEXIBLE LED STRIPS “Current USA” has just announced a new line, dubbed ‘True Lumen’ of LED strips designed for reef and

NANO aquarium lighting. Check out the True Lumen ! exible LED strip specs below.

• 10” x .5”.

• Power up to three strips with one 12VDC converter.

• Available in 12, 000k white, 453nm blue, or 1:1 12k and 453nm.

• Easily mounted with included screws or adhesive and they’re ! exible.

A ! exible LED lighting strip is a neat idea, especially for retro" tting existing all-in-one nano-reef aquariums.

CODE DESCRIPTION 1660 LED strip 12 volt 453nm blue 1662 LED strip 12 volt 12000k white 1661 LED strip 12 volt 12000k/453nm blue 1664 Luner light 1Watt 453nm Blue 1666 Luner light 1Watt 12000k white

1661

1662

1660

1664

1666

5024MP-3444MP-3444MP-3444MP-3444

5024

http://www.current-usa.com

Designed in USA

LIGHTING

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944

Em

ail: s

ale

s@

aqu

aso

nic

.co

m.a

u W

EB

: ww

w.a

qua

son

ic.c

om

.au

128

! e One Minute Upgrade

STUNNER LED STRIPS - 6WATT, 12IN.It’s never been faster or easier to add light, accent and shimmer to your tank without all that other stuff like

heat and noisy fans.

Put beautiful shimmering light right where you want it with a simple, super-efficient, linkable LED " xture de-

signed to easily retro" t into your existing set up.

Stunner LED strips provide the ultimate lighting solution from nano-aquariums to public aquarium exhibits. Se-

lect your favorite, or mix and match colours with a linkable design that allows you to run up to 5 Stunner Strips

off one 24V power supply (sold separately).

Double your light output by snapping on a polished re! ector or use our extension cable and 4-way splitter to

keep things tidy.

Power supply units are sold separately to provide maximum ! exibility and value. Each power supply will run up

to 5, linkable 6 watt Stunner Strips.

CODE DESCRIPTION NUMBER LEDS - COLOUR 8010 Stunner LED strip 24V 24 - 453nm Actinic Blue 8012 Stunner LED strip 24V 24 - 8000k white 8011 Stunner LED strip 24V 18 - 8000k white/ 6 - 453nm Actinic Blue 8013 Stunner LED strip 24V 24 - 403nm Ultraviolet 8018 Stunner LED strip 24V 16 - 453nm Actinic Blue/ 8 - Magenta 5020 Re! ector Stunner LED strips 5021 Extension cable 36” 5024 3 way splitter MP3494 24V regulated power supply

5021 5024

MP-3494

MULTI USE

(UP TO 5 UNITS)

5020 REFLECTOR

Designed in USA

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

au

cho

pe, N

SW

244

6, A

ustra

lia

129

GLOSSARY

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

BOD:

Biological Oxygen Demand. The amount of oxygen used by the organisms in the water. BOD - biochemi-cal (biological) oxygen demand is a test used to measure the concentration of biodegradable organic matter present in a sample of water. It can be used to infer the general quality of the water and its degree of pollution and it is used in water quality management and assessment, ecology and environmental sci-ence. BOD is not an accurate quantitative test and should be considered as providing an indicator of the quality of a water body.

BSPBritish Standard Pipe

CO2 (Carbon Dioxide):

A colourless odourless gas normally present in the atmosphere. CO2 is very soluble in water (30 times

more than O2). Quite high levels can be tolerated by most species. CO

2 can produce narcotic effects (an-

aesthetic) and in solution forms carbonic acid. Levels of less than 15ppm are recommended for most ! n ! sh species.

CO3 (Carbonate):

A measurement of the carbonate hardness of water. Measure of alkalinity and a measurement of HCO3

buffering capacity of the water. Often stated in CaCO3 equivalents in conductivity units (µS/cm2). Carbon-

ate hardness is continually reduced in recirculating systems by acids from stock and from biological as-similation. This loss can be anticipated or replaced with “Aquasonic Carbonate Hardness Generator”.

COD:Chemical Oxygen Demand. The amount of oxygen used in the chemical breakdown (oxidisation) of wastes.The chemical oxygen demand (COD) test is commonly used to indirectly measure the amount of organic compounds in water. Most applications of COD determine the amount of organic pollutants found in surface water (e.g. lakes and rivers), making COD a useful measure of water quality. It is expressed in milligrams per litre (mg/L), which indicates the mass of oxygen consumed per litre of solution.

ConductanceConductance is an expression of the ease with which an electric current $ ows through a substance. In equations, conductance is symbolized by the uppercase letter G. The standard unit of conductance is the siemens (abbreviated S), formerly known as the mho.

EmissivityA material’s surface emissivity is a measure of the energy emitted when a surface is directly viewed. Surface emissivity is generally measured indirectly by assuming that e = 1 - re$ ectivity. A single energy bounce is measured and the re$ ected energy measured.

GH (General Hardness):General Hardness is a measure of Ca, Mg and Na ions in solution. Providing levels that are environmen-tally suitable for individual species greatly reduces stress and therefore disease resistance. Use Aqua-sonic “Natural-Home” water conditioners for creation of speci! c conditions.

GLPGood Laboratory Practice

NH3 (Ammonia):

Ammonia molecules from a colourless, strong smelling gas. Biologically, it is produced by certain bacteria as they break down amino acids. However the test involves total ammonia which is ammonium (NH

4) and

ammonia (NH3). The test is by indophenols method, which means it will be accurate in soft or hard water

and read low enough to take action before stock loss. If systems are running correctly, a rise in ammonia upon the placement of a large quantity of stock is normal, however this should be assimilated by biologi-cal action within 24 hours.

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

94

4 E

mail: s

ale

s@

aq

ua

son

ic.c

om

.au

WE

B: w

ww

.aqu

aso

nic

.com

.au

130

GLOSSARY

NO2 (Nitrite):

Nitrite is toxic to most aquatic organisms, 50-100 times more toxic in freshwater than saltwater. Accept-able levels 0.5mg/L (FW) and 20-25mg/L (SW). Mulluscs and crustaceans are less susceptible. Nitrite

reduces haemoglobin in ! sh’s blood.

NO3 (Nitrate):

Nitrate is the end result of aerobic biological activity and the quantity accumulated is in direct proportion to waste produced from stock load. It is usually considered non-toxic to aquatic organisms. Certain nitrate levels produce stress on individual species of stock. Once a prescribed nitrate level is reached, water

should be changed.

OLED

Organic Light Emitting Device (OLED)

ORP (Oxygen Reduction Potential):Basically, reduction means the addition of an electron (e-). Its converse, oxidation describes the removal of an electron. ORP is taken as an electronic measurement which can be used as a monitor of the health of a system, especially related to the oxidizing power of the system. ORP levels may be raised or least

assisted by the addition of ozone usually via foam fractionation.

pH:A measurement of the hydrogen ion concentration in water. It is signi! cant when measured with other tests. The pH of a water sample is in$ uenced by carbon dioxide levels in water and by ammonia. The toxicity of ammonia and nitrate is magni! ed by a rise in pH. A pH of 7 is neutral. Above 7 the solution is

alkaline and below 7 the solution is acidic.

SG (Specifi c Gravity):The Speci! c Gravity of $ uid is the ratio of its density to the density of it’s surrounding waters, and unit less. It is particularly relevant to saltwater systems. Manipulation of speci! c gravity can reduce stress in stock caused by osmo-regulation and can also reduce weight loss. Be sure to measure speci! c gravity in conjunction with temperature. Measurements can be by use of a hydrometer, refractometer or conductiv-

ity meter.

SOTR

Standard Oxygen Transfer Rate (SOTR), which is the mass of oxygen transferred per unit time.

TDS (Total Dissolved Solids):Total Dissolved Solids are solids in water that can pass through a ! lter. TDS is a measure of the amount of material dissolved in water. This material can include carbonate, bicarbonate, chloride, sulfate, phos-phate, nitrate, calcium, magnesium, sodium, organic ions and other ions. Ascertaining levels of these ions in water is necessary for aquatic life. Changes in TDS concentrations can be harmful because the density of the water determines the $ ow of water into and out of an organism’s cells. However if TDS con-centrations are too high or too low the growth of many aquatic organisms can be limited and death can occur. TDS mainly relates to freshwater systems. The reading is related to conductivity, but of course cali-brates to ppm (parts per million). In freshwater systems this reading will constantly rise. Once prescribed levels have been reached, water should be changed and water conditioners re-added if necessary.

Temp:Temperature is a measure of the heat or coldness of a material when referred to a constant. Temperature not only affects stock but the reading of speci! c gravity. On reduction, temperature can also slow biologi-cal activity.

ThermocoupleA thermocouple is a sensor for measuring temperature. It consists of two dissimilar metals, joined togeth-er at one end, which produce a small unique voltage at a given temperature. This voltage is measured

and interpreted by a thermocouple thermometer.

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auchope, N

SW

2446, A

ustra

lia

131

IND

EXINDEX

12000K WHITE 127

24V REGULATED POWER SUPPLY

128

90° ELBOWS 76

403NM ULTRAVIOLET 128

453NM BLUE 127

5200A 98

8000K WHITE 128

A

ACRIFLAVINE 34

ACTIVATED CARBON 28

AERATION 48

AEROTUBE 37

AERO-TUBE 36, 45

AIR COMPRESSORS 43

AIR DIVIDERS 40

AIR FILTER 44

AIR FLOW METERS 42

AIRLINE TUBING 41

AIR OPERATED BACK YARD FISH

FARM 67

AIR PREPARATION UNIT 82

AIR PUMPS 43

AIR PURGE VALVES 41

AIRSTONES 35

AIRSTONES, SINTERED OR

CERAMIC 35

AIR VALVES 40

ALARM SYSTEM 79

ALGAE CONTROL 8

ALGAE GROWTH FORMULA 111

ALGAE PADS 85

ALGAE PRODUCTION 111

ALGAE TREATMENT 8

ALGICIDE 8

ALKALIN 8.3 17

ALKALIN 8.3P 17

ALKALINITY 17, 31

ALKALINITY 89

ALPHA PH560 98

ALUMINIUM 89

ALUMINIUM HANDLE 119

AMAZON WATER CONDITIONER

10

AMINO ACID & FATTY ACID 21

AMINO ACIDS 11, 21, 26

AMINOMEGA 26

AMMONIA NEUTRALIZER 74

AMMONIA TEST KIT 88

AMMONIUM 97

AMMONIUM CHLORIDE 34

ANCHOR WORMS 15

ANEMONES 25

ANGELIXER 27

ANTIBIOTIC 16

ANTI-FOAM SOLUTION 74

ANTISEPTIC TREATMENT 15

AQUABIOME BEAD FILTRATION

67

AQUACULTURE TANKS 73

AQUAMITE 70

AQUAMOP 85

AQUAPONICS SYSTEMS 67

AQUARIUM CONTROL VALVES

40

AQUARIUM FISH FOOD 113

AQUARIUM PUMPS 69

AQUARIUM SALT 16

AQUARIUM SALT 11

AQUARIUM TONG 85

AQUATIC PLANT GROWTH 9

AQUATIC PLANTS 30

AQUATRON 126

ARAGONITE 21

ARTEMIA 73

ARTEMIA CYSTS 112

ARTEMIA/FISH HATCHING &

REARING TANK 112

ARVO-TEC 110

AUTOMATED TOP UP SYSTEM 53

AUTOMATIC FEEDER 108

B

BACILLUS SP 125

BACTERIA FILTER 103, 111

BACTERIAL INFECTIONS 10

BACTERIAL INHIBITORS 10

BACTERIAL SUPPLEMENT 126

BACTONEX 15

BAG FILTER 54

BAG FILTERS 53

BALL CHECK VALVES 77

BALL VALVE 40

BALL VALVES 77

BANDING TOOL 115

BARREL UNION 75

BASIC-GRO 9

BATHISCOPE 86

BEAD FILTERS 57

BELT CLIP 97

BELT FEEDERS 109

BEND 45° 75

BEND 90° 75

BEND WITH FLANGE 75

BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE 101

BINS 74

BIO-AID 125

BIOAVAILABLE CARBON 30

BIOCLARIFICATION 56

BIOCLARIFIERS 58

BIO-CULTURE 125

BIOFILM CARRIER 50

BIOLOGICAL FILTRATION 49

BIOLOGICAL INNOCULATION

125

BIO-NATURE BIOLOGICAL

FILTER 59

BIO-REACTIVE FILTRATION

MEDIA 24

BIO-START 9

BIO-TET 16

BIO-TRACE 11

BIO-VIT 11

BLACKWATER 32

BLACKWATER CONCENTRATE

10

BLOWER ACCESSORIES 44

BLOWERS 44

BOLTS 78

BONE CUTTER 104

BOROCHROM 22

BORON 22

BORON 89

BRIGHTWELL AQUATICS 16

BRINE SHRIMP HATCHERS 112

BRINE SHRIMP NET 118

BRISTLE WORMS 108

BROMINE 89

BSP CAP 39

BUBBLE BEAD FILTERS 56

BUFFER 32

BUFFERS 13

BULKHEADS 76

C

CABLE TIES 77

CAGE FITTINGS 76

CALCION 19

CALCION-P 20

CALCIUM 12, 18, 20, 21

CALCIUM AND CARBONATES 18

CALCIUM CHLORIDE 34

CALCIUM HARDNESS 10

CALCIUM HARDNESS 89

CALCIUM REACTORS 28

CALCIUM SOLUTION 19

CALCIUM-SUP 12

CALCIUM TEST KIT 87

CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS 100

CAPS 75

CARBONATE HARDNESS 13

CARBONATE HARDNESS 13

CARBONATE HARDNESS

GENERATOR 13

CARBONATE HARDNESS

GENERATOR POWDER 87

CARBONATE HARDNESS

TEST KIT 87

CARBON DIOXIDE CONTROL 34

CARBON DIOXIDE DEGASSING

60

CARBON DIOXIDE TEST KIT 88

CARBONIT-P 28

CARBON VANE ROTARY 43

CARRY CASES 94

CARTRIDGE FILTERS 53

CASCADE 71

CATHETER TUBING 115

CHANNEL UV STERILISER 65

CHECK VALVE 77, 84

CHECK VALVES 41

CHEMICAL FILTER 51

CHEMICAL MEDIA FILTER 53

CHEMICALS 34

CHILLERS 124

CHILLER SIZING 121

CHLORAMINES 8, 28

CHLORELLA 112

CHLORIDE 89

CHLORINE 8

CHLORINE 89

CHLORINE DIOXIDE 89

CHLORMON 8, 74

CHROMIUM HEXAVALENT 89

CICHLID AQUARIA 32

CICHLIDCODE 32

CLARIFI-FW 31

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 E

mail: s

ale

s@

aquasonic

.com

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

quasonic

.com

.au

132

IND

EX

CLARIFI-SW 31

CLEANING 85

CLEANING SOLUTION 99

CLEAR PVC PIPE 76

CMBD MODULAR 37

COAGULANT 8

COANDA EFFECT” 55

COARSE MESH 118

COLORITE AERO-TUBE 36

COLORITE OXYTUBE 37

COLOUR 89

COLOURIMETERS 90

COMBO FILTER 66

COMMERCIAL UV

STERILISERS 64

COMPLETE BULKHEADS 76

CONDUCTIVITY METER 94

CONDUCTIVITY PEN METER 92

CONDUCTIVITY TDS

CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS 100

CONDUCTIVITY/TEMP PROBE 97

CONTROL VALVES 40

COPPER 89

COPPER SOLUTION. 33

COPPER SULPHATE 34

COPPER TEST KIT 88

CORALAMINO 21

CORALAZARUS CALREACTOR

MEDIUM 28

CORAL DIP 25

CORAL PROPAGATION 103

CORUNDUM AIR STONES 35

COUNTDOWN TIMER 91

COUPLINGS 76

COVERSLIPS 102

COVER SLIPS 101

CRATES 74

CRYSTAL CLEAR WATER 8

CULTURE TANK 73

CUPRION 33

CYANURIC ACID 89

D

DAILY FOOD FOR AQUATIC

PLANTS 9

DAILY-GRO 9

DATALOGGER 91

DECHLORINATION 28

DEPRESSION SLIDES 101

DIAMOND MESH 117

DIFFUSER COMPARISON

CHART 38

DIFFUSERS 35

DIGITAL FLOW METERS 80

DIGITAL THERMOMETER 91

DIGITAL THERMOSTATS 123

DIGITAL TIMER 110

DISC DIFFUSER 36

DISCUSCODE 32

DISEASE CONTROL 11

DISEASE INHIBITORS 10

DISSECTING KIT 102

DISSECTING MICROSCOPE 101

DISSECTING TRAY 102

DISSOLVED ORGANIC

MATERIAL 25

DISSOLVED OXYGEN

HANDBOOK 100

DISSOLVED OXYGEN METER 94

DISSOLVED OXYGEN

MONITOR 96

DISTILLED WATER 99

DOSING DRUM 110

DOSING PUMP 70

DRUM 2000 FEEDER 110

DRUM FILTERS 56

DRYER 82

DUAL DRAINS 55

DUCTING 60

DURAPLAS 74

E

ECTOPARASITES 15

EDPM MEMBRANE 36

EDUCTOR 78

EGG COUNTING PLATES 114

EGG UP-WELLER 114

ELBOWS 76

ELECTRONIC FLOW METERS 80

ELEMENTAL 18

ELEMENTS 18

EPOXY 104

ERASE-CL 28

ERASE-CL P 28

ERLENMEYER FLASKS 102

ESAM SIDE CHANNEL 44

ESI-LOW 13

ESSENTIAL ELEMENTS 11

EUTECH INSTRUMENTS 92

EXPANSION PLUGS 78

EXTENSION HANDLE NETS 118

EXTERNAL FISH PARASITES 15

EXTRAPHOS 27

EXTRA POWER WATER

PURIFIER 8

EYE DROPPERS 89

F

FANS 60

FAUCET ADAPTOR 75

FAUCET SOCKET 75

FEEDERS 105, 108

FEEDING CONTROLLER 109

FEEDS 105

FEED SCOOPS 111

FERRION 22

FERROXIPHOS-G 27

FIBREGLASS SAND FILTERS 54

FIBREGLASS TRAYS 73

FILTER FOAM 49

FILTER MATTING 49

FILTER MODULES 59

FILTRATION 49

FINE BUBBLE DIFFUSERS 37

FINE MESH 118

FINGERLING REARING TANK 73

FIN OR TAIL ROT 15

FISH BOXES 74

FISH EGG SORTER 114

FISH FARMS 67

FISH GRADERS 115

FISHING NETS 118

FISH LICE 15

FISH MEASURING BOARD 114

FISH NET BREEDER 108

FISH NUTRITION 107

FISH SPAWNING 32

FISH TAGS 115

FISH TRANSPORTER 74

FITTINGS & SWITCHES 75

FLEXIBLE LED STRIP 127

FLOATING THERMOMETER 90

FLOAT SWITCH 79

FLOCCULANT 8

FLOCCULANT 31

FLORINAXIS 30

FLORIN DELTA GH+ 31

FLORIN DELTA KH+ 31

FLORIN-FE 30

FLORINGRO 30

FLORIN-K 30

FLORINMULTI 30

FLORIN-P 31

FLORIN PH- 31

FLOW CELL 97

FLOW METERS 42

FLOW PRESSURE SWITCH 80

FLOW SWITCHES 80

FLOW VALVES 80

FLOZONE 51

FLUID BED BIOLOGICAL

FILTER RANGE 59

FLUORIDE 89

FOOD FOR NEWLY

HATCHED FRY 9

FORCEPS 104

FORMALIN MALACHITE

SOLUTION 15

FORMALIN SOLUTION 34

FOUNTAINS 46

FRAG DISCS 115, 116

FRAG MAG DISCS 116

FRAG PLUGS 115, 116

FRAG ROCKS 116

FRAG TILES 116

FRY STARTER 9

FRY TANK 73

FUNGAL AND PROTOZOAL

INFECTIONS 15

FUNGAL INFECTIONS 15

FUNGONEX 15

FUNGUS INFECTIONS 15

G

GALVANIC 96

GARLICPOWER 26

GENERAL HARDNESS 10

GILL FLUKES 15

GLASS HEATER 122

GLOVES 103

GLOVES 86

GLUE 104

GLUES/ADHESIVES 77

GOLDFISH WATER

CONDITIONER 10

GRADUATED BEAKERS 102

GRADUATED JUGS 102

GRID 50

GRIDS AND AIR LIFTS 45

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auchope, N

SW

2446, A

ustra

lia

133

IND

EX

H

HAND COUNTER 103

HANDLES 119

HAND-TITE PLUG 78

HARDNESS 10, 11

HARDNESS 89

HARDNESS TEST KIT 87

HARDNESS UP 10

HARVEST NETS 119, 120

HATCHERY 105

HATCHING / FRY REARING

TRAY 73

HATCHING JAR 113

HEAT/CHILL UNITS 124

HEATING 122

HEMACYTOMETER 102

HEMACYTOMETER DOUBLE

RULED 102

HEXAGONAL FIBREGLASS

TANK 73

HEX NIPPLE 38

HIGH FLOW 72

HIGH HEAD 72

HOSE CLAMPS 77

HOSE ELBOW 39

HOSE ELBOW 39

HOSE JOINER 39

HOSE TAIL 39

HOSETAIL 40

HOSE TEE 39

HUMIC SUBSTANCES 32

HYDRAZINE 89

HYDROGEN PEROXIDE 89

HYDROGROW 9

HYDROMETER 90

HYDROPHOBIC FILTERS 41

HYDROSTORM 71

I

ICHONEX 15

ICHTHYOPHIRIUS

MULTIFILLIS 15

INCUBATING TRAYS AND

INSERTS 114

INFRARED THERMOMETER 91

INOCULATION 9

INORGANIC AND ORGANIC

NUTRIENTS 26

INSTRUMENT CASES 95

INVERTEBRATE FOOD 12

IODINE 12

IODINE & IODIDE 25

IODINE-SUP 12

IODION 25

IONIC SILICA 21

IONITR 29

IRON 89

IRON SOLUTION 22

IRON TEST KIT 88

K

KALDNES 50

KALK+2 21

KATALYST 24

KH GENERATORS 13

KH - UP TABLETS 13

KNIFE GATE VALVES 77

KOI 118

KORALAGOON SUBSTRAT 29

KORALCOLOR 22

KORALLE-VM 22

L

LARVAL FISH DIET 113

LATEX GLOVES 103

LAVAL FISH REARING 73

LED 128

LED STRIPS 127

LEVEL FLOAT SWITCHES 79

LIGHTING PACKAGES 46

LIGHT METER 91

LIQUID PROBIOTIC

BACTERIA 126

LIQUID REEF 18

LIVEBEARER WATER

CONDITIONER 10

LIVE SEAFOOD HOLDING

SYSTEMS 68

LOW RPM 72

LUGOL’S 25

LYMOZYME 126

M

MAC-ALGAE-SUP 12

MACROVORE 25

MAGNA CLEAR 8

MAGNESION 19

MAGNESION-P 20

MAGNESIUM 20

MAGNESIUM 89

MAGNESIUM AND

POTASSIUM 18

MAGNESIUM

CONCENTRATION 20

MAGNESIUM MEDIA 29

MAGNESIUM SULPHATE 34

MAGNETIC DRIVE 69

MAG RACK 116

MALACHITE GREEN 34

MANGANESE 89

MANIFOLDS 42

MANIFOLDS 41

MARINE AQUARIA 31

MARINE PH BUFFER 13

MARINE START 11

MAXAMINO 26

MAZZEI VENTURIS 38

MEASURING CUP 89

MEASURING CUP 102

MEASURING CYLINDERS 102

MECHANICAL FILTER 51

MEDIA 50

MEDIA 28

MEDI-CORAL 25

MEDICORAL 86

MEDIUM PORE DIFFUSERS 35

MEMBRANE DIFFUSER 35

MESH 117

METHYLENE BLUE 34

METHYLENE BLUE 15

MICRON 117

MICRON FILTER BAGS 49

MICROSCOPE CAMERA 101

MICROSCOPE COVER SLIPS 101

MICROSCOPE SLIDES 101

MICROVORE 26

MINOR AND TRACE ELEMENT 22

MOLYBDATE 89

MONITORING SYSTEM 95

MONOCULAR BIOLOGICAL

MICROSCOPE 101

MONORAIL NETS 119

MOULD INHIBITORS 8

MOVING BED 60

MULTICHANNEL DISSOLVED

OXYGEN MONITOR 98

MULTICYCLONE 54

MULTIPARAMETER 93

MULTIPARAMETER

INSTRUMENT 97

MULTIPARAMETER PEN

METER 93

MULTI-PARAMETER SYSTEM 95

MULTI-VOLTAGE BATTERY

ELIMINATORS 110

N

NANOCODE 21

NANO-REEF AQUARIUMS 127

NEOMAG 29

NEOMARINE 16

NEOMARINE KALIBRATE 17

NEOZEO 24

NET 118

NET STERILISER 86

NETTING 117

NEUTRALIZER BLOCK 14

NICKEL 89

NIPPLES 38

NITOSOSPIRA 125

NITOSPIRA 125

NITRATE 89

NITRATE ADSORPTION RESIN 29

NITRATE TEST KIT 88

NITRATR 29

NITRIFYING BACTERIA 9, 11

NITRITE TEST KIT 88

NOZZLES 46

NUTRIENTS 9, 12

NUTS 78

O

OCEAN NATURE 14

OODINIUM 16

OODONEX 16

OOPLANKTON 24

OPTICAL DISSOLVED

OXYGEN METER 96

ORGANIC ADSORPTION RESIN 29

ORGANITR 29

ORGANOPHOSPHATE 89

ORP CALIBRATION

SOLUTIONS 99

ORP PEN METER 92

OVERFLOW STRAINERS 76

OVI-FLOW 50, 59

OXYGEN CONCENTRATORS 83

OXYGEN CONES 83

OXYGEN DIFFUSERS 36

OXYGEN FLOW METERS 42

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 E

mail: s

ale

s@

aquasonic

.com

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

quasonic

.com

.au

134

IND

EX

OXYGEN PURITY METER 84

OXYGEN REACTORS 84

OXYGEN TRANSFER 45

OXYTUBE 37

OZONE 81, 89

OZONE AIRLINE FITTINGS 84

OZONE DETECT 84

OZONE FITTINGS 84

OZONE GENERATORS 83

OZONE GENERATORS 81

OZONE RESISTANT TUBING 84

OZOTECH 83

P

P11 HOSE ELBOW 39

PADDLE WHEEL 48

PARAGONE 15

PARTICULATE FILTER 55

PARTICULATE FILTRATION 53

PARTICULATE FOOD

SUSPENSIONS 107

PERFORMANCE PRO PUMPS 71

PERISTALTIC 70

PETRI DISHES 103

PH 89

PH+ 17

PH CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS 99

PH - DOWN 13

PHENOL 89

PH LOWER 13

PH/ORP SIMULATOR 100

PHOSPHATE 89

PHOSPHAT–E 27

PHOSPHATE CONTROL 27

PHOSPHATE TEST KIT 88

PHOSPHATR 27

PHOSPHORUS 31

PHOTOMETERS 89

PH PEN METERS 92

PH PROBE 94

PH TESTER 92

PH TEST KIT 87

PH - UP 12

PHYTOCHROM 23

PHYTOGOLD-M 23

PHYTOGOLD-S 23

PHYTOGREEN-M 23

PHYTOGREEN-S 22

PHYTOPLANKTON 22, 23

PICKING NETS 118

PIPE 76

PIPE ADAPTER 40

PIPETTES 103

PIPETTE WITH SUCTION

BALL 114

PLANKTONIC SUSPENSIONS 105

PLANKTON NETS 120

PLANTED AQUARIA 30

PLANT NUTRIENTS 30

PLASTIC BAGS 74

PLASTIC GRID 50

PLUMBING 75

POINT FOUR 37

POLAROGRAPHIC 96

POLYESTER BAGS 49

POLYGEYSER BEAD FILTERS 58

POND 118

POND AERATORS 46

POND FISH FEEDER 109

POND MINI-VAC 85

POND TOSS 126

POSEIDEN 81

POTASSION 19

POTASSION-P 20

POTASSIUM 20

POTASSIUM 89

POTASSIUM CONCENTRATION 19

POWER FAILURE SWITCH 80

POWERHEAD 69

POWER METER 79

PRESSURE CONTROL 70

PRESSURE GAUGE 44

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES 44

PROBE STORAGE SOLUTION 99

PRO BIO PLUS 125

PROBIOTIC BACTERIA 125

PROFESSIONAL PLUS 97

PROSCRAPER 86

PROTECH 8

PROTECH 74

PROTEIN FRACTIONATORS 61

PROTEIN SKIMMERS 11, 61

PUMPS 70

PVC AIRLINE 41

PVC HANDLE 85

PVC PIPE 76

Q

QUICKSET WATERCRETE 86

QUIET ONE 69

QUININE HYDROCHLORIDE 34

R

RACK SYSTEMS 65

RAINBOCODE 33

RAINBOWFISH 33

RATCHET CLIPS 77

RECIRCULATING

AQUACULTURE SYSTEMS 68

RECIRCULATING MONITOR

AND CONTROLLER 98

REDOXLCLEAN 25

REDUCER CONNECTORS 39

REDUCING BUSH 75

REDUCING COUPLINGS 75

REDUCING NIPPLE 38

REDUCING TEE 75

REEF BIOFUEL 24

REEF CODE A 18

REEF CODE A-P 18

REEF CODE B 18

REEF CODE B-P 18

REEF GLUE GEL 104

REEF NATURE 11

REEFOAM 11

REEF SALT PRE-MIX 17

REEF SNOW 26

REEF TILES 116

REFLECTOR 128

REFRACTOMETER 90

REGENERATIVE AIR DRYERS 82

REGENERATPHOR 28

RELAYS AND CONTACTORS 123

REMINERALIZ 33

REMINERALIZ-P 33

REPLENISH 22

RESTOR 21

REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEM 52

RIFT LAKE CHEMIE 32

RIFT LAKE DKH 32

RIFT LAKE WATER

CONDITIONER 11

RK2 61

ROBOTIC FEEDER 110

ROTARY VANE

COMPRESSORS 44

ROTATING ARMS 49

ROTATING DRUM FILTER 56

ROTIFER RECIRCULATION

SYSTEM 113

R.O TUBING 52

ROUND MESH TUBE 117

RO UNIT 51

S

SALINITY 10

SALINITY CALIBRATION

SOLUTION 99

SALINITY CALIBRATION

SOLUTIONS 100

SALINITY PEN METER 93

SALT AWAY 86

SAND FILTERS 54

SAND FILTERS 50

SCALPEL 104

SCISSORS 104

SCRAPER 85

SCREEN FILTERS 55

SCREENS 117

SCREW FEEDER SYSTEM 109

SCREWS 78

SEAFOOD 12

SEAFOOD HOLDING 68

SECCHI DISK 100

SEINES 120

SELF-STIRRING BOD 97

SELF WEIGHTED AIR TUBING 42

SERVICE CARTS 65

SILICA 89

SILICONE AIRLINE 41

SINTERED OR CERAMIC

AIRSTONES 35

SKID MOUNTED FILTRATION

SYSTEMS 66

SMALL NETS 118

SMALL TRIPOD 96

SOCKET 75

SOCKET WITH FLANGE 76

SODIUM BICARBONATE 34

SODIUM BIPHOSPHATE 34

SODIUM CHLORIDE 34

SODIUM METASILICATE 111

SODIUM METASILICATE 34

SODIUM THIOSULPHATE 34

SOLENOID VALVE 80

SOLENOID VALVE 84

SOLENOID VALVE 79

SOLUTION OF HYDRATED

MAGNESIUM 20

SPECIFIC GRAVITY 90

SPONGEXCEL 21

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auchope, N

SW

2446, A

ustra

lia

135

IND

EX

VITAMARIN-M 19

VITAMIN B1 14

VITAMINS 105

VITAMINS 8

VITAMIN SUPPLEMENT 8

W

WASHERS 78

WASTE & SLUDGE REDUCER

BACTERIA 125

WATER-CO 53

WATER PUMPS 69

WATER PURIFIER 8

WEDGE LOCK DIFFUSERS 38

WEIGHING PANS 103

WHITESPOT 15, 16

WINDMILLS 47

WINDMILLS 46

WOOL 49

Y

YARDMILLS 46

YSI 5400 98

Z

ZEOLITE MEDIA 50

ZEOLITIC MEDIA 24

ZINC 89

ZOOPLANKTON COUNTING

WHEEL 103

ZOOPLANKTOS-L 24

ZOOPLANKTOS-M 24

ZOOPLANKTOS-S 23

SPRAY NOZZLE 78

SQUARE MESH 117

STAINLESS STEEL UV

STERILISERS 64

STERILISER 120

STRAINERS 77

STRAINERS 41

STRONTION 20

STRONTION-P 20

STRONTIUM 18, 20

STRONTIUM 12

STRONTIUM AND

MAGNESIUM 21

STRONTIUM-SUP 12

STUNNER LED STRIPS 128

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP 69

SUBSTRATE FILTER KITS 49

SULPHATE 89

SULPHIDE 89

SULPHITE 89

SUMP ALARM 79

SUMP PUMP 70

SUMPS 55

SUPER MAT 49

SWIRL SEPARATORS 55

SWITCHING CURRENT

WATER DIRECTOR 78

SWIVEL JOINT SCRUBBER 85

SYPHON 85

SYRINGES 103

T

TANK 73

TANKS AND TRANSPORT 73

TAP TO TANK FILTRATION 51

TDS PEN METER 92

TEE 75

TEES 76

TEE VALVES 40

TELESCOPIC POLES 85

TEST KIT 87

TEST STRIPS 90

TEST TUBE 89

TEST TUBES 89

THERMAL BLANKET 122

THERMOMETER 90

THERMOSTATS 123

TITANIUM HEATERS 122, 123

TONGS 85

TOTAL DISSOLVED GAS

METER 94

TRACE AND MINOR

ELEMENTS 22, 32

TRACE ELEMENTS 9, 10

TRAC LOCK DIFFUSERS 37

TRANSFORMER 110

TRANSMISSIBILITY 63

TRAY, HATCHING / FRY

REARING 73

TRINOCULAR BIOLOGICAL

MICROSCOPE 101

TROPICAL WATER

CONDITIONER 10

TRUELUMEN 127

TUBS 74

TURBOFLO 70

TURBO-VENTURI 38

TWEEZER CUPPED 114

TYGON TUBING 84

U

UNISEAL 77

UPWELLER 73

UV STERILISERS 62

UVT MONITOR 92

V

VALVE ADAPTOR 75

VALVE SOCKET 75

VAN GAALEN 114

VEEJET KYNAR NOZZLES 78

VENTURI 38

VENTURIS 38

VERTONEX 16

VIBRATORY FEEDERS 109

VITAL SINE 92

VITAL SINE PALM PH METER 93

VITAMARIN-C 19

VITAMARIN-F 19

CONVERSION FACTORS

PH

: + 6

1 2

65 8

6 4

933 F

AX

: +61 2

6586 4

944 E

mail: s

ale

s@

aquasonic

.com

.au W

EB

: ww

w.a

quasonic

.com

.au

136

IND

EX

CONVERSION FACTORS

Pressure & liquid head

KILOGRAM

FOOT OF PER SQUARE ATMOSPHERE METRE OF MILLIMETRE INCH OF

PSI WATER KPA CM OR BAR WATER OF MERCURY MERCURY1 2.31 6.895 0.0703 0.068 0.704 51.87 2.0420.433 1 2.986 0.0305 0.03 0.305 22.45 0.8840.145 0.335 1 0.0102 0.01 0.102 7.52 0.29614.223 32.85 98.09 1 0.98 10 737.9 29.0514.5 33.50 100 1.02 1 10.21 752.1 29.611.42 3.281 9.797 0.1 0.098 1 73.66 2.9000.019 0.044 0.131 0.0014 0.0013 0.014 1 0.0390.491 1.134 3.377 0.0345 0.0339 0.345 25.4 1

1mm Hg is also known by the name “torr”. (1kPa = 1kN/m2)

The international standard (1 atm) = 101 325 pascals or 1.013 25 bar.

This is equal to 1.033 23 kgf/cm2 or 14.6959 lbf/in2

In meteorology 1 millibar = 100 pascals (1 mb= 100Pa).

! ow CUBIC CUBIC

GALLS PER GALLS PER LITRES PER LITRES PER US GALLS METRE PER METRE PER CUBIC FEET

MINUTE HOUR SECOND MINUTE PER MINUTE HOUR MINUTE PER MINUTE1 60 0.076 4.546 1.2 0.2728 0.00455 0.16050.01667 1 0.00127 0.07578 0.02 0.004547 - 0.0026813.2 792 1 60 15.84 3.6 0.06 2.1190.022 13.2 0.0167 1 0.264 0.06 0.001 0.03530.833 50 0.063 3.78 1 0.227 0.0038 0.13373.666 220 0.278 16.667 4.4 1 0.0167 0.5886220 13200 16.68 1000 264 60 1 35.316.23 373.8 0.472 28.32 7.48 1.699 0.0283 1

Volume CUBIC

IMP GALLS LITRES US GALLS CUBIC FEET LBS WATER METRE ACRE FEET CUBIC INCH1 4.546 1.2 0.1605 10 0.00455 - 277.340.22 1 0.264 0.0353 2.2 0.001 - 61.020.833 3.785 10.1337 8.333 0.00379 - 231.066.23 28.317 7.48 1 62.3 0.02832 - 17280.1 0.4546 0.12 0.0161 1 0.00046 - 27.82220 1000 264 35.32 2200 1231 0.00081 61.032271379 - 325828 43560 2713788 1234 1 -

Weight

LBS OZ. GMS KG TON TONNE CWT STONE1 16 453.6 0.4536 0.0004464 0.0004535 0.008929 0.071430.0625 1 28.35 0.02836 - - - -0.0022 0.03527 1 0.001 - - - -2.205 35.274 1000 1 0.000984 0.001 - -2240 35840 1016064 1016 1 1.016 20 1602204.6 35274 1000000 1000 0.9842 1 19.684 157.47112 1792 50803 50.8 0.05 0.0508 1 814 224 6350 6.35 0.00625 0.0064 0.125 1

Length

INCH FOOT YARD CMS METRE MILE KM CHAIN1 0.0833 0.02778 2.54 0.254 - - -12 1 0.3333 30.48 0.3048 0.000189 0.0003048 0.0151536 3 1 91.44 0.9144 0.0005681 0.0009144 0.045450.3936 0.0328 0.01093 1 0.01 - - -39.37 3.2808 1.0936 100 1 0.00062 0.001 0.049763360 5280 1760 160934 1609.4 1 1.6093 8039371 3280.9 1093.6 100000 1000 0.6214 1 49.71792 66 22 2011.68 20.116 0.0125 0.0201 1

ORDERFORM

Deliver To:

Company:

Attn: (Mr/Mrs/Ms/Miss)

Address:

State: Postcode:

Telephone:

Fax:

Email:

Postal Address:

Company:

Address:

State: Postcode:

Date:

Authorised Signature:

Name: (Please Print)

Mob:

Preferred method of delivery:

Quantity Code Description

PAYMENT METHOD

Account:

Cheque Enclosed:

Direct Deposit Complete & Bank Transfer Faxed:

Charge My Account D/D Cash Mastercard Visa

Credit Card Number: / / / / Expiry Date: / SEQ No:

Cardholder’s name: (please print)

Cardholder’s signature:

A.B.N:

P.O. Box 311

Wauchope NSW 2446 Australia

www.aquasonic.com.au

Ph: 61 2 6586 4933

Fax: 61 2 6586 4944

[email protected]

A copy of our terms and conditions is available upon request

Please photocopy this page

Dear Customer,

In order for us to designate you a username and password for our online database, where you can

view an up to date catalogue of our products and our latest prices and specials, this form must be

completed. All questions are compulsory. Please return the form by fax or email.

Are you an existing customer? Yes No (If no please provide a copy of your

business registration certificate when you return this form)

If your business involves the selling of aquarium products please also forward a photograph of your

shop.

Which industry do you service?

Aquarium Aquaculture

University School/TAFE

Grower/Breeder Which species? _____________________

Consultant

Other Please Specify? _____________________

Please provide a brief description of your company’s involvement in that industry?

_______________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

Company Name: _______________________________________

Contact Names: _________________________________

ABN: ______________________________

Postal Address: _______________________________________________________________

Shipping Address: _____________________________________________________________

Telephone: ___________________ Mobile: _________________________

Fax: ________________________ Email: ___________________________

Website: ____________________________

Business type (eg. aquarium shop, farmer: ____________________________

The password and username can be letters, numbers or a combination of both but must not include

symbols or other characters. ALL LETTERS MUST BE LOWER CASE.

Proposed 8-15 character Username: ____________________

Proposed 8-15 character Password: _____________________

Any feedback regarding this online service would be greatly appreciated. Please allow up to 48

hours for your username and password to become active.

Thank you for your time.

FACTORY:

14 Commerce St

Wauchope 2446

PH: 02 65864933

Email: [email protected]

CORRESPONDENCE:

P.O. Box 311.

Wauchope 2446

FAX: 02 6586 4944

A.C.N. 001 427 256

Manufacturers and Suppliers of Quality Products for

Aquariums and Aquaculture.

Aquasonic

Pty

Ltd

, 14 C

om

merc

e S

treet, (P

O B

ox 3

11) W

auchope, N

SW

2446, A

ustra

lia

139

INDEX

NOTES

Aquasonic catalogue

Documents

Transcript of Aquasonic catalogue